Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout1.03 Environmental_Assessment_(Appendix_M-Q)_-_Aster_Place,_Parachute APPENDIX M: SOLE SOURCE AQUIFER 40 6 6 70 70 Price Provo 70 Cany o nla nd s National P ark C ap ito l Reef National P ark Dixie National Fores t 70 Uintah and Ouray Re s ervation M c Innis Ca nyons N ational Cons e r v ation Are a Gypsum Grand Junction 191 550 Dom in gu ez-E s c al an te National Conser vatio n A r ea Gunnison Montrose 24 Arapaho Natio na l Fores t Aspen 50 S an Isabel National Fo rest Sole Source Aquifer Sources: Esri, TomTom, Garmin, FAO, NOAA, USGS, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community Aster Place Project Buffer Sole Source Aquifers June 3, 2025 0 30 6015 mi 0 40 8020 km 1:2,311,162 Subject Property APPENDIX N: WETLANDS PRELIMINARY WETLAND DETERMINATION Aster Place Southwest Corner of South Battlement Parkway & Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 Report Date July 11, 2025 Partner Project No. 25-486627.9 Prepared for: Lincoln Avenue Capital 2228 Mack Bayou Road, Suite 1070 Santa Rosa Beach, Florida 32459 (800) 419-4926 www.PARTNEResi.com July 11, 2025 Rusty Snow Lincoln Avenue Capital 2228 Mack Bayou Road, Suite 1070 Santa Rosa Beach, Florida 32459 Subject: Preliminary Wetland Determination Aster Place Southwest Corner South Battlement Parkway & Stone Quarry Parachute, Colorado 81635 Partner Project No. 25-486627.9 Dear Rusty Snow: Partner Engineering and Science, Inc (Partner) is pleased to provide the results of the Preliminary Wetland Determination report of the abovementioned address (the “subject property”). This assessment was performed in general conformance with the scope and limitations as detailed in our proposal. This assessment included a site reconnaissance as well as review of available online resources. An assessment was made, conclusions stated, and recommendations outlined. We appreciate the opportunity to provide environmental services to you. If you have any questions concerning this report, or if we can assist you in any other matter, please contact me at (732) 921-6639 or mdahl@partneresi.com. Sincerely, Katie L. Morgan, PWS, EP Melissa Dahl Director of Natural and Cultural Resources Relationship Manager Professional Wetland Scientist (#3100) Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page iii EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Partner has performed a Preliminary Wetland Determination in general conformance with the scope and limitations as detailed in our proposal for the property located at the southwest corner of South Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road in the Town of Parachute, Garfield County, Colorado (the “subject property”). The Preliminary Wetland Determination is designed to provide Lincoln Avenue Capital with an assessment concerning wetlands and streams (limited to those issues identified in the report) as they exist at the subject property. Property Description The subject property is located at the southwest corner of South Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road within a mixed commercial, retail, and residential area of Garfield County. Please refer to the table below for further description of the subject property: SUBJECT PROPERTY DATA Property Name: Aster Place Address: Southwest Corner South Battlement Parkway & Stone Quarry Road, Parachute, Colorado Additional Address: 5 Stone Quarry Road Historical Address: None Identified Property Use: Vacant Land Land Acreage (Ac): 6.38 Ac Assessor’s Parcel Number (APN): 240718121002 Site Assessment Performed By: Renee Kuraly of Partner Site Assessment Conducted On: July 1, 2025 The subject property consists of 6.38 acres of vacant land. No structural improvements were observed. Aside from the south and west boundaries, the subject property was comprised of a generally thin herbaceous layer dominated by cheatgrass, crested wheatgrass, common stork’s bill, and scarlet globemallow. The west and south boundaries were more heavily vegetated with trees dominated by Utah juniper and Siberian elm; however, cheatgrass, crested wheatgrass, and common stork’s bill were still observed. The subject property appeared to be terraced, with the highest point a flat plateau on the east boundary, which declined approximately 10 feet in elevation at each terrace level, sloping west. Areas previously cleared and graded for development were observed overgrown and left vacant throughout the central portion of the subject property. Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page iv According to available historical sources, the subject property was developed with agricultural land and a single-family residence and associated outbuildings on the northwestern portion from as early as 1937 to as late as 1993. The structures were removed by 2005. In 2009, the subject property was cleared for development; however, the site has remained vacant since that time. The immediately surrounding properties consist of Willow Park Apartments and US West Communications to the north across South Battlement Parkway; Dollar General and condominiums to the south across an intermittent stream; Maverik Adventure’s First Stop gas station and Grand Valley Fire Protection District to the east across Stone Quarry Road; and vacant land to the west. Findings According to our preliminary determination, delineation, resource document review, and field observations, no wetlands or waterbodies were identified on the subject property. Conclusions, Opinions and Recommendations Partner has performed a Preliminary Wetland Determination in general conformance with the scope and limitations as detailed in our proposal, for the property located at the southwest corner of South Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road in the Town of Parachute, Garfield County, Colorado. • It is the opinion of Partner that no wetland areas are located on the subject property. • Additionally, it is the opinion of Partner that no waterbodies regulated by the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CPHE) and/or local regulatory agencies are located on the subject property. It should be noted the USACE has the ultimate authority for wetlands and WOTUS determinations. The EPA has the ultimate authority for official jurisdictional determinations; however, authority has been delegated to the USACE to give an AJD on potential Waters of the United States. It should be noted that, the State of Colorado has additional wetland and surface water regulations which are further discussed in Section 5.4.2. Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page v TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................. 1 1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1 1.2 Scope of Work ................................................................................................................................................................... 1 1.3 Limitations .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 1.4 User Reliance ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1 1.5 Limiting Conditions ......................................................................................................................................................... 2 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................................... 3 2.1 Site Location and Legal Description ......................................................................................................................... 3 2.2 Current Property Use ...................................................................................................................................................... 3 2.3 Physical Setting Sources ................................................................................................................................................ 3 2.3.1 Topography .............................................................................................................................................................. 3 2.3.2 Hydrology ................................................................................................................................................................. 3 2.3.3 Geology/Soils .......................................................................................................................................................... 4 2.3.4 Flood Zone Information ...................................................................................................................................... 5 2.3.5 National Wetlands Inventory ............................................................................................................................ 6 3.0 HISTORICAL INFORMATION ......................................................................................................... 7 3.1 Aerial Photograph Review ............................................................................................................................................ 7 3.2 Historical Topographic Maps ...................................................................................................................................... 9 4.0 PRECIPITATION DATA AND ANALYSIS ...................................................................................... 11 4.1 Precipitation Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 11 4.2 Precipitation Data Analysis ........................................................................................................................................ 12 5.0 SITE RECONNAISSANCE ............................................................................................................... 14 5.1 Methods ............................................................................................................................................................................ 14 5.2 Wetland Observations ................................................................................................................................................. 15 5.2.1 Plant Community Assessment ....................................................................................................................... 15 5.2.2 Hydric Soils Assessment ................................................................................................................................... 16 5.2.3 Wetland Hydrology Assessment ................................................................................................................... 17 5.2.4 Wetland Mapping ............................................................................................................................................... 17 5.2.5 Wetland Classification ....................................................................................................................................... 17 5.3 Stream Observations ................................................................................................................................................... 17 5.4 Summary of Potentially Jurisdictional Waters ................................................................................................... 18 5.4.1 Federal Definition of Jurisdictional Waters of the United States ..................................................... 18 5.4.2 State Wetlands and Surface Waters Regulations ................................................................................... 22 5.4.3 Local Wetland and Surface Water Regulations ....................................................................................... 22 5.5 Onsite Surface Water Observations ....................................................................................................................... 23 Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page vi 6.0 FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS ................................................................................................... 24 7.0 SIGNATURES OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROFESSIONALS .............................................................. 25 8.0 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................. 26 Figures Figure 1 Site Location Map Figure 2 Site Plan Figure 3 Topographic Map Appendices Appendix A Site Photographs Appendix B USACE Wetland Determination Data Forms Appendix C Supporting Information Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION Partner has performed a Preliminary Wetland Determination in general conformance with the scope and limitations as detailed in our proposal for the property located at the southwest corner of South Battlement Parkway & Stone Quarry Road in the Town of Parachute, Garfield County, Colorado (the “subject property”). The Preliminary Wetland Determination is designed to provide Lincoln Avenue Capital with an assessment concerning wetlands and streams (limited to those issues identified in the report) as they exist at the subject property. 1.1 Purpose The purpose of performing the Preliminary Wetland Determination is to identify and characterize the existing site conditions and observe the subject property for the presence of wetlands and streams. 1.2 Scope of Work The scope of work for this Preliminary Wetland Determination was performed in general conformance with the scope and limitations as detailed in our proposal. This assessment included: 1) a review of topographical maps, the National Wetlands Inventory map, and aerial photograph resources to assist with identifying suspect streams and wetland areas on the subject property; 2) a property site reconnaissance including wetland and stream data point sampling and flagging wetland boundaries; 3) preparation of a map depicting approximate locations of wetlands and streams observed on the subject property; and 4) completion of this report that includes site characterization information, a discussion of applicable data, and recommendations for the subject property. 1.3 Limitations Partner warrants that the findings and conclusions contained herein were accomplished in accordance with the methodologies set forth in the Scope of Work. These methodologies are described as representing good commercial and customary practice for conducting a Preliminary Wetland Determination of a property for the purpose of identifying wetlands and streams on the subject property. There is a possibility that even with the proper application of these methodologies there may exist on the subject property conditions that could not be identified within the scope of the assessment or which were not reasonably identifiable from the available information. Partner believes that the information obtained concerning the subject property is reliable. However, Partner cannot and does not warrant or guarantee that the information provided by these other sources is accurate or complete. The conclusions and findings set forth in this report are strictly limited in time and scope to the date of the evaluations. The conclusions presented in the report are based solely on the services described therein, and not on scientific tasks or procedures beyond the scope of agreed-upon services or the time and budgeting restraints imposed by the Client. No other warranties are implied or expressed. 1.4 User Reliance Lincoln Avenue Capital engaged Partner to perform this assessment in accordance with an agreement governing the nature, scope and purpose of the work as well as other matters critical to the engagement . All reports, both verbal and written, are for the sole use and benefit of Lincoln Avenue Capital. Either verbally or in writing, third parties may come into possession of this report or all or part of the Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 2 information generated as a result of this work. In the absence of a written agreement with Partner granting such rights, no third parties shall have rights of recourse or recovery whatsoever under any course of action against Partner, its officers, employees, vendors, successors or assigns. Any such unauthorized user shall be responsible to protect, indemnify and hold Partner, Client and their respective officers, employees, vendors, successors and assigns harmless from any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and costs attributable to such Use. Unauthorized use of this report shall constitute acceptance of and commitment to these responsibilities, which shall be irrevocable and shall apply regardless of the cause of action or legal theory pled or asserted . Additional legal penalties may apply. 1.5 Limiting Conditions Specific limitations and exceptions to this Preliminary Wetland Determination are more specifically set forth below: • Due to the presence of cobbles (measuring from approximately one to six inches in diameter) throughout the soil profile, the depth of soil samples collected was limited. No evidence of wetland hydrology or hydrophytic vegetation was observed at any sample point. As such, this limitation is not expected to alter the overall findings of this assessment. Some of the information provided in this report is based upon research of available documents, records, and maps held by the appropriate government and private agencies. This report is subject to the limitations of historical documentation, availability, and accuracy of pertinent records. Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 3 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION 2.1 Site Location and Legal Description The subject property is located at the southwest corner of South Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road in Parachute, Colorado. According to the Garfield County Assessor, the subject property is legally described by Assessor Parcel Number (APN) 240718121002, and ownership is currently vested in Darter, LLC since 2006. Please refer to Figure 1: Site Location Map, Figure 2: Site Plan, Figure 3: Topographic Map, Appendix A: Site Photographs, and Appendix B: USACE Wetland Determination Data Forms for the location and site characteristics of the subject property. 2.2 Current Property Use The subject property consists of 6.38 acres of vacant land. No structural improvements were observed. Aside from the south and west boundaries, the subject property was comprised of a generally thin herbaceous layer dominated by cheatgrass, crested wheatgrass, common stork’s bill, and scarlet globemallow. The west and south boundaries were more heavily vegetated with trees dominated by Utah juniper and Siberian elm; however, cheatgrass, crested wheatgrass, and common stork’s bill were still observed. The subject property appeared to be terraced, with the highest point a flat plateau on the east boundary, which declined approximately 10 feet in elevation at each terrace level, sloping west. Areas previously cleared and graded for development were observed overgrown and left vacant throughout the central portion of the subject property. Wetlands were not identified on the subject property. The subject property is designated for “Planned Unit Development” (PUD) by the Town of Parachute. 2.3 Physical Setting Sources 2.3.1 Topography The United States Geological Survey (USGS) Parachute, Colorado Quadrangle 7.5-minute series topographic map was reviewed for this report. According to the contour lines on the topographic map, the subject property is located at approximately 5,407 feet above mean sea level (MSL). The contour lines in the area of the subject property indicate the area is sloping moderately toward the west-northwest. A copy of the most recent topographic map is included as Figure 3 of this report. 2.3.2 Hydrology According to topographic map interpretation, the direction of groundwater flow in the vicinity of the subject property is inferred to be toward the west-northwest until it reaches the Colorado River located approximately 0.60 miles west-northwest of the subject property. Wetlands were not observed on the subject property. Information specific to the subject property regarding the depth to groundwater and direction of groundwater flow was not available for the subject area. However, according to information obtained Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 4 from the Colorado Department of Natural Resources’ Division of Water Resources , depth to the high- water table is anticipated at approximately 50 feet below ground surface (bgs). Subsurface soil samples were collected to a depth of approximately four to 13 inches bgs. Due to the presence of cobbles (measuring from approximately one to six inches in diameter) throughout the soil profile, the depth of soil samples collected was limited. No evidence of wetland hydrology or hydrophytic vegetation was observed at any sample point. Based on soil samples collected during the site reconnaissance, no groundwater, surface water, or saturation was observed within the upper four to 13 inches bgs at the subject property. 2.3.3 Geology/Soils The subject property is situated within the Colorado Plateau province of the State of Colorado. The Colorado Plateau is a high standing crustal block of relatively non-deformed rocks surrounded by the highly deformed Rocky Mountains, and Basin and Range Provinces. The Uinta Mountains of Utah and Rocky Mountains of Colorado define the northern and northeastern boundaries of the Plateau. The Rio Grande Rift Valley in New Mexico defines the eastern boundary. The southern boundary is marked by the Mogollon Rim, an erosional cuesta that separates the Colorado Plateau from the extensively faulted Basin and Range Province. According to the Geologic Map of Colorado, 1979, the uppermost geologic formations underlying the soils at the subject property consist of the gravels and alluviums from the Cenozoic and Quaternary eras of the Phanerozoic eon. According to the EPA Ecoregions of Colorado map, the subject property is located within the Shale Deserts and Sedimentary Basins (20b) Level IV Ecoregion of the Colorado Plateaus (20) Level III Ecoregion. The arid Shale Deserts and Sedimentary Basins ecoregion consists of nearly level basins and valleys, benches, low rounded hills, and badlands. Rock outcrops occur. It is sparsely vegetated with mat saltbush, bud sagebrush, galleta grass, and desert trumpet. Floodplains have alkaline soils that support greasewood, alkali sacaton, seepweed, and shadscale. Scattered, gravel-capped benches occur and protrude from the present denudational surface because they are more resistant to erosion than the surrounding shales. Soils are shallow and types range from clayey to silty. Soils that formed primarily on Mancos shale are found in the areas northwest of Rangley, east of Meeker, in the Grand Valley, in Dry Creek Basin and Disappointment Valley southwest of the Uncompahgre Plateau, and in southwest Colorado near the Mancos River. Land use includes rangeland, pastureland, and dryland and irrigated cropland, with winter wheat, small grains, forage crops, and pinto beans as major crops. The valleys of the Gunnison and Colorado rivers have areas favorable for growing apples, peaches, pears, and apricots. Shrublands provide important winter habitat for wildlife. The NTCHS hydric soil definition identifies general soil properties that are associated with wetness. In order to determine whether a specific soil is a hydric soil or nonhydric soil, however, more specific information, such as information about the depth and duration of the water table, is needed. Thus, criteria that identify those estimated soil properties unique to hydric soils have been established (Federal Register, 2002). These criteria are used to identify map unit components that normally are associated with wetlands. The criteria used are selected estimated soil properties that are described in "Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 1999) and "Keys to Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 2006) and in the "Soil Survey Manual" (Soil Survey Division Staff, 1993). Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 5 If soils are wet enough for a long enough period of time to be considered hydric, they should exhibit certain properties that can be easily observed in the field. These visible properties are indicators of hydric soils. The indicators used to make onsite determinations of hydric soils are specified in "Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States" (Hurt and Vasilas, 2006). However, not all areas within a mapping unit or polygon identified as having hydric soils may be hydric. Conversely, inclusions of hydric soils may be found within soil mapping units where no hydric soils have been identified. The Hydric Soils List should be used as a tool, indicating that hydric soil will likely be found within a given area, but should not be used as a substitute for onsite investigation and field indicators of hydric soils. Based on information obtained from the USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey online database, the subject property is mapped as Potts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes and Potts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes. According to the web soil survey hydric rating by map unit online map, the Potts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes, and Potts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes, soil map units are not rated as a hydric soil based on the National Soil Information System (NASIS) NRCS hydric soil criteria. • The Potts series consists of deep or very deep, well drained soils that formed in alluvium or slope alluvium derived mainly from redbed shale and sandstone. Potts soils are on alluvial fans, benches, cuestas, pediments and strike valleys. Slopes are 0 to 20 percent. The mean annual precipitation is about 305 mm, and the mean annual air temperature is about 8 degrees Celsius. The A horizon has a hue of 7.5YR or 5YR, value of 5 or 6 dry or 3 or 4 moist, and chroma or 2 through 4, dry or moist. The A horizon texture is loam. The Bt horizon has a hue of 2.5YR or 5YR, value of 4 through 6 dry or 4 or 5 moist, and a chroma of 3 through 6, dry or moist. The Bt horizon texture is loam or clay loam. The Btk horizon, if present, has a hue of 2.5YR or 5YR, value of 4 through 6 dry, 4 or 5 moist, and a chroma of 3 through 6, dry or moist. The Btk horizon texture is loam or loam clay. The Bk horizon has a hue of 2.5YR or 5YR. The Bk horizon texture is loam. • The USDA NRCS does not maintain an Official Series Description for the Ildefonso soil series. 2.3.4 Flood Zone Information Partner performed a review of the Flood Insurance Rate Maps, published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency. According to Community Panel Number 0802051705B, dated January 3, 1986, the subject property appears to be located in Zone X, an area located outside of the 100-year and 500-year flood plains, which is also referred to as an area of minimal flood hazards. According to FEMA, flood hazard areas identified on the FIRM are identified as a Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA). SFHA are defined as the area that will be inundated by the flood event having a 1 -percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year. The 1 -percent annual chance flood is also referred to as the base flood or 100-year flood. SFHAs are labeled as Zone A, Zone AO, Zone AH, Zones A1-A30, Zone AE, Zone A99, Zone AR, Zone AR/AE, Zone AR/AO, Zone AR/A1 -A30, Zone AR/A, Zone V, Zone VE, and Zones V1-V30. Moderate flood hazard areas, labeled Zone B or Zone X (shaded) are also shown on the FIRM, and are the areas between the limits of the base flood and the 0.2 -percent-annual- chance (or 500-year) flood. The areas of minimal flood hazard, which are the areas outside the SFHA and Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 6 higher than the elevation of the 0.2-percent-annual-chance flood, are labeled Zone C or Zone X (unshaded). A copy of the reviewed flood map is included in Appendix C of this report. 2.3.5 National Wetlands Inventory The National Wetlands Inventory (NWI) Map of the subject property was reviewed to identify suspect wetland areas. The map was published by the U.S. Department of the Interior’s Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and depicts suspect wetland areas and waterbodies based on stereoscopic analysis of high- altitude aerial photographs. Partner performed a review of the USFWS NWI online map, and the following was depicted on the subject property: • A portion of an approximately 2.98-acre Riverine Intermittent Streambed Seasonally Flooded (R4SBC) wetland habitat is along the southwest boundary of the subject property. Additionally, based on a review of the Colorado Wetland Inventory online map, the following was depicted on the subject property: • A portion of a river and/or stream is depicted along the southwest boundary of the subject property. A copy of the reviewed NWI and Colorado Wetland Inventory maps are included in Appendix C of this report. Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 7 3.0 HISTORICAL INFORMATION Partner obtained historical use information about the subject property from a variety of sources. A chronological listing of the historical data found is summarized in the table below HISTORICAL USE INFORMATION Years Resource Description/Use 1929-2005 Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs Single-Family Residential 2005- Present Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, Onsite Observations Vacant Land According to available historical sources, the subject property was developed with a single-family residence and associated outbuildings as early as 1929 through 2005. By 2005, the subject property was left vacant. In 2009, the subject property was cleared for development; however, the site has remained vacant since that time. Based on a review of available historical imagery, an area of heavy vegetation and apparent saturation is visible along the south boundary of the subject property since as early as 1937. This is attributed to a southeast-northwest trending intermittent stream situated directly south of the subject property. It appears the stream flows toward the west-northwest toward the Colorado River and has been visible since at least 1937. 3.1 Aerial Photograph Review Partner obtained available aerial photographs of the subject property and surrounding area from Environmental Risk Information Services (ERIS) on March 17, 2025. The following was observed on the subject property and adjacent properties during the aerial photograph review: AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH SUMMARY Dates: 1937, 1955, 1960, 1978 Scale: 1" = 500' Subject Property: Appears to primarily be agricultural land. In addition, a portion of a single-family residence and associated outbuildings are observed near the northwest corner. An area of heavy vegetation and apparent saturation is visible along the south boundary North: Appears to be developed with a roadway, beyond which is agricultural land. East: Appears to be developed with a roadway, beyond which is a series of residential structures and agricultural land. An area of heavy vegetation is visible along the roadway Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 8 AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH SUMMARY Dates: 1937, 1955, 1960, 1978 Scale: 1" = 500' South: Appears a southeast-northwest trending stream is visible directly south of the subject property, with heavy vegetation and apparent saturation visible. Beyond the stream is agricultural land West: Appears developed with a portion of a single-family residence and a series of associated outbuildings. Apparent saturation is visible along the south boundary along the south-adjoining stream Date: 1983, 1993 Scale: 1" = 500' Subject Property: No significant changes visible North: Appears developed with the current apartment complex across the expanded roadway East: Appears the roadway is expanded, beyond which a warehouse structure is visible. By 1993, the warehouse is no longer visible South: No significant changes visible West: No significant changes visible Date: 2005 Scale: 1" = 500' Subject Property: Appears the structures are no longer visible North: No significant changes visible East: No significant changes visible South: Appears a neighborhood is under development beyond the stream West: Appears developed with a roadway, beyond which is vacant land Date: 2006 Scale: 1" = 500' Subject Property: No significant changes visible North: No significant changes visible East: Appears developed with a gas station across the roadway South: No significant changes visible West: No significant changes visible Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 9 Date: 2009, 2011, 2013, 2015, 2017, 2019, 2021, 2023 Scale: 1" = 500' Subject Property: Appears cleared for development North: No significant changes visible East: Appears developed with a fire station across the roadway South: No significant changes visible West: No significant changes visible Copies of select aerial photographs are included in Appendix C of this report. 3.2 Historical Topographic Maps Partner reviewed historical topographic maps obtained from ERIS on March 14, 2025. The following was observed on the subject property and adjacent properties during the topographic map review: TOPOGRAPHIC MAP SUMMARY Dates: 1929 Scale: 1:24,000 Subject Property: Depicted with a structure near the northwest corner North: Depicted with a roadway, beyond which no structural improvements are depicted East: Depicted with a roadway, beyond which a structure is depicted South: No structural improvements are depicted West: No structural improvements are depicted Date: 1962 Scale: 1:24,000 Subject Property: Depicted with a southeast-northwest trending intermittent stream along the south boundary. A structure remains depicted near the northwest corner North: Depicted with a roadway, beyond which transmission lines are depicted East: Depicted with a roadway, beyond which no structural improvements are depicted South: Depicted with a southeast-northwest trending intermittent stream, beyond which no structural improvements are depicted West: Depicted with a southeast-northwest trending intermittent stream, beyond which transmission lines are depicted Date: 2013, 2016, 2019 Scale: 1:24,000 Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 10 Date: 2013, 2016, 2019 Scale: 1:24,000 Subject Property: No natural or structural improvements are depicted North: No structural improvements are depicted aside from roadways East: Depicted with a roadway, beyond which is a fire station South: Depicted with a southeast-northwest intermittent stream and an area shaded green to denote wooded land West: Depicted with a roadway and a southeast-northwest intermittent stream Copies of reviewed topographic maps are included in Appendix C of this report. Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 11 4.0 PRECIPITATION DATA AND ANALYSIS 4.1 Precipitation Data Partner conducted a site visit of the subject property on July 1, 2025. Partner performed wandering transects across the subject property to characterize and document the vegetative communities that exist on the subject property to determine the presence/absence of wetlands and surface waters. The weather at the time of the site visit was sunny and clear. Precipitation and temperature data from the Altenbern weather station, for the days of and approximately one to two weeks before the field investigation is provided in the table below: SITE PRECIPITATION DATA Date Minimum Temperature (F) Maximum Temperature Precipitation (inches) Snowfall (inches) 2025-06-17 55 88 0 M 2025-06-18 51 90 0 M 2025-06-19 48 95 0 M 2025-06-20 48 93 0 M 2025-06-21 56 90 0 M 2025-06-22 M 85 0 M 2025-06-23 46 85 0 M 2025-06-24 45 87 0 M 2025-06-25 52 85 0 M 2025-06-26 45 89 0 M 2025-06-27 46 91 0 M 2025-06-28 46 92 0 M 2025-06-29 54 91 0 M 2025-06-30 52 93 0 M 2025-07-01* M M M M * Indicates dates of the field investigation. M – Missing information The percent of normal precipitation for the water year to date and monthly percent of normal precipitation using NRCS WETS table, from the Altenbern weather station, for each of the 3 months preceding the field investigation is provided in the table below: Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 12 NRCS WETS TABLE DATA Month Average Precipitation 30% chance precipitation less than 30% chance precipitation more than APRIL 1.50 1.06 1.77 MAY 1.54 0.78 1.88 JUNE 0.78 0.32 0.91 JULY* 1.31 0.72 1.60 * Indicates month of field investigation 4.2 Precipitation Data Analysis Monthly precipitation data for the nearest working weather station, Altenbern, is at 5,637 ft elevation approximately 19 miles to the west-northwest of the subject property for the three months preceding the field investigation was retrieved. The monthly summaries for the Water Year were also retrieved. According to the data from the nearby stations show precipitation was normal May, June, and July of 2025. According to the monthly climate data from the Altenbern weather station, the area has received 7.82 inches of precipitation in the water year to date (October 1, 2024 to July 1, 2025). This is below the normal range of the 12.4 inches average of precipitation for this timeframe (below). Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 13 Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 14 5.0 SITE RECONNAISSANCE 5.1 Methods United States Army Corps of Engineers Partner conducted a reconnaissance of the subject property on July 1, 2025, to characterize the existing site conditions and identify the presence of aquatic resources including wetlands and streams on the subject property, if any. Characteristics of potential jurisdictional wetlands and streams were assessed (when applicable) utilizing the criteria detailed below. The evaluation methods generally followed the routine on-site determination method referenced in the 1987 USACE Manual Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual: Arid West Region Version 2.0 (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 2008). Partner’s professional opinion of jurisdictional status of identified features (if any) on the subject property, is consistent with the interpretation used by EPA and USACE. Department of Housing and Urban Development Executive Order (EO) 11990 was enacted to "minimize the destruction, loss or degradation of wetlands and to preserve and enhance the natural and beneficial values of wetlands". To meet these objectives, the Order requires federal agencies, in planning their actions, to consider alternatives to wetland sites and limit potential damage to wetlands. The EO applies to federally owned or managed facilities, as well as, improvement projects that are undertaken, financed, or assisted by federal agencies. HUD utilizes the wetland definition at 24 CFR 55.2(b)(11), specifically “those areas that are inundated by surface or ground water with a frequency sufficient to support, and under normal circumstances does or would support, a prevalence of vegetative or aquatic life that requires saturated or seasonally saturated soil conditions for growth and reproduction. Wetlands generally include swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar areas such as sloughs, potholes, wet meadows, river overflows, mud flats, and natural ponds. This definition includes those wetland areas separated from their natural supply of water as a result of activities such as the construction of structural flood protection methods or solid-fill road beds and activities such as mineral extraction and navigation improvements. This definition includes both wetlands subject to and those not subject to section 404 of the Clean Water Act as well as constructed wetlands.” Under current guidelines the USACE does not have jurisdiction over isolated wetlands; therefore, EO 11990 is more restrictive in that it applies to all areas meeting the wetland definition. Therefore, determination by the USACE that there are no jurisdictional areas on-site is not sufficient documentation for HUD’s purposes. According to 24 CFR 55.2(b)(11), the following process shall be followed in making the wetlands determination: i. HUD or, for programs subject to 24 CFR part 58, the responsible entity, shall make a determination whether the action is new construction that is located in a wetland. These actions are subject to processing under the § 55.20 decision-making process for the protection of wetlands. Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 15 ii. As primary screening, HUD or the responsible entity shall verify whether the project area is located in proximity to wetlands identified on the National Wetlands Inventory (NWI). If so, HUD or the responsible entity should make a reasonable attempt to consult with the Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), for information concerning the location, boundaries, scale, and classification of wetlands within the area. If an NWI map indicates the presence of wetlands, FWS staff, if available, must find that no wetland is present in order for the action to proceed without further processing. Where FWS staff is unavailable to resolve any NWI map ambiguity or controversy, an appropriate wetlands professional must find that no wetland is present in order for the action to proceed without § 55.20 processing. iii. As secondary screening used in conjunction with NWI maps, HUD or the responsible entity is encouraged to use the Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) National Soil Survey (NSS) and any state and local information concerning the location, boundaries, scale, and classification of wetlands within the action area. iv. Any challenges from the public or other interested parties to the wetlands determinations made under this part must be made in writing to HUD (or the responsible entity authorized under 24 CFR part 58) during the commenting period and must be substantiated with verifiable scientific information. Commenters may request a reasonable extension of the time for the commenting period for the purpose of substantiating any objections with verifiable scientific information. HUD or the responsible entity shall consult FWS staff, if available, on the validity of the challenger's scientific information prior to making a final wetlands determination. 5.2 Wetland Observations Wetlands generally have three essential characteristics: hydrophytic (wetland) vegetation, hydric soils, and wetland hydrology. Suspect wetland areas were identified on the subject property prior to the site reconnaissance. Vegetation and hydrology observations were performed throughout the site where access was permitted, and soils were evaluated to determine if wetland characteristics were present . Data regarding the three essential characteristics was gathered within observed suspect wetland areas, if any, to further delineate boundaries. Partner personnel traversed the project site on foot while performing wetland observations. 5.2.1 Plant Community Assessment Suspect areas were visually observed to determine the species, when possible, and absolute percentage of ground cover for five strata of plant community types. Herbs were generally observed within a five-foot radius, shrubs/saplings within a fifteen-foot radius, and trees and vines within a thirty-foot radius of the observation location. For each species of vegetation observed, their wetland indicator status was evaluated. The indicator status was determined using the USACE National Wetlands Plant List (NWPL). Per guidance from the USACE, as of April 28, 2016, the most up to date NWPL should be used for wetland determinations and delineations (the NWPL can be found at http://rsgisias.crrel.usace.army.mil/NWPL/). Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 16 According to the US Army Corps of Engineers, National Wetland Plant List Indicator Rating Definition document, wetland indicator status ratings and their rating categories, as described in the National List of Plant Species that Occur in Wetlands (Reed 1988) are provided in the table below. WETLAND PLANT INDICATOR STATUS Indicator status (abbreviation) % Occurrence in wetlands Obligate (OBL). Occur almost always under natural conditions in wetlands. 99 Facultative Wetland (FACW). Usually occur in wetlands but occasionally found in non-wetlands. 67–99 Facultative (FAC). Equally likely to occur in wetlands and non-wetlands. 34–66 Facultative Upland (FACU). Usually occur in non-wetlands but occasionally found in wetlands. 1–33 The percent cover of each stratum was determined, and dominance was evaluated. Dominant species were the most abundant species that accounted for more than 20 percent of the absolute percent coverage of the stratum. The number of dominant species with an indicator status of OBL, FACW, and/or FAC was compared to the total number of dominant species across all strata. Typically, when more than 50 percent of the dominant species had an indicator status of OBL, FACW, and/or FAC, hydrophytic vegetation was present. If the percentage of dominant species with an indicator status of OBL, FACW, and/or FAC was less than 50 percent, prevalence index and morphological adaptations may have been evaluated to confirm if hydrophytic vegetation was present or absent. At the time of the site reconnaissance, Sample Points 1 through 5 (SP-1 through SP-5) were not dominated by hydrophytic wetland vegetation. Refer to the wetland determination data forms provided in Appendix B for site-specific observations of hydrophytic vegetation identified at each sample point location. 5.2.2 Hydric Soils Assessment Hydric soils are defined by the National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils (NTCHS) as soils that form under conditions of saturation, flooding, or ponding long enough during the growing season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part (Federal Register, 1994). Under natural conditions, these soils are either saturated or inundated long enough during the growing season to support the growth and reproduction of hydrophytic vegetation. Hydric soil field indicators and a hydric soil technical standard have been developed to determine whether a soil meets the criteria for hydric soils. Evaluation of hydric soils was completed based on criteria defined in NRCS (2010) and as outlined in the 1987 Manual and the Regional Supplement. Soils observed in wetland areas within the proposed survey area typically developed under anaerobic (i.e., inundated/saturated edaphic conditions) or alternating aerobic - anaerobic conditions (i.e., wet/dry hydroperiod). Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 17 Subsurface soil samples were collected between depths of approximately four to 13 inches below the ground surface. The soil samples were visually compared to Munsell Soil Color Charts (Munsell, 2009); and examined for hydric soil indicators. Due to the presence of cobbles (measuring from approximately one to six inches in diameter) throughout the soil profile, the depth of soil samples collected was limited. No evidence of wetland hydrology or hydrophytic vegetation was observed at any sample point. The soil profiles at SP-1 through SP-5 did not exhibit hydric soil indicators. Soils observed in upland areas at the site typically developed under aerobic soil conditions. Based on the criteria outlined in NRCS (2010), and as outlined in the 1987 Manual and the Regional Supplement, the soils observed within the upland communities were not considered hydric. Refer to the wetland determination data forms provided in Appendix B for site-specific observations of hydric soil identified at each wetland location. 5.2.3 Wetland Hydrology Assessment Visual indicators of wetland hydrology were evaluated. Examples of primary wetland hydrology indicators include, but are not limited to, surface water, high water table, soil saturation, water marks, sediment deposits, drift deposits, iron deposits, inundation visible on aerial imagery, and water -stained leaves. Examples of secondary wetland hydrology indicators include, but are not limited to, surface soil cracks, drainage patterns, moss trim lines, and crayfish burrows. If at least one primary wetland hydrology indicator or two secondary wetland hydrology indicators were observed, the observation location was considered to have wetland hydrology. Indicators of wetland hydrology were not observed within the communities associated with SP -1 through SP-5. Refer to the wetland determination data forms provided in Appendix B for site-specific observations of hydrology identified at each wetland location. 5.2.4 Wetland Mapping Upon completion of the review of the three wetland criteria at each area, a wetland determination was made. Under normal circumstances, if one or more of the wetland criteria were not identified, the area was not considered to be a wetland . Likewise, if all three wetland criteria were observed, the area was considered to be a wetland. Additional observations were made throughout the wetland area to define the wetland/non-wetland boundary, which was mapped in the field. Vegetation, soil, and hydrology assessment data from at least one location within identified wetland areas (if any) and one upland location outside of the identified wetland areas were recorded on a USACE Wetland Determination Data Form. The recorded data forms for the subject property can be found in Appendix B and data point locations can be seen on Figure 2. 5.2.5 Wetland Classification Wetlands were not identified within the survey area. 5.3 Stream Observations Streams were not identified within the survey area. Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 18 5.4 Summary of Potentially Jurisdictional Waters 5.4.1 Federal Definition of Jurisdictional Waters of the United States In accordance with the revised WOTUS rule promulgated on January 18, 2023 (“revised rule”) (88 Fed. Reg. 3004),1 potentially jurisdictional WOTUS include: The territorial seas and traditional navigable waters; perennial and intermittent tributaries that contribute surface water flow to such waters; certain lakes, ponds, and impoundments of jurisdictional waters; and wetlands adjacent to other jurisdictional waters. See 33 CFR 328.3 and 40 CFR 120.2, revised as of January 18, 2023. Paragraph (a) of the revised rule identifies four categories of waters that are “waters of the United States.” These waters are referred to as “jurisdictional” in this notice and in the regulatory text. Paragraph (b) of the revised rule identifies those waters and features that are excluded from the definition of “waters of the United States.” These waters are referred to as “non-jurisdictional” or “excluded” in this notice and as “non-jurisdictional” in the regulatory text. Paragraph (c) of the revised rule defines applicable terms. As a baseline concept, this revised rule recognizes that waters of the United States are waters within the ordinary meaning of the term, such as oceans, rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, and wetlands, and that not all waters are waters of the United States. The revised rule includes the agencies' longstanding category of the territorial seas and traditional navigable waters. A “tributary” is defined in the revised rule as a river, stream, or similar naturally occurring surface water channel that contributes surface water flow to a territorial sea or traditional navigable water in a typical year either directly or indirectly through other tributaries, jurisdictional lakes, ponds, or impoundments, or adjacent wetlands. A tributary must be perennial or intermittent in a typical year. The alteration or relocation of a tributary does not modify its jurisdictional status as long as it continues to be perennial or intermittent and contributes surface water flow to a traditional navigable water or territorial sea in a typical year. A tributary does not lose its jurisdictional status if it contributes surface water flow to a downstream jurisdictional water in a typical year through a channelized non-jurisdictional surface water feature, through a subterranean river, through a culvert, dam, tunnel, or other similar artificial feature, or through a debris pile, boulder field, or similar natural feature. The term “tributary” includes a ditch that either relocates a tributary, is constructed in a tributary, or is constructed in an adjacent wetland as long as the ditch is perennial or intermittent and contributes surface water flow to a traditional navigable water or territorial sea in a typical year. 1 As a result of ongoing litigation on the January 2023 Rule, the agencies are implementing the January 2023 Rule, as amended by the conforming rule, in 24 states, the District of Columbia, and the U.S. Territories. In the other 26 states, the agencies are interpreting "waters of the United States" consistent with the pre-2015 regulatory regime and the Supreme Court's decision in Sackett until further notice. The subject property is located in Colorado which is not one of the 26 states interpreting WOTUS consistent with pre-2015 regulatory regime and the Supreme Court's decision in Sackett. Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 19 The revised rule defines “lakes and ponds, and impoundments of jurisdictional waters” as standing bodies of open water that contribute surface water flow in a typical year to a territorial sea or traditional navigable water either directly or through a tributary, another jurisdictional lake, pond, or impoundment, or an adjacent wetland. The agencies note that to be jurisdictional, an “impoundment of a jurisdictional water” must be an impoundment of a territorial sea or traditional navigable water, tributary, jurisdictional lake or pond, or an adjacent wetland, and must meet the conditions in paragraph (c)(6) of the revised rule. A lake, pond, or impoundment of a jurisdictional water does not lose its jurisdictional status if it contributes surface water flow to a downstream jurisdictional water in a typical year through a channelized non-jurisdictional surface water feature, through a culvert, dike, spillway, or similar artificial feature, or through a debris pile, boulder field, or similar natural feature. A lake, pond, or impoundment of a jurisdictional water is also jurisdictional if, in a typical year, it is inundated by flooding from a territorial sea or traditional navigable water, or tributary, or from another jurisdictional lake, pond, or impoundment. The revised rule defines “adjacent wetlands” as wetlands that abut a territorial sea or traditional navigable water, a tributary, or a lake, pond, or impoundment of a jurisdictional water; are inundated by flooding from a territorial sea or traditional navigable water, a tributary, or a lake, pond, or impoundment of a jurisdictional water in a typical year; are physically separated from a territorial sea or traditional navigable water, a tributary, or a lake, pond, or impoundment of a jurisdictional water only by a natural berm, bank, dune, or similar natural feature; or are physically separated from a territorial sea or traditional navigable water, a tributary, or a lake, pond, or impoundment of a jurisdictional water only by an artificial dike, barrier, or similar artificial structure so long as that structure allows for a direct hydrological surface connection to the territorial sea or traditional navigable water, tributary, or lake, pond, or impoundment of a jurisdictional water in a typical year, such as through a culvert, flood or tide gate, pump, or similar artificial feature. “Abut” means when a wetland touches a territorial sea, traditional navigable water, tributary, or lake, pond, or impoundment of a jurisdictional water at least at one point or side. An adjacent wetland is jurisdictional in its entirety when a road or similar artificial structure divides the wetland, as long as the structure allows for a direct hydrologic surface connection through or over that structure in a typical year. Consistent with the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona’s August 30, 2021, order vacating and remanding the Navigable Waters Protection Rule, promulgated April 21, 2020 (85 Fed. Reg. 22250), effective June 22, 2020, the EPA and USACE halted implementation of the Navigable Waters Protection Rule and began interpreting “waters of the United States” consistent with the pre-2015 regulatory regime, as further defined in the revised rule discussed above. An approved jurisdictional determination (AJD) is a document provided by the Corps stating the presence or absence of “waters of the United States” on a parcel or a written statement and map identifying the limits of “waters of the United States” on a parcel. See 33 CFR 331.2. Under existing Corps’ policy, AJDs are generally valid for five years unless new information warrants revision prior to the expiration date. See U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Regulatory Guidance Letter No. 05–02, § 1(a), p. 1 (June 2005) (Regulatory Guidance Letter (RGL) 05 –02). As a general matter, the agencies’ actions are governed by the rule in effect at the time the Corps completes an AJD, not by the date of the request for an AJD. Therefore, AJDs that were pending on, or received after the court’s decision will be completed consistent with the pre-2015 regulatory regime. AJDs completed prior to the court’s decision remain valid until the expiration date unless one of the criteria for revision is met Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 20 under RGL 05-02, or the recipient of such an AJD requests that a new AJD be provided pursuant to the pre-2015 regulatory regime. On August 29, 2023, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and Department of the Army (the agencies) issued a final rule to amend the final “Revised Definition of ‘Waters of the United States’” rule, published in the Federal Register on January 18, 2023. This final rule conforms the definition of “waters of the United States” to the U.S. Supreme Court’s May 25, 2023, decision in the case of Sackett v. Environmental Protection Agency. Parts of the January 2023 Rule are invalid under the Supreme Court’s interpretation of the Clean Water Act in the Sackett decision. Therefore, the agencies have amended key aspects of the regulatory text to conform it to the Court’s decision. The conforming rule, "Revised Definition of 'Waters of the United States'; Conforming," published in the Federal Register and became effective on September 8, 2023. The agencies revised the 2023 Rule to remove the significant nexus standard and to amend its definition of “adjacent” as these provisions are invalid under the Supreme Court’s interpretation of the Clean Water Act in Sackett. See section II of this preamble for the specific amendments. Under the decision in Sackett, waters are not jurisdictional under the Clean Water Act based on the significant nexus standard. In addition, under the decision in Sackett, wetlands are not defined as “adjacent” or jurisdictional under the Clean Water Act solely because they are “bordering, contiguous, or neighboring . . . [or] separated from other ‘waters of the United States’ by man-made dikes or barriers, natural river berms, beach dunes and the like.” Therefore, under this conforming rule, waters cannot be found to be jurisdictional because they meet the significant nexus standard; nor can wetlands be found to be jurisdictional based on the definition of “adjacent” codified in the 2023 Rule. Furthermore, as a result of the decision in Sackett invalidating the significant nexus standard, the provision for assessment of streams and wetlands under the additional waters provision of paragraph (a)(5) is no longer valid as any jurisdictional streams and wetlands are covered by paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of the 2023 Rule.2 Finally, the agencies are removing “interstate wetlands” from the 2023 Rule to conform with the decision in Sackett. The Supreme Court in Sackett examined the Clean Water Act and its statutory history and found the predecessor statute to the Clean Water Act covered and defined “interstate waters” as “all rivers, lakes, and other waters that flow across or form a part of State boundaries.” Sackett at 1337 (citing 33 U.S.C. 1160(a), 1173(e) (1970 ed.) (emphasis in original)). The Court concluded that the use of the term “waters” refers to such “open waters” and not wetlands. Id. As a result, under Sackett, the provision authorizing wetlands to be jurisdictional simply because they are interstate is invalid. The agencies will continue to interpret the remainder of the definition of “waters of the United States” in the 2023 Rule consistent with the Sackett decision. And it is both reasonable and appropriate for the agencies to promulgate this rule in response to a significant decision of the Supreme Court and, to provide administrative guidance to address other issues that may arise outside this limited rule. A Memorandum to the Field Between The U.S. Department Of The Army, U.S. Army Corps Of Engineers And The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Concerning The Proper Implementation Of “Continuous Surface Connection” Under The Definition Of “Waters Of The United States” Under The Clean Water Act was issued on March 12, 2025 to provide guidance to the USACE and EPA regarding the implementation of the “waters of the United States” under both regulatory regimes currently operative across the country: Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 21 the “Revised Definition of ‘Waters of the United States,’” as amended by the final rule “Revised Definition of ‘Waters of the United States’; Conforming” (the amended 2023 rule; 40 C.F.R. 120.2 and 33 C.F.R. 328.3) and the “pre-2015 regulatory regime” consistent with the Supreme Court’s decision in Sackett v. Environmental Protection Agency, 598 U.S. 651 (2023). On January 18, 2023, the agencies issued the 2023 Rule to revise the definition of “waters of th e United States.” The preamble to the 2023 Rule included limited guidance on the implementation of “continuous surface connection,” and stated: Under the relatively permanent standard for adjacent wetlands, wetlands meet the continuous surface connection requirement if they physically abut, or touch, a relatively permanent paragraph (a)(2) impoundment or a jurisdictional tributary when the jurisdictional tributary meets the relatively permanent standard, or if the wetlands are connected to these waters by a discrete feature like a non -jurisdictional ditch, swale, pipe, or culvert. The agencies’ “discrete features” language is in tension with the pre-2015 regime and Sackett and the purpose of this memo is to align the agencies’ interpretation of adjacency with Sackett. Under either the amended 2023 regulatory definition of “waters of the United States” or the pre - 2015 regulatory regime consistent with Sackett, the agencies are interpreting “waters of the United States” to include “only those adjacent wetlands that have a continuous surface connection because they directly abut the [requisite jurisdictional water] (e.g., they are not separated by uplands, a berm, dike, or similar feature).” 2008 Rapanos Guidance at 7, footnote 29; see also 88 FR 3090 (Jan. 18, 2023) (“wetlands meet the continuous surface connection requirement if they physically abut, or touch, a [requisite jurisdictional water]”). Additionally, pursuant to the Rapanos plurality, “[w]etlands with only an intermittent, physically remote hydrologic connection to ‘waters of the United States’ do not implicate the boundary-drawing problem of Riverside Bayview,” and thus do not have the “necessary connection” to covered waters that triggers CWA jurisdiction. Rapanos, 547 U.S. at 742 (Scalia, J., plurality). The plurality was even more clear that the CWA definition of “navigable waters” includes “some wetlands – namely, those that directly ‘abut’ covered waters.” Id. at 747, footnote 12 (Scalia, J., plurality) (emphasis in original). Therefore, an interpretation of “continuous surface connection” which allows for wetlands far removed from and not directly abutting covered waters to be jurisdictional as adjacent wetlands has the potential to violate the direct abutment requirement for “adjacent wetlands” under the plurality’s standard and now Sackett’s endorsement of that standard. Therefore, any components of guidance or training materials that assumed a discrete feature established a continuous surface connection are rescinded. In summary, the Supreme Court in Sackett provided a clear two-part test for determining CWA jurisdiction over adjacent wetlands. First, the adjacent body of water must be a “water of the United States,” which generally means traditional navigable waters, or a relatively permanent body of water connected to a traditional navigable water. Second, the wetland, assuming it satisfies the agencies’ longstanding regulatory definition of “wetlands” at 33 C.F.R. 328.3 and 40 C.F.R. 120.2, Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 22 must have a continuous surface connection to a requisite covered water making it difficult to determine where the water ends and wetland begins. The Sackett Court recognized that there may be some instances where that line drawing problem is difficult, such as during periods of drought or low tide or in those instances where there may be temporary interruptions in surface connection. The agencies will work to resolve these scenarios on a case -by-case basis and provide further clarity when appropriate to guide future implementation. Partner’s professional opinion of jurisdictional status of identified features (if any) on the subject property, is consistent with the interpretation used by EPA and USACE. 5.4.2 State Wetlands and Surface Waters Regulations It should be noted that, the state of Colorado has additional wetland and surface water regulations as discussed below. The State of Colorado recognizes wetlands under the definition of “State waters” and therefore they are subject to basic standards for water quality. Under Colorado state law, wetlands are defined as “those areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or groundwater at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions.” This is the same definition used by both the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (ACOE) under the federal Clean Water Act (CWA). In Colorado, day-to-day administration of the Section 404 CWA regulatory program, including permitting of stream and wetland mitigation, falls to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (ACOE). To oversee permit actions in the state, the ACOE works in coordination with the EPA and the state water quality agency – the Colorado Department of Public Health and the Environment (CDPHE) – and other agencies as circumstances dictate. The state’s program is limited. 5.4.3 Local Wetland and Surface Water Regulations The subject property is not located within city limits. As such, ordinances associated with Garfield County will apply to development at the subject property. Garfield relies on the Garfield County Land Use and Development Code (GCLUD) to impose land use restrictions on certain lands within Garfield County. Codes applicable to the proposed development are outlined within Division 2, Section 7-203.A, Division 5, Section 14-501.R and Section 14-510.B, respectively, and include the following: Division 2, Section 7-203.A – General Resource Protection Standards – Wildlife Habitat Areas A setback of 35 feet measured horizontally from the Typical and Ordinary High-Water Mark on each side of a Waterbody is required. Division 5, Section 14-501.R – Permit Approval Standards – Wetlands and Riparian Areas Any wetlands and riparian habitat mitigation shall be coordinated with Colorado Parks and Wildlife’s Section of Wildlife and Natural Resources and the Army Corps of Engineers. Division 5, Section 14-510.B – Permit Approval Standards – Wetlands and Stream Buffers Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 23 No impervious surfaces or structures shall be constructed or located within 500 feet of wetlands and streams in the Wildlife Habitat Area. Wildlife Habitat Area’s are designated on the Garfield County Wildlife Habitat Area Map. According to County’s map, the subject property is located in the White-Tailed Prairie Dog, Elk, and Mule Deer overall ranges. The Applicant must consult with the Colorado Parks and Wildlife or a qualified wildlife biologist in order to determined how best to avoid or mitigate impacts to wildlife habitat areas. 5.5 Onsite Surface Water Observations No surface waters were identified on the subject property. Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 24 6.0 FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS Findings According to our preliminary determination, delineation, resource document review, and field observations, no wetlands or waterbodies were identified on the subject property. Conclusions, Opinions and Recommendations Partner has performed a Preliminary Wetland Determination in general conformance with the scope and limitations as detailed in our proposal, for the property located at the southwest corner of South Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road in the Town of Parachute, Garfield County, Colorado. • It is the opinion of Partner that no wetland areas are located on the subject property. • Additionally, it is the opinion of Partner that no waterbodies regulated by the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CPHE) and/or local regulatory agencies are located on the subject property. It should be noted the USACE has the ultimate authority for wetlands and WOTUS determinations. The EPA has the ultimate authority for official jurisdictional determinations; however, authority has been delegated to the USACE to give an AJD on potential Waters of the United States. It should be noted that, the State of Colorado has additional wetland and surface water regulations which are further discussed in Section 5.4.2. Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 25 7.0 SIGNATURES OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROFESSIONALS Partner has performed a Preliminary Wetland Determination of the property located at the southwest corner of South Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road in the Town of Parachute, Garfield County, Colorado in general conformance with the scope and limitations of the protocol and the limitations stated earlier in this report. Exceptions to or deletions from this protocol are discussed earlier in this report. By signing this report, we declare that, to the best of our professional knowledge and belief, we have the specific qualifications based on education, training, and experience to assess a property of the nature, history, and setting of the subject property. Prepared By: Renee Kuraly Project Assessor Managed and Reviewed By: Amy Parker, PG, PWS Project Manager – Natural Resources Professional Wetland Scientist (#4014) Oversight By: Katie L. Morgan, PWS Director or Natural and Cultural Resources Professional Wetland Scientist (#3100) Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 26 8.0 REFERENCES Reference Documents 24 CFR 55.2(b)(11) Bailey, R. G. 1995. Description of the Ecoregions of the United States, second edition. Miscellaneous Publication 1391 (revised). Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service. (http://www.fs.fed.us/land/ecosysmgmt/ecoreg1_home.html) Cowardin, L. M., V. Carter, F. C. Golet, E. T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of wetlands and deepwater habitats of the United States. U.S. Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C. Jamestown, North Dakota: Northern Prairie Wildlife Research Center Online. http://www.npwrc.usgs.gov/resource/wetlands/classwet/index.htm (Version 04DEC1998). Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. Technical Report Y 87 1, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Mississippi. Federal Emergency Management Agency, Federal Insurance Administration, National Flood Insurance Program, Flood Insurance Map, accessed via internet July 2025. Kollmorgen Instruments Corporation. 2000. Munsell Soil Color Charts. Year 2000 Revised Washable Edition. Gretag Macbeth, New Windsor, New York. Lichvar, R. W., M. Butterwick, N. C. Melvin, and W. N. Kirchner. 2016. Lichvar, R. W., D. L. Banks, W. N. Kirchner, and N. C. Melvin. 2016. The National Wetland Plant List: 2016 wetland ratings. Phytoneuron 2016-30: 1-17. Published 28 August 2016. ISSN 2153 733X. Website Version 3.3 available at http://rsgisias.crrel.usace.army.mil/nwpl_static/mapper/mapper.html. Accessed via internet July 2025. Lichvar, Robert W., and Paul Minkin. 2008. Concepts and Procedures for Updating the National Wetland Plant List ERDC/CRREL TN-08-3 (http://rsgisias.crrel.usace.army.mil/NWPL_CRREL/docs/ERDC- CRREL_TN 08 3.pdf). U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center, Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, Hanover, New Hampshire. “National Wetlands Inventory - Surface Waters and Wetlands.” United States Fish and Wildlife Service, National Wetlands Inventory, https://fwsprimary.wim.usgs.gov/wetlands/apps/wetlands-mapper/. Accessed via internet July 2025. National Cooperative Soil Survey Soil Characterization Database, National Cooperative Soil Survey. http://ncsslabdatamart.sc.egov.usda.gov/. Accessed via internet July 2025. Schoeneberger, P.J., D.A. Wysocki, E.C. Benham, and Soil Survey Staff. 2012. Field book for describing and sampling soils, Version 3.0. Natural Resource Conservation Service, National Soil Survey Center, Lincoln, NE. “Section 404 of the Clean Water Act - Streams under CWA Section 404.” EPA, Environmental Protection Agency, 10 Mar. 2022, https://www.epa.gov/cwa-404/streams-under-cwa-section-404. Preliminary Wetland Determination Project No. 25-486627.9 July 11, 2025 Page 27 USDA, NRCS. 2016. The PLANTS Database (http://plants.usda.gov, October 12, 2020). National Plant Data Team, Greensboro, NC 27401-4901 USA. http://plants.usda.gov. Accessed via internet July 2025. United States Army Corps of Engineers. 2008. Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual, Arid West Region (Version 2.0), ed. J. S. Wakeley, R. W. Lichvar, and C. V. Noble. ERDC/EL TR 10-1. Vicksburg, Mississippi: United States Army Engineer Research and Development Center. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2020. National Wetland Plant List, version 3.5 http://wetland- plants.usace.army.mil/. Accessed via internet July 2025. United States Army Corps of Engineers and Environmental Protection Agency. United States Army Corps of Engineers Jurisdictional Determination Form Instructional Guidebook. 2007. Available on -line at http://www.usace.army.mil/Portals/2/docs/civilworks/regulatory/cwa_guide/jd_guidebook_051207 final.pdf. United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) National Cooperative Soil Survey (NCSS). 2019. Soil Survey Geographic Database (SSURGO) and State Soil Geographic Database (STATSGO) digital soil survey products. Available online via California Soil Resource Lab SoilWeb streaming interface (download at http://www.gelib.com/soilweb.htm) or via Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) Web Soil Survey at http://websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov/. Accessed via internet July 2025. United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS). 2010. Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States. Version 7.0. L. M. Vasilas, G. W. Hurt, and C. V. Noble (Eds.). USDA, NRCS, in cooperation with the National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils. United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS). 2015. "Lists of Hydric Soils: National List, all states (December 2015)." U.S. Department of Agriculture. Available on-line at http://soils.usda.gov/use/hydric/. Accessed via internet July 2025. United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS). Web Soil Survey, Available on-line at http://websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov/. Accessed via internet July 2025. United States Geological Survey 2019. Parachute, Colorado, 7.5-minute series Topographic Map, accessed via USGS July 2025. FIGURES 1 SITE LOCATION MAP 2 SITE PLAN 3 TOPOGRAPHIC MAP Sources: Esri, HERE, Garmin, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P, NR Can, EsriJapan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea, Esri (Thailand), NGCC, (c)OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community PROJECT NUMBER: E25-486627.9FILE NAME: ASTER PLACE SOURCES: ESRI, Field Data SCALE: File: C:\Users\rkuraly\Desktop\Projects\Wetlands\2025\7. July\25-486627.9 - Parachute, CO\Working\Appendices\25-486627.9 Figure 1 Site Location Map.mxd User: rkuraly Date: 7/9/2025 DATE: 7/9/2025 DRAWN BY:rkuraly FIGURE 1: SITE LOCATION MAP Legend Subject Property Boundary ¹ 0 460 920 1,380 1,840230Feet 1 inch = 833 feet Note:Coordinate System: NAD 1983 StatePlane Colorado Central FIPS 0502 FeetProjection: Lambert Conformal ConicDatum: North American 1983False Easting: 3,000,000.0003False Northing: 1,000,000.0000Central Meridian: -105.5000Standard Parallel 1: 38.4500Standard Parallel 2: 39.7500Latitude Of Origin: 37.8333Units: Foot US > > >> > SP-5 SP-4SP-3 SP-2 SP-1 Source: Esri, Maxar, Earthstar Geographics, and the GIS User Community PROJECT NUMBER: E25-486627.9FILE NAME: ASTER PLACE SOURCES: ESRI, Field Data SCALE: File: C:\Users\rkuraly\Desktop\Projects\Wetlands\2025\7. July\25-486627.9 - Parachute, CO\Working\Appendices\25-486627.9 Figure 2 Site Plan.mxd User: rkuraly Date: 7/9/2025 DATE: 7/9/2025 DRAWN BY:rkuraly FIGURE 2: SITE PL AN Legend Subject Property Boundary >Sample Points ¹ 0 90 180 270 36045Feet 1 inch = 167 feet Note:Coordinate System: NAD 1983 StatePlane Colorado Central FIPS 0502 FeetProjection: Lambert Conformal ConicDatum: North American 1983False Easting: 3,000,000.0003False Northing: 1,000,000.0000Central Meridian: -105.5000Standard Parallel 1: 38.4500Standard Parallel 2: 39.7500Latitude Of Origin: 37.8333Units: Foot US Copyright:© 2013 National Geographic Society, i-cubed PROJECT NUMBER: E25-486627.9FILE NAME: ASTER PLACE SOURCES: ESRI, Field Data SCALE: File: C:\Users\rkuraly\Desktop\Projects\Wetlands\2025\7. July\25-486627.9 - Parachute, CO\Working\Appendices\25-486627.9 Figure 3 Topographic Map.mxd User: rkuraly Date: 7/9/2025 DATE: 7/9/2025 DRAWN BY:rkuraly FIGURE 3: TOPOGRAPHIC MAP Legend Subject Property Boundary ¹ 0 460 920 1,380 1,840230Feet 1 inch = 833 feet Note:Coordinate System: NAD 1983 StatePlane Colorado Central FIPS 0502 FeetProjection: Lambert Conformal ConicDatum: North American 1983False Easting: 3,000,000.0003False Northing: 1,000,000.0000Central Meridian: -105.5000Standard Parallel 1: 38.4500Standard Parallel 2: 39.7500Latitude Of Origin: 37.8333Units: Foot US APPENDIX A: SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 1.View of the central portion of the subject property, looking west 2.View of the south portion of the subject property, looking west 3.View of the soil profile of SP-1 4.View to the north of SP-1 5.View to the east of SP-1 6.View to the south of SP-1 Appendix A: Site Photographs Project No. 25-486627.9 7.View to the west of SP-1 8.Artemisia tridentata near SP-1 9.Bromus tectorum near SP-1 10.Leymus triticoides near SP-1 11.Juniperus osteosperma near SP-1 12.Biotic crust observed on subject property Appendix A: Site Photographs Project No. 25-486627.9 13.Biotic crust observed on subject property 14.View of the SP-2 soil profile 15.View to the north of SP-2 16.View to the east of SP-2 17.View to the south of SP-2 18.View to the west of SP-2 Appendix A: Site Photographs Project No. 25-486627.9 19.Convolvulus arvensis near SP-2 20.View of the SP-3 soil profile 21.Cobbles removed from SP-3 22.View to the east of SP-3 23.View to the south of SP-3 24.View to the west of SP-3 Appendix A: Site Photographs Project No. 25-486627.9 25.View to the north of SP-3 26.Agropyron cristatum near SP-3 27.Ulmus pumila near SP-3 28.View of the SP-4 soil profile 29.Ericameria nauseosa near SP-4 30.Grindelia squarrosa near SP-4 Appendix A: Site Photographs Project No. 25-486627.9 31.View of the SP-5 soil profile 32.View to the north of SP-5 33.View to the east of SP-5 34.View to the south of SP-5 Appendix A: Site Photographs Project No. 25-486627.9 APPENDIX B: USACE WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORMS Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.):2-5 Subregion (LRR): Soil Map Unit Name:NWI classification: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (A/B) 1. 2. 3. 4.OBL species x 1 = 5.FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = Herb Stratum FACU species x 4 = 1.UPL species x 5 = 2.Column Totals:(A)(B) 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Yes X =Total Cover Artemisia tridentata UPL Yes 16 (Plot size: 30' Radius ) =Total Cover 95 =Total Cover =Total Cover Indicator Status Remarks: ) No 0 Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 Tax Pin: 240718121002 Linear UPLPotts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes Yes No (If no, explain in Remarks.) Aster Place Sampling Date:07/01/2025 Lincoln Avenue Capital Sampling Point:CO SP-1 City/County: Parachute/Garfield WGS 1984-108.031866 Datum: Section, Township, Range:RK Slope (%): Long: Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? 10 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Bromus tectorum (Plot size: 90 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? 755 790 Dominance Test is >50% Prevalence Index = B/A = Leymus triticoides 5 No 4.91 FAC 161 UPL 151 Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: significantly disturbed? Rhus aromatica Dominant Species? No Dominance Test worksheet: 15' Radius ) Total % Cover of: Prevalence Index worksheet: 0 No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum Is the Sampled Area 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) within a Wetland? Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Yes Remarks: 50 50 Absolute % Cover (Plot size: 5 Juniperus osteosperma Juniperus osteosperma (Plot size: 20 UPL FACU 4 0.0% 5 Multiply by: No Yes 0 0 5 UPL Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: Hillside Local relief (concave, convex, none): U.S. Army Corps of Engineers WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA SHEET – Arid West Region See ERDC/EL TR-08-28; the proponent agency is CECW-CO-R OMB Control #: 0710-0024, Exp: 11/30/2024 Requirement Control Symbol EXEMPT: (Authority: AR 335-15, paragraph 5-2a) Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? 30' Radius 5' Radius 5 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 LRR D Lat: 39.439989 naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) ) 0 15 Yes ENG FORM 6116-1, JUL 2018 Arid West – Version 2.0 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X Due to cobbles measuring approximately one to five inches in diameter and hard soil, the sample could not be collected at depth greater than 13 inches. No hydrologic or hydrophtic vegetation factors were observed. Soil is rocky and comprised of cobbles in almost half of the profiled horizon. HYDROLOGY Salt Crust (B11)Water Marks (B1)(Riverine) Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.)Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3) 30-40% throughout cobbles 30-40% throughout cobbles 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Remarks: 13 Cobbles Depth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 7/4 10YR 4/3 Remarks 7-13 Color (moist) Matrix Remarks: Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7)Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9)Surface Soil Cracks (B6) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): (includes capillary fringe) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)Other (Explain in Remarks)FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Biotic Crust (B12) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) Sediment Deposits (B2)(Riverine) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Drift Deposits (B3)(Riverine) Drainage Patterns (B10) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) 0-7 Sandy Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5)(LRR C) 1 cm Muck (A9) (LRR D) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Histosol (A1)Sandy Redox (S5) Stripped Matrix (S6) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox Features SOIL SP-1 Restrictive Layer (if observed): Field Observations: Texture Sandy Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 1 cm Muck (A9)(LRR C) 2 cm Muck (A10)(LRR B) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12)(LRR D) Reduced Vertic (F18) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Redox Depressions (F8) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Sediment Deposits (B2)(Nonriverine) Drift Deposits (B3)(Nonriverine) Water Marks (B1)(Nonriverine) ENG FORM 6116-1, JUL 2018 Arid West – Version 2.0 Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Subregion (LRR): Soil Map Unit Name:NWI classification: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (A/B) 1. 2. 3. 4.OBL species x 1 = 5.FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = Herb Stratum FACU species x 4 = 1.UPL species x 5 = 2.Column Totals:(A)(B) 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Yes X Terrace Local relief (concave, convex, none): U.S. Army Corps of Engineers WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA SHEET – Arid West Region See ERDC/EL TR-08-28; the proponent agency is CECW-CO-R OMB Control #: 0710-0024, Exp: 11/30/2024 Requirement Control Symbol EXEMPT: (Authority: AR 335-15, paragraph 5-2a) Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? 30' Radius 5' Radius 0 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 LRR D Lat: 39.440461 naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) ) 0 0 No 0 UPL 2 0.0% 0 Multiply by: 0 0 0 Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: Absolute % Cover (Plot size: Ericameria nauseosa (Plot size: Convolvulus arvensis UPL 2 within a Wetland? Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Remarks: 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) significantly disturbed? Dominant Species? No Dominance Test worksheet: 15' Radius ) Total % Cover of: Prevalence Index worksheet: 0 No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum Is the Sampled Area Prevalence Index = B/A = Erodium cicutarium 15Agropyron cristatum UPL 60 Yes 5.00No UPL 114 UPL UPL 114 Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5 Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? 2 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? No Bromus tectorum (Plot size: 30 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? 570 570 Dominance Test is >50% Tax Pin: 240718121002 Linear UPLPotts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes Yes No (If no, explain in Remarks.) Aster Place Sampling Date:07/01/2025 Lincoln Avenue Capital Sampling Point:CO SP-2 City/County: Parachute/Garfield WGS 1984-108.033250 Datum: Section, Township, Range:RK Slope (%): Long: =Total Cover =Total Cover Indicator Status Remarks: ) No No 0 Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: =Total Cover Yes 2 (Plot size: 30' Radius ) =Total Cover 112 Descurainia sophia ENG FORM 6116-1, JUL 2018 Arid West – Version 2.0 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 1 cm Muck (A9)(LRR C) 2 cm Muck (A10)(LRR B) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12)(LRR D) Reduced Vertic (F18) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Redox Depressions (F8) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Sediment Deposits (B2)(Nonriverine) Drift Deposits (B3)(Nonriverine) Water Marks (B1)(Nonriverine) SOIL SP-2 Restrictive Layer (if observed): Field Observations: Texture 0-4 Sandy Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5)(LRR C) 1 cm Muck (A9) (LRR D) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Histosol (A1)Sandy Redox (S5) Stripped Matrix (S6) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox Features Shallow Aquitard (D3) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)Other (Explain in Remarks)FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Biotic Crust (B12) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) Sediment Deposits (B2)(Riverine) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Drift Deposits (B3)(Riverine) Drainage Patterns (B10) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Remarks: Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7)Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9)Surface Soil Cracks (B6) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): (includes capillary fringe) Depth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 6/2 RemarksColor (moist) Matrix Due to cobbles measuring approximately one to five inches in diameter and hard soil, the sample could not be collected at depth greater than four inches. No hydrologic or hydrophtic vegetation factors were observed. Soil is rocky and comprised of cobbles in more than half of the profiled horizon. HYDROLOGY Salt Crust (B11)Water Marks (B1)(Riverine) Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.)Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3) 60-70% throughout cobbles 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Remarks: 4 Cobbles, impermeable soil ENG FORM 6116-1, JUL 2018 Arid West – Version 2.0 Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.):15-20 Subregion (LRR): Soil Map Unit Name:NWI classification: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (A/B) 1. 2. 3. 4.OBL species x 1 = 5.FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = Herb Stratum FACU species x 4 = 1.UPL species x 5 = 2.Column Totals:(A)(B) 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Yes X Hillside Local relief (concave, convex, none): U.S. Army Corps of Engineers WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA SHEET – Arid West Region See ERDC/EL TR-08-28; the proponent agency is CECW-CO-R OMB Control #: 0710-0024, Exp: 11/30/2024 Requirement Control Symbol EXEMPT: (Authority: AR 335-15, paragraph 5-2a) Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? 30' Radius 5' Radius 10 % Cover of Biotic Crust 0 LRR D Lat: 39.440870 naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) ) 0 6 Yes 40 UPL FAC 5 0.0% 10 Multiply by: Yes No 0 0 2 UPL Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 100 Absolute % Cover (Plot size: 2 Ulmus pumila Ulmus pumila (Plot size: within a Wetland? Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Yes Remarks: 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) significantly disturbed? Elaeagnus angustifolia Dominant Species? No Dominance Test worksheet: 15' Radius ) Total % Cover of: Prevalence Index worksheet: 0 No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum Is the Sampled Area Prevalence Index = B/A = Schedonorus arundinaceus 20Agropyron cristatum UPL 10 No 4.93Yes FACU 212 UPL 200 Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? 15 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Bromus tectorum (Plot size: 60 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? 1000 1046 Dominance Test is >50% Tax Pin: 240718121002 Slope UPLPotts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes Yes No (If no, explain in Remarks.) Aster Place Sampling Date:07/01/2025 Lincoln Avenue Capital Sampling Point:CO SP-3 City/County: Parachute/Garfield WGS 1984-108.033147 Datum: Section, Township, Range:RK Slope (%): Long: =Total Cover =Total Cover Indicator Status Remarks: ) No 0 Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 5 =Total Cover Ericameria nauseosa UPL Yes 22 (Plot size: 30' Radius ) =Total Cover 90 ENG FORM 6116-1, JUL 2018 Arid West – Version 2.0 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 100 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 1 cm Muck (A9)(LRR C) 2 cm Muck (A10)(LRR B) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12)(LRR D) Reduced Vertic (F18) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Redox Depressions (F8) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Sediment Deposits (B2)(Nonriverine) Drift Deposits (B3)(Nonriverine) Water Marks (B1)(Nonriverine) SOIL SP-3 Restrictive Layer (if observed): Field Observations: Texture Sandy 8-11 0-5 Sandy Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5)(LRR C) 1 cm Muck (A9) (LRR D) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Histosol (A1) 60-70% throughout cobblesSandy Sandy Redox (S5) Stripped Matrix (S6) 10YR 7/2 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox Features Shallow Aquitard (D3) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)Other (Explain in Remarks)FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Biotic Crust (B12) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) Sediment Deposits (B2)(Riverine) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Drift Deposits (B3)(Riverine) Drainage Patterns (B10) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Remarks: Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7)Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9)Surface Soil Cracks (B6) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): (includes capillary fringe) Depth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 4/3 10YR 5/3 Remarks 5-8 Color (moist) Matrix Due to cobbles measuring approximately one to six inches in diameter, the sample could not be collected at a depth greater than 11 inches. No hydrologic or hydrophytic vegetation factors were observed. Soil is rocky and comprised of cobbles in more than half of the profiled horizon. HYDROLOGY Salt Crust (B11)Water Marks (B1)(Riverine) Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.)Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3) 60-70% throughout cobbles 60-70% throughout cobbles 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Remarks: 11 Cobbles ENG FORM 6116-1, JUL 2018 Arid West – Version 2.0 Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.):0 Subregion (LRR): Soil Map Unit Name:NWI classification: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (A/B) 1. 2. 3. 4.OBL species x 1 = 5.FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = Herb Stratum FACU species x 4 = 1.UPL species x 5 = 2.Column Totals:(A)(B) 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Yes X Terrace Local relief (concave, convex, none): U.S. Army Corps of Engineers WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA SHEET – Arid West Region See ERDC/EL TR-08-28; the proponent agency is CECW-CO-R OMB Control #: 0710-0024, Exp: 11/30/2024 Requirement Control Symbol EXEMPT: (Authority: AR 335-15, paragraph 5-2a) Biotic crust was observed at the sample location; however, they were rough-surfaced in nature and were indicative of either pedicellated crusts or asphalt-like crusts. These types of biotic crusts do not form in areas that are inundated and are not indicators of hydrophytic vegetation. Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? 30' Radius 5' Radius 0 % Cover of Biotic Crust 60 LRR D Lat: 39.440888 naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) ) 0 0 No 240 UPL 3 0.0% 60 Multiply by: No 0 0 0 Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: Absolute % Cover (Plot size: Ulmus pumila (Plot size: UPL within a Wetland? Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Remarks: 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) significantly disturbed? Dominant Species? No Dominance Test worksheet: 15' Radius ) Total % Cover of: Prevalence Index worksheet: 0 No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum Is the Sampled Area Prevalence Index = B/A = Grindelia squarrosa 20Melilotus officinalis FACU 40 Yes 4.41Yes FACU 102 UPL 42 Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 10 Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? 1 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Sphaeralcea coccinea (Plot size: 30 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? 210 450 Dominance Test is >50% Tax Pin: 240718121002 Linear UPLPotts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes Yes No (If no, explain in Remarks.) Aster Place Sampling Date:07/01/2025 Lincoln Avenue Capital Sampling Point:CO SP-4 City/County: Parachute/Garfield WGS 1984-108.031889 Datum: Section, Township, Range:RK Slope (%): Long: =Total Cover =Total Cover Indicator Status Remarks: ) No No 0 Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 =Total Cover Ericameria nauseosa UPL Yes 2 (Plot size: 30' Radius ) =Total Cover 100 Bromus tectorum ENG FORM 6116-1, JUL 2018 Arid West – Version 2.0 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 1 cm Muck (A9)(LRR C) 2 cm Muck (A10)(LRR B) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12)(LRR D) Reduced Vertic (F18) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Redox Depressions (F8) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Sediment Deposits (B2)(Nonriverine) Drift Deposits (B3)(Nonriverine) Water Marks (B1)(Nonriverine) SOIL SP-4 Restrictive Layer (if observed): Field Observations: Texture 0-7 Sandy Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5)(LRR C) 1 cm Muck (A9) (LRR D) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Histosol (A1)Sandy Redox (S5) Stripped Matrix (S6) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox Features Shallow Aquitard (D3) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)Other (Explain in Remarks)FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Biotic Crust (B12) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) Sediment Deposits (B2)(Riverine) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Drift Deposits (B3)(Riverine) Drainage Patterns (B10) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) Remarks: Biotic crust was observed at the sample location; however, the rough-surfaced in nature and was indicative of either pedicellated crusts or asphalt- like crusts. These types of biotic crusts do not form in areas that are inundated. They are not indicators of wetland hydrology. Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7)Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9)Surface Soil Cracks (B6) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): (includes capillary fringe) Depth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 6/3 RemarksColor (moist) Matrix Due to cobbles measuring approximately one to six inches in diameter, the sample could not be collected at a depth greater than seven inches. No hydrologic or hydrophytic vegetation factors were observed. Soil is rocky and comprised of cobbles in more than half of the profiled horizon. HYDROLOGY Salt Crust (B11)Water Marks (B1)(Riverine) Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.)Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3) 50-60% throughout cobbles 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Remarks: 7 Cobbles ENG FORM 6116-1, JUL 2018 Arid West – Version 2.0 Project/Site: Applicant/Owner:State: Investigator(s): Landform (hillside, terrace, etc.): Subregion (LRR): Soil Map Unit Name:NWI classification: X Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology Are “Normal Circumstances” present?Yes X No Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology SUMMARY OF FINDINGS – Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Yes X Yes X Yes X Yes X 1. 2.(A) 3. 4.(B) Sapling/Shrub Stratum (A/B) 1. 2. 3. 4.OBL species x 1 = 5.FACW species x 2 = FAC species x 3 = Herb Stratum FACU species x 4 = 1.UPL species x 5 = 2.Column Totals:(A)(B) 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.Morphological Adaptations1 (Provide supporting Woody Vine Stratum 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Yes X =Total Cover No No UPL FACU Yes 10 (Plot size: 30' Radius UPL ) =Total Cover 91 5 Tragopogon dubius =Total Cover =Total Cover Indicator Status Remarks: ) No No 0 Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: Tax Pin: 240718121002 Linear UPLPotts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes Yes No (If no, explain in Remarks.) Aster Place Sampling Date:07/01/2025 Lincoln Avenue Capital Sampling Point:CO SP-5 City/County: Parachute/Garfield WGS 1984-108.030999 Datum: Section, Township, Range:RK Slope (%): Long: Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? 10 Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation1 (Explain) Yes Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? 2 Yes Bromus tectorum (Plot size: 20 Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? 400 484 Dominance Test is >50% Prevalence Index = B/A = Sphaeralcea coccinea 1Grindelia squarrosa FACU 20 Yes 4.79No UPL 101 UPL UPL 80 Prevalence Index is ≤3.01 Descurainia sophia Convolvulus arvensis Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: Elymus glaucus 2 significantly disturbed? Dominant Species? No Dominance Test worksheet: 15' Radius ) Total % Cover of: Prevalence Index worksheet: 0 No No No VEGETATION – Use scientific names of plants. Tree Stratum Is the Sampled Area 1Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) within a Wetland? Total Number of Dominant Species Across All Strata: Remarks: Absolute % Cover (Plot size: Ericameria nauseosa (Plot size: Erodium cicutarium 20 UPL 20 84 UPL 5 0.0% 21 Multiply by: 0 0 0 Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: Terrace Local relief (concave, convex, none): U.S. Army Corps of Engineers WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA SHEET – Arid West Region See ERDC/EL TR-08-28; the proponent agency is CECW-CO-R OMB Control #: 0710-0024, Exp: 11/30/2024 Requirement Control Symbol EXEMPT: (Authority: AR 335-15, paragraph 5-2a) Biotic crust was observed at the sample location; however, the were rough-surfaced in nature and were indicative of either pedicellated crusts or asphalt-like crusts. These types of biotic crusts do not form in areas that are inundated and are not indicators of hydrophytic vegetation. Hydric Soil Present? Wetland Hydrology Present? 30' Radius 5' Radius 9 % Cover of Biotic Crust 35 LRR D Lat: 39.440591 naturally problematic?(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) ) 0 0 Yes ENG FORM 6116-1, JUL 2018 Arid West – Version 2.0 VEGETATION Continued Sampling Point: 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. – Use scientific names of plants.SP-5 Tree Stratum Absolute % Cover Dominant Species? Indicator Status Sapling/Shrub – Woody plants less than 3 in. DBH, regardless of height. Herb – All herbaceous (non-woody) plants, including herbaceous vines, regardless of size. Woody Vine – All woody vines, regardless of height. Definitions of Vegetation Strata: Tree – Woody plants 3 in. (7.6 cm) or more in diameter at breast height (DBH), regardless of height. =Total Cover Sapling/Shrub Stratum 10 =Total Cover Herb Stratum Medicago sativa 1 No UPL 91 =Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum =Total Cover Remarks: ENG FORM 6116-1, JUL 2018 Arid West – Version 2.0 Sampling Point: %%Type1 Loc2 100 Type: Depth (inches):Hydric Soil Present?Yes No X Primary Indicators (minimum of one is required; check all that apply) Surface Water Present?Yes X Water Table Present?Yes X Saturation Present?Yes X Wetland Hydrology Present?Yes No X Due to cobbles measuring approximately one to five inches in diameter, the sample could not be collected at a depth greater than seven inches. No hydrologic of hydrophytic vegetation indicators were observed. Soil is rocky and comprised of cobbles in more than half of the profiled horizon. HYDROLOGY Salt Crust (B11)Water Marks (B1)(Riverine) Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.)Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3: Histic Epipedon (A2) Black Histic (A3) 70-80% throughout fine cobbles 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.1Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Remarks: 7 Cobble Depth (inches)Color (moist) 10YR 6/3 RemarksColor (moist) Matrix Remarks: Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) Thin Muck Surface (C7)Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9)Surface Soil Cracks (B6) No No No Depth (inches): Depth (inches): Depth (inches): (includes capillary fringe) Shallow Aquitard (D3) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)Other (Explain in Remarks)FAC-Neutral Test (D5) Biotic Crust (B12) Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3) Surface Water (A1) High Water Table (A2) Saturation (A3) Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Secondary Indicators (minimum of two required) Sediment Deposits (B2)(Riverine) Crayfish Burrows (C8) Drift Deposits (B3)(Riverine) Drainage Patterns (B10) Dry-Season Water Table (C2) 0-7 Sandy Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) Stratified Layers (A5)(LRR C) 1 cm Muck (A9) (LRR D) Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) Histosol (A1)Sandy Redox (S5) Stripped Matrix (S6) Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Redox Features SOIL SP-5 Restrictive Layer (if observed): Field Observations: Texture Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. 1 cm Muck (A9)(LRR C) 2 cm Muck (A10)(LRR B) Iron-Manganese Masses (F12)(LRR D) Reduced Vertic (F18) Red Parent Material (F21) Very Shallow Dark Surface (F22) Other (Explain in Remarks) Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) Redox Depressions (F8) Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) Depleted Matrix (F3) Redox Dark Surface (F6) Depleted Dark Surface (F7) Thick Dark Surface (A12) Sediment Deposits (B2)(Nonriverine) Drift Deposits (B3)(Nonriverine) Water Marks (B1)(Nonriverine) ENG FORM 6116-1, JUL 2018 Arid West – Version 2.0 APPENDIX C: SUPPORTING INFORMATION View Map DARTER LLC 1111 S 7TH STREET GRAND JUNCTION CO 815017744 Tax Year 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Actual Value $125,080.00 $125,080.00 $125,080.00 $125,080.00 $125,080.00 Tax Year 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Non School Assessed Value $33,770.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 School Assessed Value $33,770.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Pre 2025 Assessed Value $0.00 $34,900.00 $34,900.00 $36,270.00 $36,270.00 *House Bill 24B-1001 established a separate assessment rate for school district residential properties, effective for the 2025 tax year and beyond. Click here for Assessor FAQs Tax Year 2024 2023 2022 2021 Taxes Billed $1,947.80 $1,654.56 $1,962.04 $2,209.52 Summary Account R084206 Parcel 240718121002 Property Address 5 STONE QUARRY RD, PARACHUTE, CO   81635 Legal Description Section: 18 Township: 7 Range: 95 Subdivision: VALLEY VIEW VILLAGE SUBDIVISION A RESUBDIVISION OF LOT 47 IN BATTLEMENT MESA PUD MINOR SUBDIVISION Lot: 47B AS PER MINOR SUBDIVISION PLAT RECEPTION NO. 914381; 6.381 ACRES Acres 6.381 Land SqFt 0 Tax Area 80 Mill Levy 55.8110 Subdivision VALLEY VIEW VILLAGE SUBDIVISION A RESUBD Map Owner Land Unit Type 5 AC TO L/T 10 AC - 0530 (VACANT LAND) Square Feet 0 Acres 6.38 Actual Values Assessed Values Tax History Gareld County, CO 6/18/25, 9:31 AM qPublic.net - Garfield County, CO - Property Record Card: R084206 https://qpublic.schneidercorp.com/Application.aspx?AppID=1038&LayerID=22381&PageTypeID=4&PageID=9447&Q=391225567&KeyValue=R084206 1/2 Click here to view the tax information for this parcel on the Gareld County Treasurer's website. Sale Date Deed Type Reception Number Book - Page Sale Price 3/1/2023 Restrictive Covenants (4)987923  $0 12/11/2018 COVENANTS 915473  $0 11/20/2018 Plat 914381  $0 10/1/2018 RESOLUTION 913058  $0 5/26/2010 DECLARATION 786693  $0 9/14/2009 RESOLUTION 775420  $0 9/8/2009 RESOLUTION 774676  $0 7/20/2009 RESOLUTION 771779  $0 6/2/2008 RESOLUTION 749987  $0 7/13/2006 QUIT CLAIM DEED 702987 1824-965 $0 7/13/2006 SPECIAL WARRANTY DEED 702986 1824-961 $145,500 6/6/2006 RESOLUTION 699415 1807-631 $0 12/16/2003 COVENANTS 643048 1546-979 $0 12/16/2003 SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENTS 643045 1546-964 $0 12/16/2003 Plat 643044 1546-963 $0 12/16/2003 AGREEMENT 643039 1546-946 $0 12/16/2003 Plat 643038 1546-945 $0 12/12/2003 QUIT CLAIM DEED 643041 1546-954 $0 9/8/2003 RESOLUTION 636574 1518-822 $0 12/30/1988 QUIT CLAIM DEED 398910 0748-0893 $0 1/9/1984 QUIT CLAIM DEED 348859 0642-0065 $0 12/30/1983 QUIT CLAIM DEED 348548 0641-0278 $0 12/7/1982 WARRANTY DEED 335515 0615-0487 $0 9/18/1981 QUIT CLAIM DEED 319420 586-524 $0 Click here to view Property Related Public Documents No data available for the following modules: Buildings, Photos, Sketches. Transfers Property Related Public Documents The Gareld County Assessor's Ofce makes every effort to produce the most accurate information possible. No warranties, expressed or implied are provided for the data herein, its use or interpretation. Data is subject to constant change and its accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. |  User Privacy Policy |  GDPR Privacy Notice Last Data Upload: 6/18/2025, 2:08:14 AM Contact Us Developed by 6/18/25, 9:31 AM qPublic.net - Garfield County, CO - Property Record Card: R084206 https://qpublic.schneidercorp.com/Application.aspx?AppID=1038&LayerID=22381&PageTypeID=4&PageID=9447&Q=391225567&KeyValue=R084206 2/2 Garfield County Colorado Land Explorer Print     Labels Administrative Boundaries TRS & Subdivisions RFTA ROW Water Features Streams and Creeks Rivers and Lakes Search Buffer Draw Layers Sublayers Legend Measure Locate Basemap + − 0 100 200ft  6/18/25, 9:34 AM Garfield County Land Explorer https://maps.garfieldcountyco.gov/landexplorer/1/1 1929 Source: USGS 15 Minute Topographic Map Order No. 25031301365 0 0.25 0.50.125 Miles Grand Valley, CO ¯ Quadrangle(s): (1-1962)Aerial Photo Year: 19601962 Source: USGS 7.5 Minute Topographic Map Order No. 25031301365 0 0.25 0.50.125 Miles Grand Valley, CO(1-1962) ¯ Quadrangle(s): 2013 Source: USGS 7.5 Minute Topographic Map Order No. 25031301365 0 0.25 0.50.125 Miles Parachute, CO ¯ Quadrangle(s): 2016 Source: USGS 7.5 Minute Topographic Map Order No. 25031301365 0 0.25 0.50.125 Miles Parachute, CO ¯ Quadrangle(s): 2019 Source: USGS 7.5 Minute Topographic Map Order No. 25031301365 0 0.25 0.50.125 Miles Parachute, CO ¯ Quadrangle(s): NWI Map U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, National Standards and Support Team,wetlands_team@fws.gov Wetlands Estuarine and Marine Deepwater Estuarine and Marine Wetland Freshwater Emergent Wetland Freshwater Forested/Shrub Wetland Freshwater Pond Lake Other Riverine July 7, 2025 0 0.06 0.120.03 mi 0 0.1 0.20.05 km 1:3,762 This page was produced by the NWI mapperNational Wetlands Inventory (NWI) This map is for general reference only. The US Fish and Wildlife Service is not responsible for the accuracy or currentness of the base data shown on this map. All wetlands related data should be used in accordance with the layer metadata found on the Wetlands Mapper web site. 300 19 18 ZONE C Monument Gulch ZONE A 300 303 ZONE А ZONE A 17 20 LIMI STU APPROXIMATE SCALE IN FEET 1000 이 1000 NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE PROGRAM FIRM FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP GARFIELD COUNTY, COLORADO (UNINCORPORATED AREAS) Stone PANEL 1705 OF 1900 (SEE MAP INDEX FOR PANELS NOT PRINTED) MAN COMMUNITY-PANEL NUMBER 080205 1705 B MAP REVISED: JANUARY 3, 1986 Federal Emergency Management Agency This icial FIRMе portion of the MSC FIRMette Web tool. This map does not reflect changes or amendments which may have bed ubsequent on the title block. For additional information about how ap is the Flood Hazard Mapping Updates Overview Fact Sheet available on the FEMA Flood Map Service Center home page at https://msc.fema.gov. Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 7/7/2025 Page 1 of 5 43 6 9 7 9 0 43 6 9 8 2 0 43 6 9 8 5 0 43 6 9 8 8 0 43 6 9 9 1 0 43 6 9 9 4 0 43 6 9 7 9 0 43 6 9 8 2 0 43 6 9 8 5 0 43 6 9 8 8 0 43 6 9 9 1 0 43 6 9 9 4 0 43 6 9 9 7 0 755290 755320 755350 755380 755410 755440 755470 755500 755530 755560 755290 755320 755350 755380 755410 755440 755470 755500 755530 755560 39° 26' 29'' N 10 8 ° 2 ' 1 ' ' W 39° 26' 29'' N 10 8 ° 1 ' 4 9 ' ' W 39° 26' 22'' N 10 8 ° 2 ' 1 ' ' W 39° 26' 22'' N 10 8 ° 1 ' 4 9 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 12N WGS84 0 50 100 200 300 Feet 0 20 40 80 120 Meters Map Scale: 1:1,360 if printed on A landscape (11" x 8.5") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Rating Polygons Hydric (100%) Hydric (66 to 99%) Hydric (33 to 65%) Hydric (1 to 32%) Not Hydric (0%) Not rated or not available Soil Rating Lines Hydric (100%) Hydric (66 to 99%) Hydric (33 to 65%) Hydric (1 to 32%) Not Hydric (0%) Not rated or not available Soil Rating Points Hydric (100%) Hydric (66 to 99%) Hydric (33 to 65%) Hydric (1 to 32%) Not Hydric (0%) Not rated or not available Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 17, Aug 29, 2024 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Jun 24, 2020—Jul 8, 2020 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 7/7/2025 Page 2 of 5 Hydric Rating by Map Unit Map unit symbol Map unit name Rating Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 56 Potts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes 0 5.9 96.0% 58 Potts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes 0 0.2 4.0% Totals for Area of Interest 6.2 100.0% Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 7/7/2025 Page 3 of 5 Description This rating indicates the percentage of map units that meets the criteria for hydric soils. Map units are composed of one or more map unit components or soil types, each of which is rated as hydric soil or not hydric. Map units that are made up dominantly of hydric soils may have small areas of minor nonhydric components in the higher positions on the landform, and map units that are made up dominantly of nonhydric soils may have small areas of minor hydric components in the lower positions on the landform. Each map unit is rated based on its respective components and the percentage of each component within the map unit. The thematic map is color coded based on the composition of hydric components. The five color classes are separated as 100 percent hydric components, 66 to 99 percent hydric components, 33 to 65 percent hydric components, 1 to 32 percent hydric components, and less than one percent hydric components. In Web Soil Survey, the Summary by Map Unit table that is displayed below the map pane contains a column named 'Rating'. In this column the percentage of each map unit that is classified as hydric is displayed. Hydric soils are defined by the National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils (NTCHS) as soils that formed under conditions of saturation, flooding, or ponding long enough during the growing season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part (Federal Register, 1994). Under natural conditions, these soils are either saturated or inundated long enough during the growing season to support the growth and reproduction of hydrophytic vegetation. The NTCHS definition identifies general soil properties that are associated with wetness. In order to determine whether a specific soil is a hydric soil or nonhydric soil, however, more specific information, such as information about the depth and duration of the water table, is needed. Thus, criteria that identify those estimated soil properties unique to hydric soils have been established (Federal Register, 2002). These criteria are used to identify map unit components that normally are associated with wetlands. The criteria used are selected estimated soil properties that are described in "Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 1999) and "Keys to Soil Taxonomy" (Soil Survey Staff, 2006) and in the "Soil Survey Manual" (Soil Survey Division Staff, 1993). If soils are wet enough for a long enough period of time to be considered hydric, they should exhibit certain properties that can be easily observed in the field. These visible properties are indicators of hydric soils. The indicators used to make onsite determinations of hydric soils are specified in "Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States" (Hurt and Vasilas, 2006). References: Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States. Federal Register. September 18, 2002. Hydric soils of the United States. Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 7/7/2025 Page 4 of 5 Hurt, G.W., and L.M. Vasilas, editors. Version 6.0, 2006. Field indicators of hydric soils in the United States. Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. Soil Survey Staff. 2006. Keys to soil taxonomy. 10th edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. Rating Options Aggregation Method: Percent Present Component Percent Cutoff: None Specified Tie-break Rule: Lower Hydric Rating by Map Unit—Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 7/7/2025 Page 5 of 5 United States Department of Agriculture A product of the National Cooperative Soil Survey, a joint effort of the United States Department of Agriculture and other Federal agencies, State agencies including the Agricultural Experiment Stations, and local participants Custom Soil Resource Report for Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service July 7, 2025 Preface Soil surveys contain information that affects land use planning in survey areas. They highlight soil limitations that affect various land uses and provide information about the properties of the soils in the survey areas. Soil surveys are designed for many different users, including farmers, ranchers, foresters, agronomists, urban planners, community officials, engineers, developers, builders, and home buyers. Also, conservationists, teachers, students, and specialists in recreation, waste disposal, and pollution control can use the surveys to help them understand, protect, or enhance the environment. Various land use regulations of Federal, State, and local governments may impose special restrictions on land use or land treatment. Soil surveys identify soil properties that are used in making various land use or land treatment decisions. The information is intended to help the land users identify and reduce the effects of soil limitations on various land uses. The landowner or user is responsible for identifying and complying with existing laws and regulations. Although soil survey information can be used for general farm, local, and wider area planning, onsite investigation is needed to supplement this information in some cases. Examples include soil quality assessments (http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/ portal/nrcs/main/soils/health/) and certain conservation and engineering applications. For more detailed information, contact your local USDA Service Center (https://offices.sc.egov.usda.gov/locator/app?agency=nrcs) or your NRCS State Soil Scientist (http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/soils/contactus/? cid=nrcs142p2_053951). Great differences in soil properties can occur within short distances. Some soils are seasonally wet or subject to flooding. Some are too unstable to be used as a foundation for buildings or roads. Clayey or wet soils are poorly suited to use as septic tank absorption fields. A high water table makes a soil poorly suited to basements or underground installations. The National Cooperative Soil Survey is a joint effort of the United States Department of Agriculture and other Federal agencies, State agencies including the Agricultural Experiment Stations, and local agencies. The Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) has leadership for the Federal part of the National Cooperative Soil Survey. Information about soils is updated periodically. Updated information is available through the NRCS Web Soil Survey, the site for official soil survey information. The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) prohibits discrimination in all its programs and activities on the basis of race, color, national origin, age, disability, and where applicable, sex, marital status, familial status, parental status, religion, sexual orientation, genetic information, political beliefs, reprisal, or because all or a part of an individual's income is derived from any public assistance program. (Not all prohibited bases apply to all programs.) Persons with disabilities who require 2 alternative means for communication of program information (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.) should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD). To file a complaint of discrimination, write to USDA, Director, Office of Civil Rights, 1400 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20250-9410 or call (800) 795-3272 (voice) or (202) 720-6382 (TDD). USDA is an equal opportunity provider and employer. 3 Contents Preface....................................................................................................................2 How Soil Surveys Are Made..................................................................................5 Soil Map..................................................................................................................8 Soil Map................................................................................................................9 Legend................................................................................................................10 Map Unit Legend................................................................................................12 Map Unit Descriptions........................................................................................12 Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties............................14 56—Potts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes......................................................14 58—Potts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes...............................15 References............................................................................................................17 4 How Soil Surveys Are Made Soil surveys are made to provide information about the soils and miscellaneous areas in a specific area. They include a description of the soils and miscellaneous areas and their location on the landscape and tables that show soil properties and limitations affecting various uses. Soil scientists observed the steepness, length, and shape of the slopes; the general pattern of drainage; the kinds of crops and native plants; and the kinds of bedrock. They observed and described many soil profiles. A soil profile is the sequence of natural layers, or horizons, in a soil. The profile extends from the surface down into the unconsolidated material in which the soil formed or from the surface down to bedrock. The unconsolidated material is devoid of roots and other living organisms and has not been changed by other biological activity. Currently, soils are mapped according to the boundaries of major land resource areas (MLRAs). MLRAs are geographically associated land resource units that share common characteristics related to physiography, geology, climate, water resources, soils, biological resources, and land uses (USDA, 2006). Soil survey areas typically consist of parts of one or more MLRA. The soils and miscellaneous areas in a survey area occur in an orderly pattern that is related to the geology, landforms, relief, climate, and natural vegetation of the area. Each kind of soil and miscellaneous area is associated with a particular kind of landform or with a segment of the landform. By observing the soils and miscellaneous areas in the survey area and relating their position to specific segments of the landform, a soil scientist develops a concept, or model, of how they were formed. Thus, during mapping, this model enables the soil scientist to predict with a considerable degree of accuracy the kind of soil or miscellaneous area at a specific location on the landscape. Commonly, individual soils on the landscape merge into one another as their characteristics gradually change. To construct an accurate soil map, however, soil scientists must determine the boundaries between the soils. They can observe only a limited number of soil profiles. Nevertheless, these observations, supplemented by an understanding of the soil-vegetation-landscape relationship, are sufficient to verify predictions of the kinds of soil in an area and to determine the boundaries. Soil scientists recorded the characteristics of the soil profiles that they studied. They noted soil color, texture, size and shape of soil aggregates, kind and amount of rock fragments, distribution of plant roots, reaction, and other features that enable them to identify soils. After describing the soils in the survey area and determining their properties, the soil scientists assigned the soils to taxonomic classes (units). Taxonomic classes are concepts. Each taxonomic class has a set of soil characteristics with precisely defined limits. The classes are used as a basis for comparison to classify soils systematically. Soil taxonomy, the system of taxonomic classification used in the United States, is based mainly on the kind and character of soil properties and the arrangement of horizons within the profile. After the soil 5 scientists classified and named the soils in the survey area, they compared the individual soils with similar soils in the same taxonomic class in other areas so that they could confirm data and assemble additional data based on experience and research. The objective of soil mapping is not to delineate pure map unit components; the objective is to separate the landscape into landforms or landform segments that have similar use and management requirements. Each map unit is defined by a unique combination of soil components and/or miscellaneous areas in predictable proportions. Some components may be highly contrasting to the other components of the map unit. The presence of minor components in a map unit in no way diminishes the usefulness or accuracy of the data. The delineation of such landforms and landform segments on the map provides sufficient information for the development of resource plans. If intensive use of small areas is planned, onsite investigation is needed to define and locate the soils and miscellaneous areas. Soil scientists make many field observations in the process of producing a soil map. The frequency of observation is dependent upon several factors, including scale of mapping, intensity of mapping, design of map units, complexity of the landscape, and experience of the soil scientist. Observations are made to test and refine the soil-landscape model and predictions and to verify the classification of the soils at specific locations. Once the soil-landscape model is refined, a significantly smaller number of measurements of individual soil properties are made and recorded. These measurements may include field measurements, such as those for color, depth to bedrock, and texture, and laboratory measurements, such as those for content of sand, silt, clay, salt, and other components. Properties of each soil typically vary from one point to another across the landscape. Observations for map unit components are aggregated to develop ranges of characteristics for the components. The aggregated values are presented. Direct measurements do not exist for every property presented for every map unit component. Values for some properties are estimated from combinations of other properties. While a soil survey is in progress, samples of some of the soils in the area generally are collected for laboratory analyses and for engineering tests. Soil scientists interpret the data from these analyses and tests as well as the field-observed characteristics and the soil properties to determine the expected behavior of the soils under different uses. Interpretations for all of the soils are field tested through observation of the soils in different uses and under different levels of management. Some interpretations are modified to fit local conditions, and some new interpretations are developed to meet local needs. Data are assembled from other sources, such as research information, production records, and field experience of specialists. For example, data on crop yields under defined levels of management are assembled from farm records and from field or plot experiments on the same kinds of soil. Predictions about soil behavior are based not only on soil properties but also on such variables as climate and biological activity. Soil conditions are predictable over long periods of time, but they are not predictable from year to year. For example, soil scientists can predict with a fairly high degree of accuracy that a given soil will have a high water table within certain depths in most years, but they cannot predict that a high water table will always be at a specific level in the soil on a specific date. After soil scientists located and identified the significant natural bodies of soil in the survey area, they drew the boundaries of these bodies on aerial photographs and Custom Soil Resource Report 6 identified each as a specific map unit. Aerial photographs show trees, buildings, fields, roads, and rivers, all of which help in locating boundaries accurately. Custom Soil Resource Report 7 Soil Map The soil map section includes the soil map for the defined area of interest, a list of soil map units on the map and extent of each map unit, and cartographic symbols displayed on the map. Also presented are various metadata about data used to produce the map, and a description of each soil map unit. 8 9 Custom Soil Resource Report Soil Map 43 6 9 7 9 0 43 6 9 8 2 0 43 6 9 8 5 0 43 6 9 8 8 0 43 6 9 9 1 0 43 6 9 9 4 0 43 6 9 7 9 0 43 6 9 8 2 0 43 6 9 8 5 0 43 6 9 8 8 0 43 6 9 9 1 0 43 6 9 9 4 0 43 6 9 9 7 0 755290 755320 755350 755380 755410 755440 755470 755500 755530 755560 755290 755320 755350 755380 755410 755440 755470 755500 755530 755560 39° 26' 29'' N 10 8 ° 2 ' 1 ' ' W 39° 26' 29'' N 10 8 ° 1 ' 4 9 ' ' W 39° 26' 22'' N 10 8 ° 2 ' 1 ' ' W 39° 26' 22'' N 10 8 ° 1 ' 4 9 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 12N WGS84 0 50 100 200 300 Feet 0 20 40 80 120 Meters Map Scale: 1:1,360 if printed on A landscape (11" x 8.5") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Map Unit Polygons Soil Map Unit Lines Soil Map Unit Points Special Point Features Blowout Borrow Pit Clay Spot Closed Depression Gravel Pit Gravelly Spot Landfill Lava Flow Marsh or swamp Mine or Quarry Miscellaneous Water Perennial Water Rock Outcrop Saline Spot Sandy Spot Severely Eroded Spot Sinkhole Slide or Slip Sodic Spot Spoil Area Stony Spot Very Stony Spot Wet Spot Other Special Line Features Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 17, Aug 29, 2024 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Jun 24, 2020—Jul 8, 2020 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background Custom Soil Resource Report 10 MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Custom Soil Resource Report 11 Map Unit Legend Map Unit Symbol Map Unit Name Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 56 Potts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes 5.9 96.0% 58 Potts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes 0.2 4.0% Totals for Area of Interest 6.2 100.0% Map Unit Descriptions The map units delineated on the detailed soil maps in a soil survey represent the soils or miscellaneous areas in the survey area. The map unit descriptions, along with the maps, can be used to determine the composition and properties of a unit. A map unit delineation on a soil map represents an area dominated by one or more major kinds of soil or miscellaneous areas. A map unit is identified and named according to the taxonomic classification of the dominant soils. Within a taxonomic class there are precisely defined limits for the properties of the soils. On the landscape, however, the soils are natural phenomena, and they have the characteristic variability of all natural phenomena. Thus, the range of some observed properties may extend beyond the limits defined for a taxonomic class. Areas of soils of a single taxonomic class rarely, if ever, can be mapped without including areas of other taxonomic classes. Consequently, every map unit is made up of the soils or miscellaneous areas for which it is named and some minor components that belong to taxonomic classes other than those of the major soils. Most minor soils have properties similar to those of the dominant soil or soils in the map unit, and thus they do not affect use and management. These are called noncontrasting, or similar, components. They may or may not be mentioned in a particular map unit description. Other minor components, however, have properties and behavioral characteristics divergent enough to affect use or to require different management. These are called contrasting, or dissimilar, components. They generally are in small areas and could not be mapped separately because of the scale used. Some small areas of strongly contrasting soils or miscellaneous areas are identified by a special symbol on the maps. If included in the database for a given area, the contrasting minor components are identified in the map unit descriptions along with some characteristics of each. A few areas of minor components may not have been observed, and consequently they are not mentioned in the descriptions, especially where the pattern was so complex that it was impractical to make enough observations to identify all the soils and miscellaneous areas on the landscape. The presence of minor components in a map unit in no way diminishes the usefulness or accuracy of the data. The objective of mapping is not to delineate pure taxonomic classes but rather to separate the landscape into landforms or landform segments that have similar use and management requirements. The delineation of such segments on the map provides sufficient information for the development of resource plans. If intensive use of small areas is planned, however, Custom Soil Resource Report 12 onsite investigation is needed to define and locate the soils and miscellaneous areas. An identifying symbol precedes the map unit name in the map unit descriptions. Each description includes general facts about the unit and gives important soil properties and qualities. Soils that have profiles that are almost alike make up a soil series. Except for differences in texture of the surface layer, all the soils of a series have major horizons that are similar in composition, thickness, and arrangement. Soils of one series can differ in texture of the surface layer, slope, stoniness, salinity, degree of erosion, and other characteristics that affect their use. On the basis of such differences, a soil series is divided into soil phases. Most of the areas shown on the detailed soil maps are phases of soil series. The name of a soil phase commonly indicates a feature that affects use or management. For example, Alpha silt loam, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is a phase of the Alpha series. Some map units are made up of two or more major soils or miscellaneous areas. These map units are complexes, associations, or undifferentiated groups. A complex consists of two or more soils or miscellaneous areas in such an intricate pattern or in such small areas that they cannot be shown separately on the maps. The pattern and proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas are somewhat similar in all areas. Alpha-Beta complex, 0 to 6 percent slopes, is an example. An association is made up of two or more geographically associated soils or miscellaneous areas that are shown as one unit on the maps. Because of present or anticipated uses of the map units in the survey area, it was not considered practical or necessary to map the soils or miscellaneous areas separately. The pattern and relative proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas are somewhat similar. Alpha-Beta association, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is an example. An undifferentiated group is made up of two or more soils or miscellaneous areas that could be mapped individually but are mapped as one unit because similar interpretations can be made for use and management. The pattern and proportion of the soils or miscellaneous areas in a mapped area are not uniform. An area can be made up of only one of the major soils or miscellaneous areas, or it can be made up of all of them. Alpha and Beta soils, 0 to 2 percent slopes, is an example. Some surveys include miscellaneous areas. Such areas have little or no soil material and support little or no vegetation. Rock outcrop is an example. Custom Soil Resource Report 13 Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties 56—Potts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes Map Unit Setting National map unit symbol: jnys Elevation: 5,000 to 7,000 feet Farmland classification: Farmland of statewide importance Map Unit Composition Potts and similar soils:85 percent Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit. Description of Potts Setting Landform:Mesas, benches, valley sides Down-slope shape:Convex, linear Across-slope shape:Convex, linear Parent material:Alluvium derived from basalt and/or alluvium derived from sandstone and shale Typical profile H1 - 0 to 4 inches: loam H2 - 4 to 28 inches: clay loam H3 - 28 to 60 inches: loam Properties and qualities Slope:6 to 12 percent Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches Drainage class:Well drained Runoff class: High Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):Moderately high (0.20 to 0.60 in/hr) Depth to water table:More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding:None Frequency of ponding:None Calcium carbonate, maximum content:15 percent Maximum salinity:Nonsaline to very slightly saline (0.0 to 2.0 mmhos/cm) Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: High (about 10.3 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): 4e Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 4e Hydrologic Soil Group: C Ecological site: R048AY306UT - Upland Loam (Wyoming Big Sagebrush) Hydric soil rating: No Custom Soil Resource Report 14 58—Potts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes Map Unit Setting National map unit symbol: jnyv Elevation: 5,000 to 6,500 feet Farmland classification: Not prime farmland Map Unit Composition Potts and similar soils:60 percent Ildefonso and similar soils:30 percent Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit. Description of Potts Setting Landform:Mesas, alluvial fans, valley sides Down-slope shape:Convex, linear Across-slope shape:Convex, linear Parent material:Alluvium derived from basalt and/or alluvium derived from sandstone and shale Typical profile H1 - 0 to 4 inches: loam H2 - 4 to 28 inches: clay loam H3 - 28 to 60 inches: loam Properties and qualities Slope:12 to 25 percent Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches Drainage class:Well drained Runoff class: High Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):Moderately high (0.20 to 0.60 in/hr) Depth to water table:More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding:None Frequency of ponding:None Calcium carbonate, maximum content:15 percent Maximum salinity:Nonsaline to very slightly saline (0.0 to 2.0 mmhos/cm) Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: High (about 10.3 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): None specified Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 6e Hydrologic Soil Group: C Ecological site: R048AY306UT - Upland Loam (Wyoming Big Sagebrush) Hydric soil rating: No Description of Ildefonso Setting Landform:Alluvial fans, valley sides, mesas Down-slope shape:Convex Custom Soil Resource Report 15 Across-slope shape:Convex Parent material:Alluvium derived from basalt and/or alluvium derived from sandstone and shale Typical profile H1 - 0 to 8 inches: stony loam H2 - 8 to 60 inches: very stony loam Properties and qualities Slope:12 to 25 percent Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches Drainage class:Well drained Runoff class: Low Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):Moderately high to high (0.60 to 6.00 in/hr) Depth to water table:More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding:None Frequency of ponding:None Calcium carbonate, maximum content:35 percent Maximum salinity:Nonsaline to slightly saline (0.0 to 4.0 mmhos/cm) Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: Low (about 5.1 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): None specified Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 6e Hydrologic Soil Group: A Ecological site: R034BY330UT - Upland Stony Loam (Pinyon-Utah Juniper) Hydric soil rating: No Custom Soil Resource Report 16 References American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 2004. Standard specifications for transportation materials and methods of sampling and testing. 24th edition. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 2005. Standard classification of soils for engineering purposes. ASTM Standard D2487-00. Cowardin, L.M., V. Carter, F.C. Golet, and E.T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of wetlands and deep-water habitats of the United States. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service FWS/OBS-79/31. Federal Register. July 13, 1994. Changes in hydric soils of the United States. Federal Register. September 18, 2002. Hydric soils of the United States. Hurt, G.W., and L.M. Vasilas, editors. Version 6.0, 2006. Field indicators of hydric soils in the United States. National Research Council. 1995. Wetlands: Characteristics and boundaries. Soil Survey Division Staff. 1993. Soil survey manual. Soil Conservation Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 18. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/ nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_054262 Soil Survey Staff. 1999. Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd edition. Natural Resources Conservation Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 436. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_053577 Soil Survey Staff. 2010. Keys to soil taxonomy. 11th edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/?cid=nrcs142p2_053580 Tiner, R.W., Jr. 1985. Wetlands of Delaware. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control, Wetlands Section. United States Army Corps of Engineers, Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of Engineers wetlands delineation manual. Waterways Experiment Station Technical Report Y-87-1. United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National forestry manual. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/soils/ home/?cid=nrcs142p2_053374 United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National range and pasture handbook. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/ detail/national/landuse/rangepasture/?cid=stelprdb1043084 17 United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. National soil survey handbook, title 430-VI. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/ nrcs/detail/soils/scientists/?cid=nrcs142p2_054242 United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2006. Land resource regions and major land resource areas of the United States, the Caribbean, and the Pacific Basin. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 296. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/national/soils/? cid=nrcs142p2_053624 United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service. 1961. Land capability classification. U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 210. http:// www.nrcs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/nrcs142p2_052290.pdf Custom Soil Resource Report 18 LOCATION POTTS WY+CO UT Established Series Rev. PSD-KLS 05/2023 POTTS SERIES The Potts series consists of deep or very deep, well drained soils that formed in alluvium or slope alluvium derived mainly from redbed shale and sandstone. Potts soils are on alluvial fans, benches, cuestas, pediments and strike valleys. Slopes are 0 to 20 percent. The mean annual precipitation is about 305 mm, and the mean annual air temperature is about 8 degrees C. TAXONOMIC CLASS: Fine-loamy, mixed, superactive, mesic Ustic Haplargids TYPICAL PEDON: Potts loam-grassland. (Colors are for dry soil unless otherwise stated.) A--0 to 10 cm; brown (7.5YR 5/3) loam, brown (7.5YR 4/3) moist; weak medium subangular blocky structure that parts to very fine granules; soft, very friable, slightly sticky and slightly plastic; neutral (pH 7.2); clear smooth boundary. (2 to 10 cm thick) AB--10 to 18 cm; reddish brown (5YR 5/3) loam, reddish brown (5YR 4/3) moist; weak medium prismatic structure parting to moderate medium subangular blocky; slightly hard, very friable, sticky and slightly plastic; few thin clay films on some faces of peds; neutral (pH 7.2); clear smooth boundary. (0 to 10 cm thick) Bt--18 to 46 cm; reddish brown (5YR 5/4) clay loam, reddish brown (5YR 4/4) moist; moderate medium prismatic structure parting to moderate medium subangular blocky; hard, very friable, sticky and plastic; many thin clay films on horizontal and vertical faces of peds in root channels and in pores; slightly alkaline (pH 7.4); gradual wavy boundary. (10 to 36 cm thick) Btk--46 to 61 cm; reddish brown (5YR 5/4) loam, reddish brown (5YR 4/4) moist; weak prismatic structure parting to moderate medium subangular blocky; hard, very friable, sticky and slightly plastic; few thin clay films on faces of peds; strongly effervescent, lime as common soft masses, thin seams, and streaks; moderately alkaline (pH 8.0); gradual wavy boundary. (8 to 30 cm thick) Bk--61 to 152 cm; reddish brown (5YR 5/4) loam, reddish brown (5YR 4/4) moist; massive; hard, very friable, slightly sticky and slightly plastic; violently effervescent, lime as soft masses, thin seams, and streaks; moderately alkaline (pH 8.2) TYPE LOCATION: Johnson County, Wyoming; approximately 91 meters north of the stockwater dam; SW1/4, NW1/4 of sec. 35, T. 44 N., R. 83 W. RANGE IN CHARACTERISTICS: Mean annual soil temperature - 8 to 12 degrees C Soil moisture - are moist during April, May and June Base saturation - 90 to 100 percent Depth to base of argillic - 25 cm or more Depth to calcium carbonate accumulation - 20 to 50 cm Depth to bedrock - typically greater than 152 cm, but ranges to 100 cm on upper pediment slopes 7/7/25, 12:04 PM Official Series Description - POTTS Series https://soilseries.sc.egov.usda.gov/OSD_Docs/P/POTTS.html 1/3 Particle-size control section: Clay content - 18 to 35 percent Sand content - 15 to 45 percent, with less than 35 percent but more than 15 percent being fine sand or coarser Rock fragment content - typically less than 5 percent gravel, but ranges to 15 percent A horizon Hue: 7.5YR or 5YR Value: 5 or 6 dry, 3 or 4 moist Chroma: 2 through 4, dry or moist Reaction: pH 6.6 to 8.4 Bt horizon Hue: 2.5YR or 5YR Value: 4 through 6 dry, 4 or 5 moist Chroma: 3 through 6, dry or moist Texture: loam or clay loam Reaction: pH 6.6 to 8.4 Btk horizon, if present Hue: 2.5YR or 5YR Value: 4 through 6 dry, 4 or 5 moist Chroma: 3 through 6, dry or moist Texture: loam or clay loam Calcium carbonate equivalent: 2 to 10 percent Reaction: pH 7.8 to 8.4 Bk horizon Hue: 2.5YR or 5YR Rock fragment content: 0 to 15 percent Calcium carbonate equivalent: 5 to 15 percent Reaction: pH 7.9 to 9.0 COMPETING SERIES: Balon (AZ) - do not have calcium carbonate accumulations Blancot (NM) - are driest in May and June Bowbac (WY) - are moderately deep to paralithic contact Buckle (NM) - are driest in May and June Cambria (WY) - depth to argillic base is less than 25 cm Cerropelon (NM) - are moderately deep to paralithic contact Chilerojo (NM) - are driest in May and June; have a lithologic discontinuity Chilojo (NM) - are driest in May and June; have a lithologic discontinuity Chumacho (NM) - are driest in May and June; have a lithologic discontinuity Cushman (WY) - are moderately deep to paralithic contact Decolney (WY) - depth to calcium carbonate accumulation is more than 100 cm Doakum (NM) - are driest in May and June Forkwood (WY) - have hue of 10YR or yellower throughout Gaddes (AZ) - are moderately deep to paralithic contact; are driest in May and June Gapmesa (CO) - are moderately deep to lithic contact Hagerman (CO) - are moderately deep to lithic contact Hagerwest (NM) - are moderately deep to lithic contact Hiland (WY) - have hue of 7.5YR or yellower throughout Mentmore (NM) - are driest in May and June Oelop (NM) - are driest in April, May and June Olney (CO) - have hue of 7.5YR or yellower throughout 7/7/25, 12:04 PM Official Series Description - POTTS Series https://soilseries.sc.egov.usda.gov/OSD_Docs/P/POTTS.html 2/3 Palacid (NM) - are driest in May and June Penistraja (NM) - are driest in May and June; have more than 35 percent fine or coarser sand in the particle-size control section Pokeman (WY) - are moderately deep to paralithic contact Pugsley (WY) - are moderately deep to paralithic contact Quagwa (NM) - are driest in May and June Redpen (NM) - are driest in May and June Spangler (WY) - are moderately deep to paralithic contact Sulphurcreek (UT) - are driest in May and June Sundance (CO) - have a lithologic discontinuity; have buried horizons Tamarindo (NM) - are driest in May and June Teckla (WY) - have a lithologic discontinuity Yenlo (CO) - have hue 10YR or yellower throughout GEOGRAPHIC SETTING: Landform - alluvial fans, benches, cuestas, pediments and strike valleys Elevation - 1,525 to 2,300 meters Slopes - 0 to 20 percent Parent material - calcareous alluvium or slope alluvium derived mainly from redbed shale and sandstone Mean annual air temperature - 7 to 9 degrees C Mean annual precipitation - 305 to 405 mm Precipitation pattern - peak periods of precipitation occur during the spring and summer Frost-free period - 95 to 125 days GEOGRAPHICALLY ASSOCIATED SOILS: None listed. DRAINAGE AND PERMEABILITY: Well drained; medium runoff; moderate permeability. USE AND VEGETATION: Potts soils are used principally as native pasturelands; however, in some areas they are tilled to dryland and irrigated crops. Native vegetation is western wheatgrass, snakeweed, cactus, and some blue grama. DISTRIBUTION AND EXTENT: The Potts series is of moderate extent in Wyoming and Colorado; MLRA 32, 34A, 48A, and 49. SOIL SURVEY REGIONAL OFFICE (SSRO) RESPONSIBLE: Bozeman, Montana SERIES ESTABLISHED: Lower Colorado Area, Colorado; 1970. REMARKS: Diagnostic horizons and features recognized in this pedon are: Ochric epipedon - 0 to 10 cm (A horizon) Argillic horizon - 18 to 61 cm (Bt and Btk horizons) Secondary calcium carbonate accumulation - 46 to 152 cm (Btk and Bk horizons) Particle-size control section - 18 to 61 cm (Bt and Btk horizons) Potts soils have a mesic soil temperature regime and an aridic soil moisture regime with an ustic subclass. Converted to metric, formatting updated to current standards, and competing series section updated. 12/2020 National Cooperative Soil Survey U.S.A. 7/7/25, 12:04 PM Official Series Description - POTTS Series https://soilseries.sc.egov.usda.gov/OSD_Docs/P/POTTS.html 3/3 Sources: Esri, TomTom, Garmin, FAO, NOAA, USGS, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community, Sources: Esri, Maxar, Airbus DS, USGS, NGA, NASA, CGIAR, N Robinson, NCEAS, NLS, OS, NMA, Geodatastyrelsen, Rijkswaterstaat, GSA, Geoland, NHDFlowline World_Hillshade 7/7/2025 0 0.06 0.110.03 mi 0 0.09 0.170.04 km 1:2,833 NHD Dataset PRINCIPAL AUTHORS: Shannen S. Chapman (Dynamac Corporation), Glenn E. Griffith (Dynamac Corporation), James M. Omernik (USGS), Alan B. Price (NRCS), Jerry Freeouf (USFS), and Donald L. Schrupp (CO Department of Wildlife [CODOW]). COLLABORATORS AND CONTRIBUTORS: Tony Selle (USEPA), Shannon Albeke (CODOW), Sandy Bryce (Dynamac Corporation), Ed Rumbold (BLM), Tom Weber (NRCS), Carol Dawson, (BLM), Eric Waller (CODOW), Christy Pickens (CDPHE), Brian Moran (Indus Corporation), John Hutchinson (Science Applications International Corporation), and Jack Wittmann (USGS). REVIEWERS: Patrick Comer (NatureServe), Alisa Gallant (USGS), Tom Huber (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs), and Ron West (CO State Parks). CITING THIS POSTER: Chapman, S.S., Griffith, G.E., Omernik, J.M., Price, A.B., Freeouf, J., and Schrupp, D.L., 2006, Ecoregions of Colorado (color poster with map, descriptive text, summary tables, and photographs): Reston, Virginia, U.S. Geological Survey (map scale 1:1,200,000). 2 77 1 1 4 9 3 11 17 78 50 18 47 5352 17 57 56 62 13 67 67 19 6 5 25 62 44 21 57 54 7 64 55 70 69 63 27 27 72 20 40 40 1 4526 71 65 28 22 39 66 688 73 73 74 63 29 6 38 25 37 36 35 23 32 75 30 34 76 49 46 48 50 51 23 24 79 33 31 10 15 41 58 42 43 5983 58 60 42 17 82 58 84 65 66 61 16 81 12 14 80 Map Source: USEPA, 2003 1 Coast Range 2 Puget Lowland 3 Willamette Valley 4 Cascades 5 Sierra Nevada 6 Southern and Central California Chaparral and Oak Woodlands 7 Central California Valley 8 Southern California Mountains 9 Eastern Cascades Slopes and Foothills 10 Columbia Plateau 11 Blue Mountains 12 Snake River Plain 13 Central Basin and Range 14 Mojave Basin and Range 15 Northern Rockies 16 Idaho Batholith 17 Middle Rockies 18 Wyoming Basin 19 Wasatch and Uinta Mountains 20 Colorado Plateaus 21 Southern Rockies 22 Arizona/New Mexico Plateau 23 Arizona/New Mexico Mountains 24 Chihuahuan Deserts 25 High Plains 26 Southwestern Tablelands 27 Central Great Plains 28 Flint Hills 29 Central Oklahoma/Texas Plains 30 Edwards Plateau 31 Southern Texas Plains 32 Texas Blackland Prairies 33 East Central Texas Plains 34 Western Gulf Coastal Plain 35 South Central Plains 36 Ouachita Mountains 37 Arkansas Valley 38 Boston Mountains 39 Ozark Highlands 40 Central Irregular Plains 41 Canadian Rockies 42 Northwestern Glaciated Plains 43 Northwestern Great Plains 44 Nebraska Sand Hills 45 Piedmont 46 Northern Glaciated Plains 47 Western Corn Belt Plains 48 Lake Agassiz Plain 49 Northern Minnesota Wetlands 50 Northern Lakes and Forests 51 North Central Hardwood Forests 52 Driftless Area 53 Southeastern Wisconsin Till Plains 54 Central Corn Belt Plains 55 Eastern Corn Belt Plains 56 Southern Michigan/Northern Indiana Drift Plains 57 Huron/Erie Lake Plains 58 Northeastern Highlands 59 Northeastern Coastal Zone 60 Northern Appalachian Plateau and Uplands 61 Erie Drift Plain 62 North Central Appalachians 63 Middle Atlantic Coastal Plain 64 Northern Piedmont 65 Southeastern Plains 66 Blue Ridge 67 Ridge and Valley 68 Southwestern Appalachians 69 Central Appalachians 70 Western Allegheny Plateau 71 Interior Plateau 72 Interior River Valleys and Hills 73 Mississippi Alluvial Plain 74 Mississippi Valley Loess Plains 75 Southern Coastal Plain 76 Southern Florida Coastal Plain 77 North Cascades 78 Klamath Mountains 79 Madrean Archipelago 80 Northern Basin and Range 81 Sonoran Basin and Range 82 Laurentian Plains and Hills 83 Eastern Great Lakes and Hudson Lowlands 84 Atlantic Coastal Pine Barrens Level III Ecoregions of the Conterminous United States S A N J U A N M T N S NORTH PARK MIDDLE PARK GUNNISON BASIN S A N G R E D E C R I S T O R A N G E SAN LUIS VALLEY U N C O M P A H G R E P L A T E A U G R A N D M ES A TH E F L A T T O P S E L K M T N S WEST ELK MTNS M E D I C I N E B O W M T N S LARAMIE M T N S S A W A T C H RANGE SOUTH PARK R O A N C L I F F S B O O K C LI F F S P A R K R A N G E F RONT RANGE G R A N D V A L L E Y P A R A D O X V A LLEY Rocky Mountain NP Canyons of the Ancients NM Mesa Verde NP Colorado NM Dinosaur NM Black Canyon of the Gunnison NP Great Sand Dunes NP Florissant Fossil Beds NM 18d 18a 18e 18a 18e 18a 18e 18e 21d 20c 18a 21f 21c 21b 21f 21e 21c 21d 18f 21i 21a 21f 21d 21c 25c 21b 25d 21c 21d 25d 25l 20b 21a 21a 25c 25b 20b 21e 20c 21a 21f 20c 21b 20f 20b 21c 21a 21f 20c 21g 21a 21f 21i 21a 25b 21f 20b 25b 21a 20f 21e 25b 21e 21b 25b 20b 21a 21c21g 25b 25c 21e 21e 21e 21g 20e 21a 21f 25c 21a21b 21e 21a 21f 25c 25c 25d 26e 20b 21d 21b 20b 21d 20c 21b21e 25c 21a 21a 21e 26j 21f 21b 20b 26i 21e 20c 21a 21j 25d 21a 21c 25b 26i 20b 21a 26i 21g 21i 21f 21c 26i 21c 25d 25d 21a 21f 21e 21f 25d 21f 21b 21f 21b 25d 25b 21f 21b 21d 21a 21i 21g 21i 21b 21b 21a 21g21a21a 21b 21a 21b 21a 21g 21c 21g 21f 21h 21a 21a 25d21h 21e 21e 21c 21g 26k 20b 26h 21f 21g 20b 21c 21b 21h 21g 21f 21e 21c21c 21f 21c 21a 21c 21g 21b 20b 21e 21g 20b 21f 21f 21h 22a 21e 21a 20b 21g 21a 21h 21a 20b 20a 21c 21h 21j 21e 21d 21a 26h 26k 21b 21j 21a 22c 21g 21h 21a 21a21a 21f 21f 22a 21g 22e 21c 20c 21b 21b 21j 21f 21a 20c 21a 21b 22b 21a 26k 21d 26k 21a 21a 21h 21c 21d 21a 25b 21e 22a 21a 25d 26g 21e 21a 21a 26h 20d 26h 21b 20b 26h 21d 21a 21f 26h 26h 21a 21c 21h 21f 26h 20a 20a 21e 22b 21f21b21a 21d 21b 21d 21a 21a 21a 21h 21d 21a 21d 22a 26h 26f 21b 21g 21j 25c 25b 21h 21c 21b 21h 21h 21f 21e 21a 21b 21e 22 21 21 20 21 21 20 19 21 21 1818 18 25 25 2526 23 20d 20c 21f 25d 21j 21j 21b 21g 21g 21a 21a 21j 22 21f 21e 21c 25d 20c Denver Akron Alamosa Aspen Boulder Breckenridge Brighton Burlington Canon City Castle Rock Estes Park Cheyenne WellsColorado Springs Antonito Cortez Craig Cripple CreekDelta Dove Creek Durango Eagle Fort Collins Fort Morgan Georgetown Glenwood Springs Golden Grand Junction Greeley Gunnison Holyoke Kremmling Hugo Julesburg La Junta Lamar Las Animas Leadville Littleton Meeker Montrose Ordway Pagosa Springs Pueblo Saguache Salida San Luis Springfield Steamboat Springs Sterling Telluride Trinidad Walden Walsenburg Wray Loveland Longmont Aurora Rangely Rifle Paonia Cheyenne Eads Limon Kiowa Del Norte Creede Lake City Ouray Fairplay Silverton Westcliffe L ittle Snake River Y a m p a River W h ite River Colorado R i v e r Roaring F ork River Blue Mesa Reservoir D o l o r e s R i v e r M a n c o s R i v e r U n c o m p a h g r e R i v e r A n i ma s River L a P l a t a R iver S a n J uan River Rio G rande Purg a t o ire R iver Arkansas River A r k a n s a s R i v e r Arkansas River C i m a r ron River Apis h a p a River H uerfano River South Platte River South Platte River S o u t h P l a t t e R i v e r S o u t h F o r k R e p u b li c a n R i v e r N orth Platte River A r i k a r e e R i v e r Horsetooth Reservoir R i o G r a n d e S a n Luis C r e e k Piedra River A lamos a R i v er C o n ejos Riv e r Tomichi Creek D o u g l a s C r e ek GreenRiver Cache la Poudre Ri v e r C olorado River G u n ni s o n River L a r a m i e R i v e r D ry Cre e k Big Sandy Creek Cherry Creek Reservoir Antero Reservoir Riverside Reservoir Jackson Lake Lake Granby Flaming Gorge Reservior Chatfield Reservoir Navajo Reservior Adobe Creek Reservoir Lake Meredith John Martin Reservoir Neesopah Reservoir San Luis Lake North Sterling Reservoir Prewitt Reservoir Empire Reservoir Bonny Reservoir Lake McConaughy NEBRASKA KANSAS WYOMING UT A H NEW MEXICO OKLAHOMAARIZONA Parts of the gently sloping Monticello-Cortez Uplands and Sagebrush Valleys ecoregion are covered by eolian material. Deep, silty soils are typical and retain enough available moisture to naturally support Wyoming big sagebrush and associated grasses. These soils now sustain dryland farming, with more irrigated agriculture to the east. Crops include pinto beans, Anasazi beans, winter wheat, oats, and alfalfa. Shallow or stony soils occur along the rims of benches and minor escarpments and support pinyon-juniper woodland. The arid Shale Deserts and Sedimentary Basins ecoregion consists of nearly level basins and valleys, benches, low rounded hills, and badlands. Rock outcrops occur. It is sparsely vegetated with mat saltbush, bud sagebrush, galleta grass, and desert trumpet. Floodplains have alkaline soils that support greasewood, alkali sacaton, seepweed, and shadscale. Scattered, gravel-capped benches occur and protrude from the present denudational surface because they are more resistant to erosion than the surrounding shales. Soils are shallow and types range from clayey to silty. Soils that formed primarily on Mancos shale are found in the areas northwest of Rangley, east of Meeker, in the Grand Valley, in Dry Creek Basin and Disappointment Valley southwest of the Uncompahgre Plateau, and in southwest Colorado near the Mancos River. The Mancos shale basins have the potential for high selenium levels, a particular problem in areas with irrigated agriculture. Soils formed from sandstone, limestone, shale, and gypsum are found in Paradox and Big Gypsum valleys southwest of the Uncompahgre Plateau. Soils formed from claystone, shale, sandstone, and mudstone are found west of Meeker, and in the Colorado River valley near Rifle. Land use includes rangeland, pastureland, and dryland and irrigated cropland, with winter wheat, small grains, forage crops, and pinto beans as major crops. The valleys of the Gunnison and Colorado rivers have areas favorable for growing apples, peaches, pears, and apricots. Shrublands provide important winter habitat for wildlife. Broad, grass-, shrub-, and woodland-covered benches and mesas characterize the Semiarid Benchlands and Canyonlands ecoregion. Areas of high relief alternate with areas of low relief. Low escarpments separate remnant mesa tops and narrow canyons from surrounding benches. Bedrock exposures (e.g., slickrock and fins) are common along rims, escarpments, and on steep dip slopes. Deep eolian soils are composed of fine sand and support warm season grasses, winterfat, Mormon tea, fourwing saltbush, and sagebrush. Two-needle pinyon and Utah juniper occur on shallow, stony soils. Scattered areas of Gambel oak occur at higher elevations. Fire suppression and erosion have allowed this woodland to expand beyond its original range. Overall, the vegetation is not as sparse as in drier areas such as Ecoregions 20b and 20d. Average annual precipitation in the Colorado portion of the region varies from 10 to 18 inches in lower areas; on the highest sites, such as Mesa Verde, 20 to 25 inches can occur. Livestock grazing is a dominant land use, although stock carrying capacity is limited. On floodplains and terraces, some irrigated cropland occurs, primarily hay and grain for livestock. Oil and natural gas wells, oil shale extraction, and coal mining are also present in the region. Occurring primarily in Utah, the Arid Canyonlands ecoregion includes the inner gorge of the Colorado River and its major tributaries. Much of this ecoregion is bounded by nearly vertical canyon walls that separate it from the adjacent, higher benchlands of Ecoregion 20c. Soils are shallower and have a drier moisture regime than those of Ecoregions 20a and 20c. Exposed bedrock is common. Blackbrush, shadscale, and drought-tolerant grasses including galleta grass and Indian ricegrass occur. Blackbrush is more common here than in Ecoregion 20c, where pinyon-juniper woodland and sagebrush dominate. Annual precipitation is lowest in the deepest canyons, mostly less than 10 inches. Land use is mostly livestock grazing and recreation. The Escarpments ecoregion is characterized by extensive, deeply-dissected, cliff-bench complexes that ascend dramatically from Ecoregions 20b or 20c to the forested mountain rim. Local relief can be as great as 3000 feet, and the region is prone to landslides. Ecoregion 20e includes major scarp slopes of the Book Cliffs and Roan Cliffs. Natural vegetation varies according to aspect and moisture availability, ranging from Douglas-fir forest on steep, north-facing slopes at higher elevations to desert and semidesert grassland or shrubland on lower, drier sites. Pinyon-juniper woodland often dominates escarpments and benches that are covered by shallow soils. This rugged, remote, and varied landscape provides habitat for wildlife. Occurring primarily in Utah, the Uinta Basin Floor ecoregion lies in a large synclinal basin enclosed by the Uinta Mountains and Tavaputs Plateau. Precipitation is low and soils are arid. Winters are constantly cold and often foggy due to frigid, dense air draining from the adjacent uplands and resultant air temperature inversions. Saltbush-greasewood is the natural vegetation type. Ecoregion 20f is distinguished from other arid basins by the abundant stream runoff it receives from the mountains in Utah. Streams are often diverted for irrigation. Alfalfa, small grain, and corn are grown for silage on arable, gently-sloping terraces and valley floors. Stonier soils are irrigated for pasture where and when water is available. Non-irrigated areas are used for livestock grazing. The semiarid Rolling Sagebrush Steppe is a vast region of rolling plains, alluvial and outwash fans, hills, cuestas, mesas, and terraces. This region is less hilly than the Foothill Shrublands and Low Mountains (18d) ecoregion. Annual precipitation of 10 to 20 inches varies with elevation and proximity to mountains. The sagebrush steppe natural vegetation includes western wheatgrass, needle-and-thread, blue grama, Sandberg bluegrass, Junegrass, rabbitbrush, fringed sage, Wyoming big sagebrush, silver and black sagebrush in lowlands, and mountain big sagebrush in the higher elevations. Land use is mainly rangeland, with some areas of cropland along the Yampa River in hay, wheat, barley, or oats. Oil, gas, and coal deposits are scattered throughout the region. The Foothill Shrublands and Low Mountains ecoregion includes isolated dry mountain ranges and foothill slopes, and in Colorado includes Cold Spring Mountain, Bishop Peak, Diamond Peak, and Lookout Mountain. The topography of this region is more rugged than the Rolling Sagebrush Steppe (18a). Tertiary sedimentary rocks of sandstone and conglomerate are extensive, but shale, siltstone, and limestone also occur. Big sagebrush, rabbitbrush, pricklypear, bluebunch wheatgrass, and Idaho fescue dominate on fine-textured soils; Rocky Mountain juniper, Utah juniper, and mountain mahogany woodlands occur on rock outcrops. Land use is mostly rangeland and wildlife habitat. The San Luis Shrublands and Hills ecoregion includes the higher relief foothill edges and low mountain areas within the basin. It includes the San Luis Hills in the southwest, a rugged mass of hills and tilted mesas. The hills are composed of andesitic volcanic rock and are 500 to 1000 feet higher than the adjacent ecoregions of 22. Vegetation communities represent a transition from the grassland and desert communities of the lower basin to the woodland species found in the surrounding foothills of the Southern Rockies (21). Big sagebrush, rabbitbrush, and winterfat occur, as well as grasslands of western wheatgrass, green needlegrass, blue grama, and needle-and-thread. Areas of pinyon-juniper are found on the tops of the San Luis Hills. Although precipitation in the San Luis Alluvial Flats and Wetlands ecoregion is low, less than 8 to 10 inches, water availability from mountain runoff, a high water table, and associated springs and wetlands have made cropland irrigation possible. The ecoregion was once dominated by shadscale, saltbush and greasewood, but most of the native vegetation has been removed for agriculture. Irrigated cropland is common, with barley malt, potatoes, alfalfa, small grains, and hay, and smaller areas of vegetables such as spinach, head lettuce, and carrots. Generally, the soils of this region tend to be less alkaline than the soils of 22c. The increasing demand for water throughout this region is an ongoing issue, exacerbated by recent droughts. Increased salt accumulation in soils and groundwater depletion are problems associated with irrigation and the competing uses of available water. The Salt Flats ecoregion includes the alkaline basin that surrounds the San Luis Lakes. The smooth to irregular plains of low to moderate relief have elevations ranging from 7400 to 7700 feet, some of the lowest areas in the San Luis Valley. Vegetation is sparse, with greasewood and shadscale dominating along with scattered areas of horsebrush, spiny hopsage, rabbitbrush, saltgrass, alkali sacaton, and small areas of sagebrush at the eastern edges. Some areas are devoid of vegetation. Land use is limited to low density livestock grazing and wildlife habitat. Unlike 22b, cropland is more limited within this region due to the more alkaline soils. Precipitation ranges from 6 to 8 inches annually. Great Sand Dunes National Park and the outlying sand sheets are included in the Sand Dunes and Sand Sheets ecoregion. The sand sheets consist of low parabolic and longitudinal dunes that are largely stabilized by scrubby vegetation. The Great Sand Dunes rise up to 750 feet above the basin and are the tallest dunes in North America. The sand was derived mainly from volcanic rock sediments of the San Juan Mountains that were transported by the Rio Grande, and deposited on the alluvial fan on the west side of the valley. The sand was then blown by the prevailing southwesterly winds, piling up at the base of the mountains. The dunes are mostly bare, with patches of Indian ricegrass, blowout grass, or lemon scurfpea. Sand sheet plants include rabbitbrush, sand dropseed, spiny hopsage, sand verbena, and prairie sunflower. Land use in the region is mostly recreation and wildlife habitat, with some limited rangeland. The grass-stabilized sand plains, sand dunes and sand sheets of the Rolling Sand Plains ecoregion are a divergence from the mostly loess-covered plains of adjacent ecoregions. Sandy soils, formed from eolian deposits, supported a sandsage prairie natural vegetation type, different from the shortgrass and midgrass prairie of other neighboring level IV ecoregions in the High Plains (25). Sand sagebrush, rabbitbrush, sand bluestem, prairie sandreed, and Indian ricegrass were typical plants. Land use is primarily rangeland, although a few scattered areas have been developed for irrigated cropland using deep wells. The Moderate Relief Plains ecoregion is typified by irregular plains with slopes greater than the surrounding at and rolling plains of Ecoregion 25d. Land use is predominantly rangeland, in contrast to the cropland or mosaic of cropland and rangeland of surrounding ecoregions. Soils are silty and clayey loams, formed from eolian sediments, shallower than the thicker loess-capped uplands of 25d. Blue grama-buffalograss was the natural prairie type. The Piedmont Plains and Tablelands ecoregion is a vast area of irregular and dissected plains underlain by shale and sandstone. Precipitation varies from 10 to 16 inches, with the lowest amounts found along the Arkansas River between Pueblo and Las Animas. The shortgrass prairie contains buffalograss, blue grama, western wheatgrass, galleta, alkali sacaton, sand dropseed, sideoats grama, and yucca. Land use is mostly rangeland. Irrigated agriculture occurs along the Arkansas River, and dryland farming is found primarily in the north half of the region. The Mesa de Maya/Black Mesa ecoregion contains a broad basaltic mesa and dissected plateaus with steep canyons. Juniper and pinyon-juniper woodlands grow along canyons and mesa sides, while grasslands occur on the basalt cap of the mesa. This is the only region in Colorado where small areas of mesquite are found. Soils are formed in materials weathered from basalt, limestone, sandstone, and shale. Rock outcrops are common. Low precipitation, low available water capacity, and erodibility limit agricultural use. The Purgatoire Hills and Canyons ecoregion includes dissected hills, canyons, and rock outcrops. Woodland vegetation is dominated by juniper with less grassland vegetation than found in 26f. Unlike Ecoregion 26f, the Purgatoire Hills and Canyons ecoregion is generally more dissected and does not contain the basaltic mesa or soils derived from basalt. Soils are well drained and formed in calcareous eolian sediments and material weathered from sandstone; rock outcrops are common. The Purgatoire River supports a diverse fish assemblage. Scattered, dissected areas with pinyon and juniper on the uplands characterize the Pinyon-Juniper Woodlands and Savannas ecoregion. The region is a continuation or an outlier of the pinyon-juniper woodlands found in Ecoregion 21d in the Southern Rocky Mountains to the west. Soils tend to be thin and are formed in materials weathered from limestone, sandstone, and shale. Rock outcrops are common. Annual precipitation varies from 12 to 20 inches, with the highest amounts found in areas closest to the mountains. Land use is mainly wildlife habitat and rangeland. The Alpine Zone occurs on mountain tops above treeline, beginning at about 10500 to 11000 feet. It includes alpine meadows as well as steep, exposed rock and glaciated peaks. Annual precipitation ranges from about 35 to greater than 70 inches, falling mostly as snow. Vegetation includes low shrubs, cushion plants, and wildflowers and sedges in wet meadows. The forest-tundra interface is sparsely colonized by stunted, deformed Englemann spruce, subalpine fir, and limber pine (krummholz vegetation). Rocky Mountain bristlecone pines are also found here, some of the oldest recorded trees in North America. Land use, limited by difficult access, is mostly wildlife habitat and recreation. Ecoregion 21a is snow-free only 8 to 10 weeks annually. Snow cover is a major source of water for lower, more arid ecoregions. The Crystalline Subalpine Forests ecoregion occupies a narrow elevational band on the steep, forested slopes of the mountains, becoming more extensive on the north-facing slopes. The elevation range of the region is 8500 to 12000 feet, just below the Alpine Zone (21a). The lower elevation limit is higher in the south, starting at 9000 to 9500 feet. The dense forests are dominated by Englemann spruce and subalpine fir; aspen and pockets of lodgepole pine locally dominate some areas. Subalpine meadows also occur. Forest blowdown, insect outbreaks, fire, and avalanches affect the vegetation mosaic. Soils are weathered from a variety of crystalline and metamorphic materials, such as gneiss, schist, and granite, as well as some areas of igneous intrusive rocks. Recreation, logging, mining, and wildlife habitat are the major land uses. Grazing is limited by climatic conditions, lack of forage, and lingering snowpack. The Crystalline Mid-Elevation Forests are found mostly in the 7000 to 9000 feet elevation range on crystalline and metamorphic substrates. Most of the region occurs in the eastern half of the Southern Rockies (21). Natural vegetation includes aspen, ponderosa pine, Douglas-fir, and areas of lodgepole pine and limber pine. A diverse understory of shrubs, grasses, and wildflowers occurs. The variety of food sources supports a diversity of bird and mammal species. Forest stands have become denser in many areas due to decades of fire suppression. Land use includes wildlife habitat, livestock grazing, logging, mineral extraction, and recreation, with increasing residential subdivisions. The Foothill Shrublands ecoregion is a transition from the higher elevation forests to the drier and lower Great Plains (Ecoregions 25, 26) to the east and to the Colorado Plateaus (20) to the west. This semiarid region has rolling to irregular terrain of hills, ridges, and footslopes, with elevations generally 6000 to 8500 feet. Sagebrush and mountain mahogany shrubland, pinyon-juniper woodland, and scattered oak shrublands occur. Other common low shrubs include serviceberry and skunkbush sumac. Interspersed are some grasslands of blue grama, Junegrass, and western wheatgrass. Land use is mainly livestock grazing and some irrigated hayland adjacent to perennial streams. The Sedimentary Subalpine Forests ecoregion occupies much of the western half of the Southern Rockies, on sandstone, siltstone, shale, and limestone substrates. The elevation limits of this region are similar to the crystalline (21b) and volcanic (21g) subalpine forests. Stream water quality, water availability, and aquatic biota are affected in places by carbonate substrates that are soluble and nutrient rich. Soils are generally finer-textured than those found on crystalline or metamorphic substrates of Ecoregion 21b, and are also more alkaline where derived from carbonate-rich substrates. Subalpine forests dominated by Englemann spruce and subalpine fir are typical, often interspersed with aspen groves or mountain meadows. Some Douglas-fir forests are at lower elevations. The Sedimentary Mid-Elevation Forests ecoregion occurs in the western and southern portions of the Southern Rockies, at elevations generally below Ecoregion 21e. The elevation limits and vegetation of this region are similar to the crystalline (21c) and volcanic (21h) mid-elevation forests; however, a larger area of Gambel oak woodlands and forest is found in this region. Carbonate substrates in some areas affect water quality, hydrology, and biota. Soils are generally finer-textured than those found on crystalline and metamorphic substrates such as those in Ecoregion 21c. The Flat to Rolling Plains ecoregion is more level and less dissected than the adjacent Moderate Relief Plains (25c). Soils are generally silty with a veneer of loess. Dryland farming is extensive, with areas of irrigated cropland scattered throughout the ecoregion. Winter wheat is the main cash crop, with a smaller acreage in forage crops. The Front Range Fans ecoregion flanks the northern Front Range of the Southern Rockies in Colorado. Streams tend to be cooler than in other High Plains (25) regions and contain many Front Range aquatic species. The soils of the region have more outwash gravels than regions farther east and occupy old terraces, benches, and alluvial fans. The soils are formed from materials weathered from arkosic sedimentary rock, gravelly alluvium, and redbed shales and sandstone. Some soils have a high shrink-swell potential. Land use is changing from mostly cropland and rangeland to more extensive urban development. Development has led to an increase in manmade lakes and gravel pits dotting the region. The Pine-Oak Woodlands ecoregion is a dissected plain with dense oakbrush and deciduous oak woodlands combined with ponderosa pine woodlands. The southern portion is known locally as the Black Forest. Although woodlands dominate, the region is a mosaic of woodlands and grasslands. It is somewhat more dissected than the surrounding Foothill Grasslands (26j) ecoregion. The Pine-Oak Woodlands may be an outlier of the ponderosa pine woodlands found in the mid-elevation forests of the Southern Rockies (21) to the west. Soils are formed from weathered sandstone and shale with some outwash on uplands. Land use is woodland, wildlife habitat, and some rangeland. Areas of the region are rapidly urbanizing. The Foothill Grasslands ecoregion contains a mix of grassland types, with some small areas of isolated tallgrass prairie species that are more common much further east. The proximity to runoff and moisture from the Front Range and the more loamy, gravelly, and deeper soils are able to support more tallgrass and midgrass species than neighboring ecoregions. Big and little bluestem, yellow Indiangrass, and switchgrass occur, along with foothill grassland communities similar to those of Ecoregion 21d. Although grasslands dominate, scattered pine woodlands similar to those found in 26i also occur. The annual precipitation of 14 to 20 inches tends to be greater than in regions farther east. Soils are loamy, gravelly, moderately deep, and mesic. They are formed from weathered arkosic sedimentary rock, gravelly alluvium, and materials weathered from sandstone and shales. Rangeland and pasture are common, with small areas of cropland. Urban and suburban development has increased in recent years, expanding out from Colorado Springs and the greater Denver area. The Sand Sheets ecoregion has rolling plains with stabilized sand sheets and areas of low sand dunes. Soils are formed from wind-deposited and alluvial sands. Natural vegetation is primarily sandsage prairie with sand reed grass, blue grama, sand dropseed, needlegrass, and sand sagebrush, and is similar to the Rolling Sand Plains (25b) ecoregion found in the neighboring High Plains (25). Annual precipitation ranges from 10 to 16 inches, less than the Foothill Grasslands to the northwest. Land use in this region is mainly rangeland. The arid Salt Desert Shrub Basins ecoregion includes disjunct playas and isolated sand dunes. The plains, terraces, and rolling alluvial fans of Ecoregion 18e have soils that tend to be more alkaline and less permeable than soils in the Rolling Sagebrush Steppe (18a). Vegetation is a sparse cover of arid land shrubs such as shadscale, greasewood, and Gardner's saltbush, with some areas of big sagebrush. Areas with stabilized sand dunes are dominated by alkali cordgrass, Indian ricegrass, blowout grass, alkali wildrye, and needle-and-thread. Land use is rangeland and wildlife habitat. This arid region is sensitive to grazing pressure, which may promote the invasion of weeds such as Russian thistle, cheatgrass, and the toxic halogeton. The Laramie Basin ecoregion is a wide intermontane valley of Wyoming that extends slightly into northern Colorado. Elevations in the Colorado portion are generally 7800 to 9100 feet, with annual precipitation of 15 to 20 inches. For the region as a whole, natural vegetation is mainly grassland compared to the sagebrush steppe in other regions of Ecoregion 18. Needle-and-thread, western wheatgrass, blue grama, Indian ricegrass, and other mixed grass species are typical, along with rabbitbrush, fringed sage, and various forb and shrub species. The rolling, high elevation valley of grass and shrubland is used primarily for seasonal livestock grazing. Some hay is produced along the Laramie River. The steep, mountainous Volcanic Subalpine Forests ecoregion is composed of volcanic and igneous rocks, predominately andesitic with areas of basalt. The region is found mainly in the San Juan Mountains, which have the most rugged terrain and the harshest winters in the Southern Rockies of Colorado. Smaller areas are found in the West Elk Mountains, Grand Mesa, Flat Tops, and in the Front Range. The area is highly mineralized, and gold, silver, lead, and copper have been mined. Relatively young geologically, the mountains are among the highest and most rugged of North America and still contain some large areas of intact habitat. Englemann spruce, subalpine fir, and aspen forests support a variety of wildlife. The Volcanic Mid-Elevation Forests ecoregion occurs at elevations of 7000 to 9000 feet and is composed of igneous rocks of andesite and basalt. The majority of the region is found in the San Juan Mountains, the West Elk Mountains, and in a small area of the Front Range. Forests of ponderosa pine, Douglas-fir, and aspen occur. Land use includes wildlife habitat, livestock grazing, logging, recreation, and mineral extraction of silver and gold. The Sagebrush Parks ecoregion contains the large, semiarid, high intermontane valleys that support sagebrush shrubland and steppe vegetation. The ecoregion includes North Park, Middle Park and the Gunnison Basin, and is slightly drier than the Grassland Parks (21j). Summers tend to be hot and winters very cold, with annual precipitation of 10-16 inches. Land use is mostly rangeland and wildlife habitat, with some hay production near streams. The sagebrush provides forage and habitat to many animals and birds. Sandy loam soils are typical, formed in residuum from crystalline and sedimentary rocks, glacial outwash, and colluvial or alluvial materials. The Grassland Parks ecoregion also consists of high intermontane valleys similar in elevation to the drier Sagebrush Parks (21i); however, water availability is greater in 21j and the region supports grasslands rather than the sagebrush shrubland and steppe found in 21i. Grasslands with bunchgrasses are dominant, and include Arizona fescue, Idaho fescue, mountain muhly, bluebunch wheatgrass, needle-and-thread, Junegrass, and slender wheatgrass. Springs and wetlands may occur. Some subalpine/montane fens are found where groundwater seepage has persistently reached the surface and supported peatland development. There are only a few trees or shrubs, and if present, they are widely scattered and mature. 25c 22c 22e 18a 18d 18e 21a 21b 21c 21d 21e 21f 18f 20a 20b 20c 20e 20f 20d 25d 25l 25b 26e 26f 26i 26j 26g 26h 26k 22a 22b 21j 21i 21h 21g 26. Southwestern Tablelands 25. High Plains Higher and drier than the Central Great Plains (27) to the east, and in contrast to the irregular, mostly grassland or grazing land of the Northwestern Great Plains (43) to the north, much of the High Plains comprises smooth to slightly irregular plains having a high percentage of cropland. Grama-buffalo grass is the potential natural vegetation in this region as compared to mostly wheatgrass- needlegrass to the north, Trans-Pecos shrub savanna to the south, and taller grasses to the east. The northern boundary of this ecological region is also the approximate northern limit of winter wheat and sorghum and the southern limit of spring wheat. In Colorado, gas and oil fields are scattered throughout the region, with the greatest concentration found in the Denver Basin area. 18. Wyoming Basin 20. Colorado Plateaus 22. Arizona/New Mexico Plateau 21. Southern Rockies The Southwestern Tablelands flank the High Plains (25) with red hued canyons, mesas, badlands, and dissected river breaks. Unlike most adjacent Great Plains ecological regions, little of the Southwestern Tablelands is in cropland. Much of this region is in sub-humid grassland and semiarid rangeland. The boundary to the east in Colorado represents a transition from the more extensive cropland within the High Plains (25) to the generally more rugged and less arable land within the Southwestern Tablelands (26) ecoregion. The natural vegetation in the Colorado portion of this region is mostly grama-buffalograss, with some juniper-scrub oak-grass savanna on escarpment bluffs. This ecoregion is a broad intermontane basin, interrupted by high hills and low mountains, and dominated by relatively arid grasslands and shrublands. Nearly surrounded by forest-covered mountains, the region is somewhat drier than the Northwestern Great Plains (43) to the northeast and lacks the extensive cover of pinyon-juniper woodland found in the Colorado Plateaus (20) to the south. Much of the region is used for livestock grazing, although many areas lack sufficient forage to adequately support this activity. The region contains major natural gas and petroleum producing fields. The Wyoming Basin also has extensive coal deposits along with areas of trona, bentonite, clay, and uranium mining. The Southern Rockies are composed of high elevation, steep, rugged mountains. Although coniferous forests cover much of the region, as in most of the mountainous regions in the western United States, vegetation, as well as soil and land use, follows a pattern of elevational banding. The lowest elevations are generally grass or shrub covered and heavily grazed. Low to middle elevations are also grazed and covered by a variety of vegetation types including Douglas-fir, ponderosa pine, aspen, and juniper-oak woodlands. Middle to high elevations are largely covered by coniferous forests and have little grazing activity. The highest elevations have alpine characteristics. The region includes the Colorado Mineral Belt, a broad area stretching northeast from the San Juan Mountains in southwestern Colorado to the Colorado Front Range near Boulder. Most of the historic mining camps of Colorado lie in this area. The Arizona/New Mexico Plateau represents a large transitional region between the semiarid grasslands and low relief tablelands of the Southwestern Tablelands (26) ecoregion in the east, the drier shrublands and woodland-covered higher relief tablelands of the Colorado Plateaus (20) in the north, and the lower, hotter, less vegetated Mojave Basin and Range (14) in the west and Chihuahuan Deserts (24) in the south. Higher, forest-covered, mountainous ecoregions border the region on the northeast and southwest. Local relief in the Colorado portion is relatively low, but in other parts of the ecoregion relief can be well over 1000 feet. The region in Colorado known as the San Luis Valley forms part of the upper end of the Rio Grande Valley. It is flanked by the Sangre de Cristo Range on the east and the San Juan Mountains on the west. This ecoregion has the lowest annual precipitation in the state, mostly 6 to 12 inches. However, surface runoff from the surrounding mountains and groundwater migrate toward the low point at San Luis Lake, providing a good water supply to the region. Desert and wetlands exist side by side. A large part of the north San Luis Valley is a closed basin with no surface outlet to the Rio Grande. The high water table has created many ephemeral lakes, wetlands, springs, and flowing wells, and supports considerable irrigation in the valley. At the western edge of the Central Flyway, the valley wetlands historically provided crucial migratory bird habitat. Water-use issues are a continuing concern as the demand for water grows. Excessive use of surface and groundwater has led to waterlogged soils in some parts of the valley, causing alkaline soils and highly mineralized groundwater from the concentration of salts. Canyons, mesas, plateaus, and mountains of the Colorado Plateaus expose a long geologic history of rock formations in Colorado. Rugged tableland topography is typical of the ecoregion. Precipitous side-walls mark abrupt changes in local relief, often of 1000 to 2000 feet or more. The region contains more pinyon-juniper and Gambel oak woodlands than the Wyoming Basin (18) to the north. However, the Colorado Plateaus ecoregion also has large low-lying areas containing saltbrush and greasewood (typical of hotter, drier areas) which are generally not found in the Arizona/New Mexico Plateau (22) to the south where grasslands are more common. 21. Southern Rockies (continued) The Wyoming Basin (18) contains a diverse mix of arid basins, badlands, and foothills. Water depletions and nonnative fish of the Yampa River are affecting the survival of native fish populations. Photo: D. Cooper, BLM River recreation such as white-water rafting has increased in recent years in Ecoregion 20. Photo: Rick Athearn, BLM The razorback sucker prefers quiet, muddy backwaters of the Colorado River basin. It is endangered due to loss of floodplain habitat and predation by non-native fish. Photo: CDOW Mancos shale landscapes can be natural sources for toxic elements such as selenium that affect surface and groundwater. Photo: Tim McCabe, NRCS Rock art, or petroglyphs, can be found in parts of Ecoregion 20, such as these figures made by people of the Fremont culture more than a thousand years ago. Photo: BLM Agriculture occurs in many parts of Ecoregion 20a, and the red soils tend to have a high iron content. Dove Creek calls itself “the pinto bean capital of the world.” Big sagebrush is an important winter browse plant for wildlife species, including mule deer, sage grouse, pronghorn, and many small mammals. Photo: Scott Peterson, NRCS Sage grouse are an important indicator species, requiring a diversity of grasses and forbs and healthy riparian areas. Photo: USFWS The black-footed ferret, one of the continent's most endangered mammals, is being reintroduced in parts of Ecoregions 18 and 20. Photo: BLM The Canada lynx, once near the brink of extinction in Colorado, is being reintroduced into the subalpine forests of the Southern Rockies. Snowshoe hares and red squirrels are its primary prey. Photo: CDOW Historical and current mining operations can affect water quality and habitat. Aspen stands provide important habitat for wildlife. The leaves, twigs, and bark are nutritious for deer, elk, bear, beaver, and other animals. Photo: NPS North American elk, or wapiti, are found in many parts of Ecoregion 21. The bugle calls of bull elk are an autumn hallmark. Photo: NPS Flatirons of the Fountain Formation and hogbacks of Dakota Sandstone are found in the Foothill Shrublands (21d) in the transition zone between the Great Plains and Rocky Mountains. Photo: Jeremy McCreary The Gunnison Basin of Ecoregion 21i has some unique biogeographic characteristics and several endemic plant species. Photo: CDOW Alberta Falls in Ecoregion 21b, Rocky Mountain NP. Photo: NPS The landscapes of the alpine and subalpine ecoregions, here in the upper Animas basin, present beautiful contrasts, with dense spruce-fir forests, flower-studded alpine meadows, snowfields, and rocky peaks. Photo: BLM The Sand Dunes and Sand Sheets (22e) ecoregion has a surprising diversity of plant and animal life, as well as some unique geological and hydrological features. Elk, pronghorn, bison, coyotes, jackrabbits, and small rodents occur, along with a variety of birds, reptiles, and endemic beetles. Streams with a “pulse” or surge flow occur here and in only a few other places in the world. Photo: Don Klosterman The rolling grasslands of the Piedmont Plains and Tablelands (26e) are punctuated by the juniper-dotted canyons and mesas of the Purgatoire Hills and Canyons (26g) south of La Junta. Extensive dinosaur tracksites are found in some areas along the Purgatoire River. Photo: Jim Wark, AirPhotoNA Once containing a more extensive complex of lakes and marshes, the wetlands in Ecoregion 22c still support a high diversity of wetland wildlife. Photo: USFWS Ecoregion 22b is the major malt barley-producing region in Colorado, grown mostly for a large in- state brewing company. Center pivot irrigation is common, relying on conjunctive use of shallow groundwater and surface water. Nitrate, sodium, and pesticides in water are a concern in some areas. Photo: ARS, USDA Potatoes are a major crop in Ecoregion 22b, growing well in the loose, loam soil and bright, warm days and cool nights. More than 20 major potato warehouses in the San Luis Valley pack and ship potatoes for the fresh market. Photo: Gene Alexander, NRCS The lark bunting, Colorado's state bird, breeds in open grasslands of the Great Plains. Photo: Gary Kramer, NRCS Mesa de Maya in Ecoregion 26f is a distinct area of basalt-capped tablelands with a unique mix of plains and foothill flora. Photo: R.B. Taylor, USGS Shortgrass prairie at Pawnee National Grassland in Ecoregion 25c. Photo: Gary Kramer, NRCS Above: Oil and gas wells dot the High Plains. Photo: Paul Starrs Top right: Urban and suburban development is spreading across much of the cropland and grasslands of Ecoregion 25l. Photo: Jeff Vanuga, NRCS The swift fox is home in the prairies of the High Plains. It feeds mainly on jackrabbits, prairie dogs, small rodents, birds, and insects. Photo: Gary Kramer, NRCS Once nearly extinct, the pronghorn is adapted to the grasslands of Colorado's eastern plains, as well as to the shrublands of the mountain parks and western basins. These fast mammals can reach speeds over 60 miles per hour over short distances. Photo: USFWS Cattle production is common in Ecoregion 26. Effects of different stocking densities and rotation times can often be seen at fence lines. Photo: Irv Cole, NRCS Deep canyons, sheer cliffs, plateaus, and some broad basins and valleys add to the landscape diversity of Ecoregion 20. Horizontal beds of sandstone and shale are seen in many parts of the region, including here at Colorado National Monument in 20c. In the background, the Grand Valley portion of 20b can be seen. Photo: Bruce Molnia, USGS The Gunnison Gorge area in 20c is known for its white-water boating, world-class trout fishery, and areas of wilderness. Public land management issues include instream river flows, native vs. sports fisheries, grazing and mining impacts, control of invasive plants such as tamarisk, and balancing resource protection with increasing human use. Photo: Art Ferraro, BLM The San Luis Valley has provided habitat for many migrating bird species. Sandhill cranes are one of the many species utilizing the wetland habitats and barley and grain fields of this ecoregion. Photo: International Crane Foundation Pinyon-juniper woodlands occur primarily on warm dry sites in the foothills and on mesa tops. Photo: Jean Smith, The Southern Rockies Ecosystem Project The spruce-fir forest pictured is in the West Elk Mountains wilderness area. Spruce-fir forests can be found in the high elevation, cool, moist sites in any of the subalpine forests ecoregions (21b, 21e, and 21g). Most of the precipitation is in the form of snow and the snowpack can remain well into the summer. These high elevation forests are important snow collection areas where water is stored in the soils and in subalpine reservoirs. Photo: Doug Shinneman, The Southern Rockies Ecosystem Project 30 60 mi051015 60 120 km0102030 SCALE 1:1 200 000Level III ecoregion Level IV ecoregion County boundary State boundary 18 Wyoming Basin 18a Rolling Sagebrush Steppe 18d Foothill Shrublands and Low Mountains 18e Salt Desert Shrub Basins 18f Laramie Basin 20 Colorado Plateaus 20a Monticello-Cortez Uplands and Sagebrush Valleys 20b Shale Deserts and Sedimentary Basins 20c Semiarid Benchlands and Canyonlands 20d Arid Canyonlands 20e Escarpments 20f Uinta Basin Floor 21 Southern Rockies 21a Alpine Zone 21b Crystalline Subalpine Forests 21c Crystalline Mid-Elevation Forests 21d Foothill Shrublands 21e Sedimentary Subalpine Forests 21f Sedimentary Mid-Elevation Forests 21g Volcanic Subalpine Forests 21h Volcanic Mid-Elevation Forests 21i Sagebrush Parks 21j Grassland Parks 25 High Plains 25b Rolling Sand Plains 25c Moderate Relief Plains 25d Flat to Rolling Plains 25l Front Range Fans 22 Arizona/New Mexico Plateau 22a San Luis Shrublands and Hills 22b San Luis Alluvial Flats and Wetlands 22c Salt Flats 22e Sand Dunes and Sand Sheets 26 Southwestern Tablelands 26e Piedmont Plains and Tablelands 26f Mesa de Maya/Black Mesa 26g Purgatoire Hills and Canyons 26h Pinyon-Juniper Woodlands and Savannas 26i Pine-Oak Woodlands 26j Foothill Grasslands 26k Sand Sheets Ecoregions denote areas of general similarity in ecosystems and in the type, quality, and quantity of environmental resources; they are designed to serve as a spatial framework for the research, assessment, management, and monitoring of ecosystems and ecosystem components. By recognizing the spatial differences in the capacities and potentials of ecosystems, ecoregions stratify the environment by its probable response to disturbance (Bryce and others, 1999). These general-purpose regions are critical for structuring and implementing ecosystem management strategies across federal agencies, state agencies, and nongovernment organizations that are responsible for different types of resources within the same geographical areas (Omernik and others, 2000). The approach used to compile this map is based on the premise that ecological regions can be identified through the analysis of the spatial patterns and the composition of biotic and abiotic phenomena that affect or reflect differences in ecosystem quality and integrity (Wiken, 1986; Omernik, 1987, 1995). These phenomena include geology, physiography, vegetation, climate, soils, land use, wildlife, and hydrology. The relative importance of each characteristic varies from one ecological region to another, regardless of the hierarchical level. A Roman numeral hierarchical scheme has been adopted for different levels of ecological regions. Level I is the coarsest level, dividing North America into 15 ecological regions. Level II divides the continent into 52 regions (Commission for Environmental Cooperation Working Group, 1997). At level III, the continental United States contains 104 ecoregions and the conterminous United States has 84 ecoregions (United States Environmental Protection Agency [USEPA], 2003). Level IV is a further subdivision of level III ecoregions. Explanations of the methods used to define the USEPA’s ecoregions are given in Omernik (1995), Omernik and others (2000), Griffith and others (1994), and Gallant and others (1989, 1995). Colorado contains arid canyons, semiarid shrub- and grass-covered plains, alluvial valleys, lava fields and volcanic plateaus, woodland- and shrubland-covered hills, forested mountains, glaciated peaks, wetlands, and a variety of aquatic habitats. Ecological diversity is enormous. There are 6 level III ecoregions and 35 level IV ecoregions in Colorado, and many continue into ecologically similar parts of adjacent states. The level III and IV ecoregion map on this poster was compiled at a scale of 1:250,000 and depicts revisions and subdivisions of earlier level III ecoregions that were originally compiled at a smaller scale (USEPA, 2003; Gallant and others, 1989; Omernik, 1987). This poster is part of a collaborative project primarily between USEPA Region VIII, USEPA National Health and Environmental Effects Research Laboratory (Corvallis, Oregon), Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE), Colorado Division of Wildlife (CDOW), United States Department of Agriculture–Forest Service (USFS), United States Department of Agriculture–Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), United States Department of the Interior–Bureau of Land Management (BLM), and United States Department of the Interior–Geological Survey (USGS)–National Center for Earth Resources Observation and Science (EROS). The project is associated with an interagency effort to develop a common framework of ecological regions. Reaching that objective requires recognition of the differences in the conceptual approaches and mapping methodologies applied to develop the most common ecoregion-type frameworks, including those developed by the USFS (Bailey and others, 1994), the USEPA (Omernik, 1987, 1995), and the NRCS (U.S. Department of Agriculture–Soil Conservation Service, 1981). As each of these frameworks is further refined, their differences are becoming less discernible. Regional collaborative projects, such as this one in Colorado, where agreement has been reached among multiple resource management agencies, are a step toward attaining consensus and consistency in ecoregion frameworks for the entire nation. Literature Cited: Bailey, R.G., Avers, P.E., King, T., and McNab, W.H., eds., 1994, Ecoregions and subregions of the United States (map) (supplementary table of map unit descriptions compiled and edited by McNab, W.H., and Bailey, R.G.): Washington, D.C., USFS, scale 1:7,500,000. Bryce, S.A., Omernik, J.M., and Larsen, D.P., 1999, Ecoregions – a geographic framework to guide risk characterization and ecosystem management: Environmental Practice, v. 1, no. 3, p. 141-155. Commission for Environmental Cooperation Working Group, 1997, Ecological regions of North America – toward a common perspective: Montreal, Commission for Environmental Cooperation, 71 p. Gallant, A.L., Binnian, E.F., Omernik, J.M., and Shasby, M.B., 1995, Ecoregions of Alaska: U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1567, Washington D.C., 73 p. Gallant, A.L., Whittier, T.R., Larsen, D.P., Omernik, J.M., and Hughes, R.M., 1989, Regionalization as a tool for managing environmental resources: Corvallis, Oregon, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA/600/3-89/060, 152 p. Griffith, G.E., Omernik, J.M., Wilton, T.F., and Pierson, S.M., 1994, Ecoregions and subregions of Iowa – a framework for water quality assessment and management: Journal of the Iowa Academy of Science, v. 101, no. 1, p. 5-13. Omernik, J.M., 1987, Ecoregions of the conterminous United States (map supplement): Annals of the Association of American Geographers, v. 77, no. 1, p. 118-125, scale 1:7,500,000. Omernik, J.M., 1995, Ecoregions – a framework for environmental management, in Davis, W.S., and Simon, T.P., eds., Biological assessment and criteria-tools for water resource planning and decision making: Boca Raton, Florida, Lewis Publishers, p. 49-62. Omernik, J.M., Chapman, S.S., Lillie, R.A., and Dumke, R.T., 2000, Ecoregions of Wisconsin: Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters, v. 88, p. 77-103. U.S. Department of Agriculture–Soil Conservation Service, 1981, Land resource regions and major land resource areas of the United States: Agriculture Handbook 296, 156 p. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2003, Level III ecoregions of the continental United States (revision of Omernik, 1987): Corvallis, Oregon, USEPA – National Health and Environmental Effects Research Laboratory, Map M-1, various scales. Wiken, E., 1986, Terrestrial ecozones of Canada: Ottawa, Environment Canada, Ecological Land Classification Series no. 19, 26 p. Ecoregions of Colorado Station Information Station name:ALTENBERN State:CO County: (FIPS 08045) Climate Division: (CO02) Station ids:050214 (Coop)USC00050214 (GHCN)ATBC2 (NWS LI) Latitude:39.4992 degrees Longitude:-108.3809 degrees Elevation:5637 feet Available date ranges: Max Temperature 1958-09-09 - 2025-06-30 Min Temperature 1958-09-10 - 2025-06-30 Precipitation 1947-07-01 - 2025-06-30 Snowfall 1947-07-01 - 2025-05-31 Snow Depth 1947- 11-06 - 2025-05-31 7/8/25, 10:05 AM Station Information about:blank 1/1 Dec 2024 Jan 2025 Feb 2025 Mar 2025 Apr 2025 May 2025 Jun 2025 Jul 2025 Aug 2025 Sep 2025 Oct 2025 Nov 2025 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 Ra i n f a l l ( I n c h e s ) 2025-07-01 2025-06-01 2025-05-02 Antecedent Precipitation vs Normal Range based on NOAA's Daily Global Historical Climatology Network Daily Total 30-Day Rolling Total 30-Year Normal Range 30 Days Ending 30th %ile (in)70th %ile (in)Observed (in)Wetness Condition Condition Value Month Weight Product 2025-07-01 0.236614 0.816142 0.299213 Normal 2 3 6 2025-06-01 0.503543 1.391339 0.866142 Normal 2 2 4 2025-05-02 0.593307 1.348032 0.744095 Normal 2 1 2 Result Normal Conditions - 12 Coordinates 39.440708, -108.031975 Observation Date 2025-07-01 Elevation (ft)5399.323 Drought Index (PDSI)Not available (2025-06) WebWIMP H2O Balance Dry Season Weather Station Name Coordinates Elevation (ft)Distance (mi)Elevation Weighted Days Normal Days Antecedent RIFLE GARFIELD CO AP 39.5278, -107.7197 5524.935 17.706 125.612 10.192 9625 89 RIFLE 2.6 ENE 39.5533, -107.7323 5438.977 1.885 85.958 1.01 0 1 RIFLE 3ENE 39.5572, -107.7261 5469.16 2.06 55.775 1.042 44 0 RIFLE 39.5447, -107.7853 5435.04 3.685 89.895 1.99 1152 0 ALTENBERN 39.4992, -108.3808 5637.139 35.294 112.204 19.842 532 0 Climatological Data for ALTENBERN, CO - June 2025 Date Max Temperature Min Temperature Avg Temperature GDD Base 40 GDD Base 50 Precipitation Snowfall Snow Depth 2025-06-01 92 46 69.0 29 19 0.00 M M 2025-06-02 92 51 71.5 32 22 0.00 M M 2025-06-03 78 49 63.5 24 14 0.04 M M 2025-06-04 M M M M M M M M 2025-06-05 73 42 57.5 18 8 0.31 M M 2025-06-06 72 47 59.5 20 10 0.38 M M 2025-06-07 81 42 61.5 22 12 0.00 M M 2025-06-08 86 47 66.5 27 17 0.00 M M 2025-06-09 87 47 67.0 27 17 0.00 M M 2025-06-10 87 45 66.0 26 16 0.03 M M 2025-06-11 89 45 67.0 27 17 0.00 M M 2025-06-12 90 52 71.0 31 21 0.00 M M 2025-06-13 90 49 69.5 30 20 0.00 M M 2025-06-14 91 47 69.0 29 19 0.00 M M 2025-06-15 94 46 70.0 30 20 0.00 M M 2025-06-16 94 46 70.0 30 20 0.00 M M 2025-06-17 88 55 71.5 32 22 0.00 M M 2025-06-18 90 51 70.5 31 21 0.00 M M 2025-06-19 95 48 71.5 32 22 0.00 M M 2025-06-20 93 48 70.5 31 21 0.00 M M 2025-06-21 90 56 73.0 33 23 0.00 M M 2025-06-22 85 M M M M 0.00 M M 2025-06-23 85 46 65.5 26 16 0.00 M M 2025-06-24 87 45 66.0 26 16 0.00 M M 2025-06-25 85 52 68.5 29 19 0.00 M M 2025-06-26 89 45 67.0 27 17 0.00 M M 2025-06-27 91 46 68.5 29 19 0.00 M M 2025-06-28 92 46 69.0 29 19 0.00 M M 2025-06-29 91 54 72.5 33 23 0.00 M M 2025-06-30 93 52 72.5 33 23 0.00 M M Average|Sum 87.9 48.0 68.0 793 513 0.76 M M 7/8/25, 10:28 AM Climatological Data for ALTENBERN, CO - June 2025 about:blank 1/1 WETS Station: ALTENBERN, CO Requested years: 1995 - 2025 GROWING SEASON DATES Requested years of data:1995 - 2025 Years with missing data:24 deg = 1 28 deg = 1 32 deg = 1 Years with no occurrence:24 deg = 0 28 deg = 0 32 deg = 0 Data years used:24 deg = 30 28 deg = 30 32 deg = 30 Temperature (°F)Precipitation (inches) 30% chance will have Jan 37.9 13.1 25.5 1.18 0.61 1.44 4 11.4 Feb 44.0 18.4 31.2 1.26 0.73 1.54 4 10.5 Mar 54.9 25.2 40.1 1.36 0.80 1.66 5 6.3 Apr 63.0 30.6 46.8 1.50 1.06 1.77 5 3.1 May 73.2 37.9 55.5 1.54 0.78 1.88 4 0.4 Jun 84.7 45.3 65.0 0.78 0.32 0.91 3 0.0 Jul 90.4 52.2 71.3 1.31 0.72 1.60 4 0.0 Aug 87.2 50.7 68.9 1.76 1.03 2.14 5 0.0 Sep 79.2 42.7 61.0 1.86 0.97 2.27 5 0.0 Oct 65.2 32.2 48.7 1.83 0.93 2.23 5 1.3 Nov 50.9 22.2 36.6 1.13 0.72 1.35 4 5.3 Dec 38.2 14.0 26.1 1.39 0.72 1.70 4 14.4 Annual:14.80 18.83 Average 64.1 32.0 48.0 ----- Total ---16.91 50 52.7 Month Avg daily max Avg daily min Avg daily mean Avg Avg number of days with 0.10 inch or more Average total snowfallless than more than Temperature Probability 24 F or higher 28 F or higher 32 F or higher 7/8/25, 10:32 AM AgACIS https://agacis.rcc-acis.org/?fips=08045 1/1 Precipitation (inches) Accumulated Precipitation - ALTENBERN, CO Click and drag to zoom to a shorter time interval; green/black diamonds represent subsequent/missing values 2024-25 accumulation Normal Lowest (1976-77)Highest (1992-93) Oct 1 Nov 1 Dec 1 Jan 1 Feb 1 Mar 1 Apr 1 May 1 Jun 1 Jul 1 0 5 10 15 20 25 Powered by ACIS APPENDIX O: WILD AND SCENIC RIVERS Colorado has 158 named rivers owing through the state, with all but the Green and Cimarron Rivers having their headwaters within Colorado. These rivers ow either east towards the Atlantic or west towards the Pacic, depending on which side of the Continental Divide they originate. Furthermore, headwaters from Colorado’s eight major river basins provide water to nearly 6 million Coloradans, along with millions of others in 19 downstream states and Mexico. These waters support habitat, wildlife, recreation, food production, energy, industry, drinking water supplies, and more. Colorado has approximately 107,403 miles of river, of which 76 miles of one river system, the Cache la Poudre, are designated as Wild & Scenic—less than 1/10th of 1% of the state's river miles. Colorado Image Details  Bob Wick + − Leaflet (https://leafletjs.com) | Open Street Map Approx. Location of Subject Property Rivers In Colorado (/river/cache-la-poudre) Cache la Poudre River (/river/cache-la-poudre) Colorado (/river/cache-la-poudre) |Contact Us (/contact)|National Awards (/national-awards) |The Numbers (/river-stats)|Nationwide Rivers Inventory (/nri) |Documents (/documents)Accessibility (/accessibility) PARTNERS Bureau of Land Management (https://blm.gov/programs/national-conservation-lands/wild-and- scenic-rivers) National Park Service (https://www.nps.gov/orgs/1912/index.htm) NPS Partnership Rivers (https://www.nps.gov/orgs/1912/partnership-wild-and-scenic-rivers.htm) U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service (https://www.fws.gov/story/wild-and-scenic-rivers) U.S. Forest Service (https://www.fs.usda.gov/managing-land/wild-scenic-rivers) River Management Society (http://river-management.org/) REFERENCES Bibliography (/bibliography) Interagency Council (/council) Stewardship (/stewardship) News (/news) Videos (/video) Vulnerability Disclosure Policy (/vulnerability-disclosure-policy) Nationwide Rivers Inventory A listing of free-owing river segments in the U.S. believed to possess one or more "outstandingly remarkable" values Department of the Interior | National Park Service Double click to edit textSearch by River Name, Federal Management Entities, Management Area, or State Esri Community Maps Contributors, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, T…Powered by Esri1,000 ft Legend NPS Nationwide Rivers Inventory Official  National Wild and Scenic River System  Add Data to Map There is currently no added data. Click to add data Download NRI Data Subject Property Hig h w a y 6 a n d 24 Colo r a doRi v e r H i g h w ay 6 a n d 2 4 Color a d o River C o u n t y R o a d 3 0 1 B attl e m e n t C r eek T r l Hig h w ay 6 a n d 2 4 C o u n t y Road215 W Battlem e n t P k w y R i v er BluffRd R iverBluffRd S t o ne Qu a r r y R d Parachut e P a r k B l v d Ca r d i nalWay N orth s t a r Trl U n d e r w oo d Ln W C allahanCt P a r a c h u t e B a t t l e m e n t M e s a Colora d o R iv e r C o un t y R o a d 3 0 3 D a y b r e a k D r S t o n e Q u a r r y R d S t o n e Q u a r ry Rd R a in b o w T r l T h u nd e r berg T rl Monum e n tTrl Battlem ent S ch oo l E B a t t l e m e nt P k w y Co u n t y R o a d 3 0 8 County R o a d 3 0 2 County Road 308 Wild and Scenic Rivers Sources: Esri, TomTom, Garmin, FAO, NOAA, USGS, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS User Community Aster Place Project Buffer June 3, 2025 0 0.45 0.90.23 mi 0 0.75 1.50.38 km 1:36,112 APPENDIX P: ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE Presidential Documents 8633 Federal Register /Vol. 90, No. 20/Friday, January 31, 2025/Presidential Documents Executive Order 14173 of January 21, 2025 Ending Illegal Discrimination and Restoring Merit-Based Opportunity By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered: Section 1. Purpose. Longstanding Federal civil-rights laws protect individual Americans from discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. These civil-rights protections serve as a bedrock supporting equality of opportunity for all Americans. As President, I have a solemn duty to ensure that these laws are enforced for the benefit of all Americans. Yet today, roughly 60 years after the passage of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, critical and influential institutions of American society, including the Federal Government, major corporations, financial institutions, the med- ical industry, large commercial airlines, law enforcement agencies, and insti- tutions of higher education have adopted and actively use dangerous, de- meaning, and immoral race- and sex-based preferences under the guise of so-called ‘‘diversity, equity, and inclusion’’ (DEI) or ‘‘diversity, equity, inclu- sion, and accessibility’’ (DEIA) that can violate the civil-rights laws of this Nation. Illegal DEI and DEIA policies not only violate the text and spirit of our longstanding Federal civil-rights laws, they also undermine our national unity, as they deny, discredit, and undermine the traditional American values of hard work, excellence, and individual achievement in favor of an unlawful, corrosive, and pernicious identity-based spoils system. Hard- working Americans who deserve a shot at the American Dream should not be stigmatized, demeaned, or shut out of opportunities because of their race or sex. These illegal DEI and DEIA policies also threaten the safety of American men, women, and children across the Nation by diminishing the importance of individual merit, aptitude, hard work, and determination when selecting people for jobs and services in key sectors of American society, including all levels of government, and the medical, aviation, and law-enforcement communities. Yet in case after tragic case, the American people have wit- nessed first-hand the disastrous consequences of illegal, pernicious discrimi- nation that has prioritized how people were born instead of what they were capable of doing. The Federal Government is charged with enforcing our civil-rights laws. The purpose of this order is to ensure that it does so by ending illegal preferences and discrimination. Sec. 2. Policy. It is the policy of the United States to protect the civil rights of all Americans and to promote individual initiative, excellence, and hard work. I therefore order all executive departments and agencies (agencies) to terminate all discriminatory and illegal preferences, mandates, policies, programs, activities, guidance, regulations, enforcement actions, con- sent orders, and requirements. I further order all agencies to enforce our longstanding civil-rights laws and to combat illegal private-sector DEI pref- erences, mandates, policies, programs, and activities. Sec. 3. Terminating Illegal Discrimination in the Federal Government. (a) The following executive actions are hereby revoked: VerDate Sep<11>2014 15:47 Jan 30, 2025 Jkt 265001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4790 Sfmt 4790 E:\FR\FM\31JAE2.SGM 31JAE2dd r u m h e l l e r o n D S K 1 2 0 R N 2 3 P R O D w i t h P R E S D O C - E 2 8634 Federal Register /Vol. 90, No. 20/Friday, January 31, 2025/Presidential Documents (i) Executive Order 12898 of February 11, 1994 (Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Popu- lations); (ii) Executive Order 13583 of August 18, 2011 (Establishing a Coordinated Government-wide Initiative to Promote Diversity and Inclusion in the Federal Workforce); (iii) Executive Order 13672 of July 21, 2014 (Further Amendments to Executive Order 11478, Equal Employment Opportunity in the Federal Government, and Executive Order 11246, Equal Employment Opportunity); and (iv) The Presidential Memorandum of October 5, 2016 (Promoting Diversity and Inclusion in the National Security Workforce). (b) The Federal contracting process shall be streamlined to enhance speed and efficiency, reduce costs, and require Federal contractors and subcontrac- tors to comply with our civil-rights laws. Accordingly: (i) Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965 (Equal Employment Opportunity), is hereby revoked. For 90 days from the date of this order, Federal contractors may continue to comply with the regulatory scheme in effect on January 20, 2025. (ii) The Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within the Depart- ment of Labor shall immediately cease: (A) Promoting ‘‘diversity’’; (B) Holding Federal contractors and subcontractors responsible for taking ‘‘affirmative action’’; and (C) Allowing or encouraging Federal contractors and subcontractors to engage in workforce balancing based on race, color, sex, sexual preference, religion, or national origin. (iii) In accordance with Executive Order 13279 of December 12, 2002 (Equal Protection of the Laws for Faith-Based and Community Organiza- tions), the employment, procurement, and contracting practices of Federal contractors and subcontractors shall not consider race, color, sex, sexual preference, religion, or national origin in ways that violate the Nation’s civil rights laws. (iv) The head of each agency shall include in every contract or grant award: (A) A term requiring the contractual counterparty or grant recipient to agree that its compliance in all respects with all applicable Federal anti-discrimination laws is material to the government’s payment decisions for purposes of section 3729(b)(4) of title 31, United States Code; and (B) A term requiring such counterparty or recipient to certify that it does not operate any programs promoting DEI that violate any applicable Federal anti-discrimination laws. (c) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), with the assistance of the Attorney General as requested, shall: (i) Review and revise, as appropriate, all Government-wide processes, directives, and guidance; (ii) Excise references to DEI and DEIA principles, under whatever name they may appear, from Federal acquisition, contracting, grants, and finan- cial assistance procedures to streamline those procedures, improve speed and efficiency, lower costs, and comply with civil-rights laws; and (iii) Terminate all ‘‘diversity,’’ ‘‘equity,’’ ‘‘equitable decision-making,’’ ‘‘eq- uitable deployment of financial and technical assistance,’’ ‘‘advancing eq- uity,’’ and like mandates, requirements, programs, or activities, as appro- priate. Sec. 4. Encouraging the Private Sector to End Illegal DEI Discrimination and Preferences. (a) The heads of all agencies, with the assistance of the VerDate Sep<11>2014 15:47 Jan 30, 2025 Jkt 265001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4790 Sfmt 4790 E:\FR\FM\31JAE2.SGM 31JAE2dd r u m h e l l e r o n D S K 1 2 0 R N 2 3 P R O D w i t h P R E S D O C - E 2 8635 Federal Register /Vol. 90, No. 20/Friday, January 31, 2025/Presidential Documents Attorney General, shall take all appropriate action with respect to the oper- ations of their agencies to advance in the private sector the policy of indi- vidual initiative, excellence, and hard work identified in section 2 of this order. (b) To further inform and advise me so that my Administration may formulate appropriate and effective civil-rights policy, the Attorney General, within 120 days of this order, in consultation with the heads of relevant agencies and in coordination with the Director of OMB, shall submit a report to the Assistant to the President for Domestic Policy containing rec- ommendations for enforcing Federal civil-rights laws and taking other appro- priate measures to encourage the private sector to end illegal discrimination and preferences, including DEI. The report shall contain a proposed strategic enforcement plan identifying: (i) Key sectors of concern within each agency’s jurisdiction; (ii) The most egregious and discriminatory DEI practitioners in each sector of concern; (iii) A plan of specific steps or measures to deter DEI programs or principles (whether specifically denominated ‘‘DEI’’ or otherwise) that constitute ille- gal discrimination or preferences. As a part of this plan, each agency shall identify up to nine potential civil compliance investigations of pub- licly traded corporations, large non-profit corporations or associations, foundations with assets of 500 million dollars or more, State and local bar and medical associations, and institutions of higher education with endowments over 1 billion dollars; (iv) Other strategies to encourage the private sector to end illegal DEI discrimination and preferences and comply with all Federal civil-rights laws; (v) Litigation that would be potentially appropriate for Federal lawsuits, intervention, or statements of interest; and (vi) Potential regulatory action and sub-regulatory guidance. Sec. 5. Other Actions. Within 120 days of this order, the Attorney General and the Secretary of Education shall jointly issue guidance to all State and local educational agencies that receive Federal funds, as well as all institutions of higher education that receive Federal grants or participate in the Federal student loan assistance program under Title IV of the Higher Education Act, 20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq., regarding the measures and practices required to comply with Students for Fair Admissions, Inc. v. President and Fellows of Harvard College, 600 U.S. 181 (2023). Sec. 6. Severability. If any provision of this order, or the application of any provision to any person or circumstance, is held to be invalid, the remainder of this order and the application of its provisions to any other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby. Sec. 7. Scope. (a) This order does not apply to lawful Federal or private- sector employment and contracting preferences for veterans of the U.S. armed forces or persons protected by the Randolph-Sheppard Act, 20 U.S.C. 107 et seq. (b) This order does not prevent State or local governments, Federal contrac- tors, or Federally-funded State and local educational agencies or institutions of higher education from engaging in First Amendment-protected speech. (c) This order does not prohibit persons teaching at a Federally funded institution of higher education as part of a larger course of academic instruc- tion from advocating for, endorsing, or promoting the unlawful employment or contracting practices prohibited by this order. Sec. 8. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect: (i) the authority granted by law to an executive department, agency, or the head thereof; or VerDate Sep<11>2014 15:47 Jan 30, 2025 Jkt 265001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4790 Sfmt 4790 E:\FR\FM\31JAE2.SGM 31JAE2dd r u m h e l l e r o n D S K 1 2 0 R N 2 3 P R O D w i t h P R E S D O C - E 2 8636 Federal Register /Vol. 90, No. 20/Friday, January 31, 2025/Presidential Documents (ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals. (b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations. (c) This order is not intended to and does not create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person. THE WHITE HOUSE, January 21, 2025. [FR Doc. 2025–02097 Filed 1–30–25; 8:45 am] Billing code 3395–F4–P VerDate Sep<11>2014 15:47 Jan 30, 2025 Jkt 265001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4790 Sfmt 4790 E:\FR\FM\31JAE2.SGM 31JAE2 Tr u m p . E P S < / G P H > dd r u m h e l l e r o n D S K 1 2 0 R N 2 3 P R O D w i t h P R E S D O C - E 2 Subject Property APPENDIX Q: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT FACTORS – ANALYSIS ZONING REPORT Aster Place SWC S Battlement Pkwy & Stone Quarry Rd Parachute, Colorado 81635 Report Date October 17, 2024 Date of Revision: November 19, 2024 Partner Project No. 24-463460.3 Prepared for: Lincoln Avenue Capital Santa Rosa Beach, Florida 32459 Zoning Report Project No 24-463460.3 October 17, 2024 October 17, 2024 Rusty Snow Lincoln Avenue Capital 2228 Mack Bayou Road, Suite 1070 Santa Rosa Beach, Florida 32459 Subject: Zoning Report Aster Place SWC S Battlement Pkwy & Stone Quarry Rd Parachute, Colorado 81635 Partner Project No. 24-463460.3 Dear Rusty Snow, Partner Assessment Corporation (Partner) is pleased to provide with the results of the Zoning Report performed on the above-referenced property. The information provided herein utilizes methods and procedures consistent with good commercial or customary practices designed to conform to acceptable industry standards. The independent conclusions represent Partner’s best professional judgment based upon existing conditions and the information and data available to us during the course of this assignment. The Subject Property's use is considered to be Legal Conforming. The Subject Property's improvements are considered to be Legal Conforming. We appreciate the opportunity to provide these services. If you have any questions concerning this Report, or if we can assist you in any other matter, please contact Melissa Dahl at mdahl@partneresi.com or by phone at 201-984-3651. Sincerely, Partner Assessment Corporation Sara Ehrentreu Zoning Operations Manager Melissa Dahl National Client Manager Zoning Report Project No 24-463460.3 October 17, 2024 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 Introduction .............................................................................................................................................. 1 1.1 Purpose and Scope ............................................................................................................................................................ 1 1.2 Scope and Exceptions....................................................................................................................................................... 1 1.3 Statement of Limitations ................................................................................................................................................. 1 1.4 Client Reliance ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1 2.0 Property Summary ................................................................................................................................... 2 3.0 Regulatory Inquiries................................................................................................................................. 3 3.1 Regulatory Response Summary ................................................................................................................................... 3 3.2 Municipal Contacts ............................................................................................................................................................ 3 4.0 Zoning Requirements .............................................................................................................................. 3 4.1 Zoning Regulations ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 4.2 Use Conformance ............................................................................................................................................................... 4 4.3 Area Regulations ................................................................................................................................................................ 4 5.0 Parking ....................................................................................................................................................... 5 5.1 Parking Requirements ...................................................................................................................................................... 5 5.2 Number of Parking Spaces ............................................................................................................................................. 6 6.0 Conformance and Reconstruction ......................................................................................................... 6 6.1 Conformance ....................................................................................................................................................................... 6 6.2 Nonconforming Characteristics .................................................................................................................................... 6 6.3 Damage and Reconstruction ......................................................................................................................................... 6 7.0 Survey Information .................................................................................................................................. 7 8.0 Additional Zoning Information .............................................................................................................. 7 8.1 Other Comments ................................................................................................................................................................ 7 APPENDICES Appendix A Site Location Map Appendix B Zoning Map Appendix C Zoning Letter Appendix D Regulatory Responses Appendix E Ordinances Appendix F ALTA Survey Zoning Report Project No 24-463460.3 October 17, 2024 Page 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Purpose and Scope The purpose of this Report and related analysis is to assist Lincoln Avenue Capital (Client) in the evaluation of zoning requirements and/or violations relating to zoning requirements. This Report has been compiled using and interpreting current Building and Zoning requirements of the jurisdiction controlling the Subject Property. 1.2 Scope and Exceptions This Report is based on the evaluation of local ordinances, codes, and laws of the city where the Subject Property is located, as well as any relevant figures, documents and permits obtained by Partner Assessment Corporation (Partner) for the purpose of th is Report. Local ordinances, codes, and laws are interpreted and evaluated using the figures, documents, and permits to ascertain whether or not the Subject Property is in conformance with these regulations. In evaluating conformance and compliance with local zoning codes and ordinances, Partner did not perform a physical inspection of this property. If Partner physically inspected the Subject Property to compile any other related or unrelated report, the fact that there may have been a physical inspection for those reports does not necessarily warrant that there was a physical inspection of the Subject Property for the purposes of this Zoning Report. 1.3 Statement of Limitations This Report represents a statement of conformance with local building and zoning codes, ordinances, and laws based on an analysis of such regulations and related documentation and figures. No part of this Report is warranted to be compiled by way of physical or visual examination of any portion of the Subject Property. 1.4 Client Reliance This analysis was undertaken at the request of the Client utilizing methods and procedures consisting of good commercial or customary practices designed to conform to acceptable industry standards. The independent conclusions represent Partner’s best professional judgment based upon information available to us during the time this Report was compiled. This Report is for the exclusive use of the Client and any and all holders of a note or notes secured by a mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt encu mbering the Subject Property, and their respective affiliates, designates, successors, and assignees, rating agencies and prospective bond holders, and no other party shall have any right to rely on any information provided by Partner without prior written consent. Zoning Report Project No 24-463460.3 October 17, 2024 Page 2 2.0 PROPERTY SUMMARY The following information was derived from the Garfield County Assessor's Office, Client -provided information, including a Conceptual Site Plan, and a Current ALTA Survey. Property Data Name Aster Place Address SWC S Battlement Pkwy & Stone Quarry Rd City, State and Postal Code Parachute, Colorado 81635 Property Use Current Use: Vacant Land Proposed Use: Multifamily Residential Parcel Size (Acres) 6.381 Parcel Size (SF) 277,975 Number of Buildings Current: Zero Proposed: Three Number of Stories Current: Zero Proposed: One and Three Year Built Current: Not Applicable Proposed: Future Construction Number of Residential Units Proposed: 58 Number of One Bedroom Units Proposed: 14 Number of Two Bedroom Units Proposed: 28 Number of Three Bedroom Units Proposed: 16 Gross Building Area (SF) Current: Not Applicable Proposed: 81,920 Net Rentable Area (SF) Current: Not Applicable Proposed: 62,000 Property Jurisdiction Garfield County Zoning Designation PUD- Medium Density Residential (Battlement Mesa) - Valley View Village Abutting Zoning Designations North, East. West: Right-of-Way, PUD Planned Unit Development District South: PUD Planned Unit Development District Overlay District None Planning Area Battlement Mesa PUD County Garfield County Parcel Number APN: 240718121002, Account: R084206 Conformance Status Summary Use Conformance Status The Subject Property's use is considered to be Legal Conforming. Improvement Conformance Status The Subject Property's improvements are considered to be Legal Conforming. Zoning Report Project No 24-463460.3 October 17, 2024 Page 3 3.0 REGULATORY INQUIRIES 3.1 Regulatory Response Summary Regulatory Response Summary Zoning Letter No, Garfield County does not issue Zoning Verification Letters. Certificates of Occupancy Certificate of Occupancy not issued. The Subject Property is Vacant Land. Zoning Code Violations No open zoning code violations reported by Jill Cantway, Assistant Garfield County Attorney. See Appendix D. Building Code Violations No open violations, the Subject Property is Vacant Land. Fire/Life Safety Code Violations No open violations, the Subject Property is Vacant Land. Variances/Special Exceptions None Granted Site Plan Review/Approval Unavailable due to Municipality’s Policy. Planned Unit Development The Subject Property is within a Planned Unit Development, all available documentation has been attached. Battlement Mesa PUD Guide, 6th Amended and Estated PUD Guide dated January 1, 2014 received. 3.2 Municipal Contacts Municipal Contacts Community Development / Brooke Winschell, Community Development Technician / https://www.garfield-county.com/community-development/email-development-tech/ / 970-945-8212, ext. 4212 County Attorney's Office - OPRA / Open Public Records Request Online Form, Garfield County / https://www.garfield-county.com/attorney/open-records-request-form/ / 970-384-3700 4.0 ZONING REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Zoning Regulations Zoning Regulations Title of Ordinance Garfield County Land Use and Development Code and the Battlement Mesa PUD Date of Most Recent Revision June 19, 2023 Preparer of Ordinance Garfield County Zoning Report Project No 24-463460.3 October 17, 2024 Page 4 4.2 Use Conformance Use Conformance Use Current Use: Vacant Land Proposed Use: Multifamily Residential (Multiple-Family Dwellings) Use Permitted Current Use: Vacant Land Use is Permitted by Right within the PUD District. Proposed Use: Multifamily Residential (Multiple-Family Dwellings) Use is Permitted by Right within the PUD District. Code Section Referenced: 3.1 Use Status: LEGAL CONFORMING 4.3 Area Regulations The following regulations are in accordance with the Garfield County Land Use and Development Code and the Battlement Mesa PUD. Information on this chart was obtained using current ALTA Survey and an Aerial Imagery View of the Subject Property. Garfield County PUD Area Regulation Code (§) Requirement Existing Status Minimum Front Yard Setback 3.7.1 Arterial Streets: 100 Feet from Street Centerline or 50 Feet from the Front Lot Line, Whichever is Greater Collector Streets: 90 Feet from Street Centerline or 50 Feet from Front Lot Line, Whichever is Greater Local Streets: 50 Feet from Street Centerline or 25 Feet from Front Lot, Whichever is Greater Not Applicable, the Subject Property is Vacant Land Conforming Minimum Corner Yard Setback 3.7.3 25 Feet when Automobile Access is Taken Across the Side Yard or 15 Feet when No Not Applicable, the Subject Property is Vacant Land Conforming Zoning Report Project No 24-463460.3 October 17, 2024 Page 5 Garfield County PUD Area Regulation Code (§) Requirement Existing Status Automobile Access is Taken Across the Side Yard Minimum Side Yard Setback 3.7.3 6 Feet Not Applicable, the Subject Property is Vacant Land Conforming Minimum Rear Yard Setback 3.7.2 15 Feet Not Applicable, the Subject Property is Vacant Land Conforming Maximum Building Height 3.8 36 Feet, measured at the vertical to the grade at the center of the building Not Applicable, the Subject Property is Vacant Land Proposed: 3-Stories per Conceptual Site Plan Conforming Minimum Lot Area 3.5 9,000 Square Feet for Multiple-Family Dwellings 277,975 Square Feet Conforming Maximum Impervious Surface 3.6.2 75% Not Applicable, the Subject Property is Vacant Land Proposed: 9% (27,306 Square Feet Estimated Footprint / 277,975 Square Feet Lot Area) Per Conceptual Site Plan Conforming Maximum Density 3.4 12 Units per Gross Acre Not Applicable, the Subject Property is Vacant Land Proposed: 9.08 Units per Acre (58 Units / 6.381 Acres) Per Conceptual Site Plan Conforming Area Regulations Status: LEGAL CONFORMING 5.0 PARKING 5.1 Parking Requirements The following chart is in accordance with the Garfield County Land Use and Development Code and the Battlement Mesa PUD. Code Section Referenced: 3.9.4 Zoning Report Project No 24-463460.3 October 17, 2024 Page 6 Parking Requirements Regulation Requirement Equation For Vacant Land Use None Required Not Applicable Provided for Information Only For Proposed Multiple-Family Dwelling 1.5 spaces per dwelling unit 1.5 x 58 Proposed Units = 87 5.2 Number of Parking Spaces Information on this chart was obtained using current ALTA Survey. Number of Parking Spaces Number of Regular Parking Spaces 0 Number of Handicapped Parking Spaces 0 Total Number of Provided Parking Spaces 0 Total Required Parking Spaces = None Required Total Proposed Required Parking Spaces = 87 Total Existing Parking Spaces = None Provided Parking Status: LEGAL CONFORMING 6.0 CONFORMANCE AND RECONSTRUCTION 6.1 Conformance The Subject Property's use is considered to be Legal Conforming. The Subject Property's improvements are considered to be Legal Conforming. In the event of a casualty, the Subject Property may be rebuilt pursuant to the current Code. 6.2 Nonconforming Characteristics None. 6.3 Damage and Reconstruction In accordance with § 10-102.C Structure Deemed Destroyed: A nonconforming structure or structure containing a nonconforming use shall be deemed destroyed when either greater than 50% of its Floor Area, or greater than 50% of its actual value, as determined by the Garfield County Assessor, is destroyed. A destroyed nonconforming structure shall not be reconstructed. Any nonconforming use within a destroyed structure shall be discontinued. Zoning Report Project No 24-463460.3 October 17, 2024 Page 7 7.0 SURVEY INFORMATION ALTA Survey Has ALTA Survey Been Received? Yes, current provided ALTA Survey is attached. Title of Survey 2021 ALTA/NSPS Land Title Survey- Aster Place Survey Preparer Name Mark A. Byrd Date of Last Revision October 8, 2024 8.0 ADDITIONAL ZONING INFORMATION This Zoning Report has been prepared by Amy Leonard, Zoning Specialist. Please contact the Zoning Operations Manager, Sara Ehrentreu, for additional questions at sehrentreu@partneresi.com. 8.1 Other Comments No additional comments. APPENDIX A: SITE LOCATION MAP APPENDIX A: SITE LOCATION MAP Project No. 24-463460.3 KEY: Subject Property APPENDIX B: ZONING MAP APPENDIX B: ZONING MAP Project No. 24-463460.3 ZONING DESIGNATION: PUD Planned Unit Development District KEY: Subject Property APPENDIX C: ZONING LETTER APPENDIX D: REGULATORY RESPONSES 1 Mullins, Trinia From:Jill Cantway <jcantway@garfield-county.com> Sent:Friday, October 4, 2024 8:45 AM To:Mullins, Trinia Cc:MaryLynn Stevens Subject:FW: Website inquiry - Open Records Request Ms. Mullins, Please see below. Please contact the Community Development Department directly with additional questions. Kind regards, Jill D. Cantway Assistant Garfield County Attorney CONFIDENTIALITY STATEMENT: This message and any attachments are intended solely for communication with the individual(s) to whom they are expressly addressed. The included information may be protected ATTORNEY-CLIENT COMMUNICATIONS or ATTORNEY WORK PRODUCT. Unauthorized review, forwarding, printing, copying, or other use of such information is strictly prohibited and may be actionable. If you have received this message in error, please notify the sender immediately by replying to this message and then delete the email without further disclosure. Thank you. The answers to the below questions are in blue.  Variances, Special Exceptions, Zoning Reliefs/Waivers, or Conditional/ Special Use Permits. – There are no variances, special exceptions, zoning reliefs/ waivers, or conditional/ special use permits for this parcel of land because it is a vacant parcel.  Planned Unit Development including approvals, meeting minutes/agenda from the public hearing, resolutions, and other applicable ordinances. o I did find the PUD docs located on the Planning website regarding the Battlement Mesa map and guide but did not see any approvals, meeting minutes/agenda from the public hearing, resolutions, and other applicable ordinances. – All information regarding the original approval of the parcel of land can be found on our website: https://www.garfield-county.com/county-documents/ - Scroll down to the search area, click the word advanced next to the search bar, under customized search, choose Name, type in Valley View Village and press search. - Meeting minutes can be found on our website at: https://www.garfield-county.com/board- commissioners/meetings/  Approved Site Plan and/or conditions of approval for building height, setbacks, parking, density, uses, and lot size. – There are no approved site plans for building since parcel number 240718121002 is a vacant lot. All building requirements for future developments are listed in the PUD Guide, under the appropriate zoning and found on our website at: https://www.garfield-county.com/community- development/filesgcco/sites/12/2019/01/Battlement-Mesa-PUD-Guide.pdf  Current open/active zoning code violations on file. Please provide inspection reports and Notice(s) of Violation – There are no open/ active zoning code violations on file. This is a vacant parcel of land. 2 From: Mullins, Trinia <TMullins@partneresi.com> Sent: Wednesday, October 2, 2024 1:06 PM To: Jill Cantway <jcantway@garfield-county.com> Cc: MaryLynn Stevens <mlstevens@garfield-county.com> Subject: RE: Website inquiry - Open Records Request Thank you! I was able to pull this information from the website. However, the open records request is for the below- listed information, which I did not see available on the website. Can you help? Also, I show an estimated turnaround time of 2 weeks. Is this pretty accurate?  Variances, Special Exceptions, Zoning Reliefs/Waivers, or Conditional/ Special Use Permits.  Planned Unit Development including approvals, meeting minutes/agenda from the public hearing, resolutions, and other applicable ordinances. o I did find the PUD docs located on the Planning website regarding the Battlement Mesa map and guide but did not see any approvals, meeting minutes/agenda from the public hearing, resolutions, and other applicable ordinances.  Approved Site Plan and/or conditions of approval for building height, setbacks, parking, density, uses, and lot size.  Current open/active zoning code violations on file. Please provide inspection reports and Notice(s) of Violation Trinia Mullins, Zoning Assistant 100 E California Ave, Suite 400, Oklahoma City, OK. 73104 T: 405-754-6274 | F: 732-510-5487 Office Hours: Mondays: 8:00 AM – 4:00 PM OR 9:00 AM- 5:00 PM Tuesdays-Fridays: 9:00 AM-2:30 PM PARTNER ASSESSMENT CORPORATION | www.partneresi.com More than just assessments – soluƟons. From: Jill Cantway <jcantway@garfield-county.com> Sent: Wednesday, October 2, 2024 10:18 AM To: Mullins, Trinia <TMullins@partneresi.com> Cc: MaryLynn Stevens <mlstevens@garfield-county.com> Subject: RE: Website inquiry - Open Records Request CAUTION: This message originated from outside the Partner organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you recognize the sender and know the content is safe. Good morning Ms. Mullins, We are in receipt of your open records request, below. To access the documents you requested, please visit the website: https://www.garfield-county.com/community- development/planning-zoning/ and navigate to Battlement Mesa, Map (the parcel is zoned Medium Density Residential (MDR), and Guide. If you need assistance, please contact the Community Development Department at 970-945-8212. 3 This request is now closed. Kind regards, Jill D. Cantway Assistant Garfield County Attorney CONFIDENTIALITY STATEMENT: This message and any attachments are intended solely for communication with the individual(s) to whom they are expressly addressed. The included information may be protected ATTORNEY-CLIENT COMMUNICATIONS or ATTORNEY WORK PRODUCT. Unauthorized review, forwarding, printing, copying, or other use of such information is strictly prohibited and may be actionable. If you have received this message in error, please notify the sender immediately by replying to this message and then delete the email without further disclosure. Thank you. From: noreply@formstack.com <noreply@formstack.com> Sent: Tuesday, October 1, 2024 10:50 AM To: MaryLynn Stevens <mlstevens@garfield-county.com>; Jan Shute <jshute@garfield-county.com>; Jill Cantway <jcantway@garfield-county.com> Subject: Website inquiry - Open Records Request To help protect your privacy, Microsoft Office prevented automatic download of this picture from the Internet. Date: 10/01/24 Requestor's name: Trinia Mullins Organization represented (if any): Partner Assessment Corporation Address: 100 E California Avenue Suite 400 Oklahoma City, OK 73104 Email: TMullins@partneresi.com Phone number: 4057546274 Fax: (732) 510-5487 Name of document(s) requested, including the department where the document(s) originated: Subject: Open Records Request Property Name: Aster Place Property Address: SWC S Battlement Pkwy & Stone Quarry Rd, Parachute Colorado 81635 Year Built: Existing Vacant Land / Proposed Multi-Family Parcel Number: APN: 240718121002, Account: R084206 Project Number: 24-463460.3 To Whom It May Concern, Partner has been engaged by our client to conduct due diligence research and prepare a Zoning Report on the above-mentioned property. Please provide copies or advise how to obtain the following: • Variances, Special Exceptions, Zoning Reliefs/Waivers, or Conditional/ Special Use Permits. 4 • Planned Unit Development including approvals, meeting minutes/agenda from the public hearing, resolutions, and other applicable ordinances. • Approved Site Plan and/or conditions of approval for building height, setbacks, parking, density, uses, and lot size. • Current open/active zoning, building, or fire code violations on file. Please provide inspection reports and Notice(s) of Violation • Certificates of Occupancy (COs) or Temporary Certificate(s) of Occupancy (if under construction) for the shell of the building(s) and any current tenants. Should you expect fees or if there is any portion of our request you cannot complete, please advise me as soon as possible. APPENDIX E: ORDINANCES 6TH AMENDED AND ESTATED PUD GUIDE January 1, 2014 BATTLEMENT MESA PUD GUIDE Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 2 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. Battlement Mesa PUD Zone District Regulations 1.0 RDR – Rural Density Residential. 1.1 Uses by right: Detached single-family dwellings and customary accessory uses, including buildings for shelter or enclosure of animals or property accessory to the use of the lot for single-family residential purposes and fences, hedges, gardens, walks, and similar landscape features; park. Temporary real estate sales offices and model homes used only for the purpose of initial sales by the developer of property located within the Rural Density Residential Zone District. 1.2 Uses, conditional: Church, school, community building , day nursery, fire station, and other public uses. 1.3 Uses, special: Extraction and processing of natural resources. 1.4 Intensity of Use: A maximum of 1.0 dwelling unit per gross acre. 1.5 Minimum Lot Area: 12,500 square feet. 1.6 Maximum Site Coverage: For detached single-family dwellings, without common area as part of the plat at the time of subdivision, not more than 45 % of each lot shall be covered by buildings and parking areas. For detached single-family dwellings with common open area as part of the plat at the time of subdivision, not more than 50% of the platted area shall be covered by buildings, parking areas, and private streets. 1.7 Minimum Setbacks: 1. Front Yard a. Arterial or Collector Street: i. No residential structures shall front on an arterial or collector street. ii. For all other uses, 100 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. b. Local Street: i. For residential structures 50 feet from street centerline or 25 feet from the front lot line, whichever is greater. ii. For all other uses, 100 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 3 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 2. Rear Yard: 20 feet from rear lot line. 3. Side Yard: 10 feet form side lot line. On corner lots, the site yards ahll be 25 feet when automobile access is taken across the side yard; the side yard shall be 15 feet when no automobile access is taken across the sid e yard. 1.8 Maximum Building Height: 36 feet measured at the vertical to the grade at the center of the building. 1.9 Minimum Off-Street Parking: 1. Two spaces per dwelling unit; 2. For all other uses, see Supplementary Regulations in Section 10.6. 1.10 Additional Requirements: All uses shall be subject to the provisions under Section 10.0 (Supplementary Regulations) and Section 11.0 (Modification of Subdivision Regulations). Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 4 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 2.0 LDR – Low Density Residential 2.1 Uses by right: Detached single-family dwellings and attached single-family dwellings (either townhouses or zero-lot-line houses) and customary accessory uses, including buildings for shelter or enclosure of animals or property accessory to the use of the lot for single-family residential purposes and fences, hedges, gardens, walks, and similar landscape features; park. Temporary real estate sales offices and model homes used only for the purpose of initial sales by the developer of property located within the Low Density Residential Zone District. 2.2 Uses, conditional: Church, school, community building, day nursery, fire station, and other public uses. 2.3 Uses, special: Extraction and processing of natural resources. 2.4 Intensity of Use: A maximum of 5.0 dwelling units per gross acre. 2.5 Minimum Lot Area: 1. For single-family detached dwelling, 7,500 square feet. 2. For townhouse attached single-family dwellings, 2,200 square feet. 3. For zero-lot-line attached single-family dwelling, 4,000 square feet. 2.6 Maximum Site Coverage: For detached and attached single-family dwellings without common area as part of the plat at time of subdivision , not more than 60% of each lot shall be covered by buildings and parking areas. For detached and attached single-family dwellings with common open area as part of the plat at the time of subdivision, not more than 70% of the platted area shall be covered by buildings, parking areas, and private streets. 2.7 Minimum Setbacks: 1. Front Yard a. For single-family detached dwellings: i. Arterial or collector streets: no structure shall front on an arterial or collector street. ii. Local Streets: 50 feet from street centerline or 25 feet from lot line, whichever is greater. b. For zero-lot-line and townhouse attached single-family dwellings: Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 5 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. i. Arterial or collector streets: no structure shall front on an arterial or collector street. ii. Local Streets: 25 feet from front lot line, if there is a front-facing garage; or no setback if there is a side-facing garage or at least 25 feet of common open space between the curb line and the lot line. c. For all other uses: i. Arterial or collector streets: 100 feet form street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. ii. Local Streets: 25 feet from front lot line, if there is a front-facing garage; or no setback if there is a side-facing garage or at least 25 feet of common open space between the curb line and the lot line. 2. Rear Yard: a. For single-family detached dwellings 15 feet from the rear lot line. b. For zero-lot-line and townhouse attached single-family dwelling: i. 10 feet from rear lot line if no alleys or rear utility easements are provided. ii. No rear yard is required where alleys or utility easements are provided and no automobile access is allowed. iii. Where automobile access is taken: a) 25 foot setback where there is a rear-facing garage. b) No setback for a side-facing garage. c) No setback if there is at least 25 feet of common open space between the alley pavement and the lot line. c. For all other uses: 25 feet when adjacent to residential uses or 10 feet when not adjacent to residential uses. 3. Side Yard: a. For single-family detached 6 feet from side lot line. On corner lots, the side yard shall be 25 feet when automobile access is taken across the side yard; the side yard shall be 15 feet when no automobile access is taken across the side yard. b. For zero-lot-line dwellings 10 feet on one lot line and no setback on the opposite lot line. No accessory buildings shall be permitted within the required side yard. c. For townhouse attached single-family dwellings no side yards are required except for corner lot conditions. On corner lots, the side yard shall be 25 feet when automobile access is taken across the side yard; Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 6 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. the side yard shall be 15 feet when no automobile access is taken across the side yard. d. For all other uses: 10 feet from a side lot line or 25 feet for a side yard on a corner lot. 2.8 Maximum Building Height: 36 feet measured at the vertical to the grade at the center of the building. 2.9 Minimum Off-Street Parking: 1. For single-family detached dwelling two spaces per unit. 2. For townhouses and zero-lot-line attached single-family dwellings two spaces per dwelling unit and ½ visitor space provided or in common community open space or a combination thereof. 3. For multiple-family dwelling one and one-half spaces per dwelling unit. 4. For all other uses: see Supplementary Regulation (Section 10.6). 2.10 Additional Requirements: All uses shall be subject to the provisions under Section 10.0 (Supplementary Regulations) and Section 11.0 (Modification of Subdivision Regulations). 1. For zero-lot-line dwellings, a minimum maintenance easement of 3 feet shall be provided on the side yard for the adjacent lot. 2. No portion of any building shall extend beyond lot lines into public easements or public rights-of-way. 3. For zero-lot-line and townhouse dwelling no windows or openings shall be allowed in a wall abutting a property line that faces into an adjoining lot. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 7 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 3.0 MDR Medium Density Residential 3.1 Uses by right: Single-family detached dwellings, townhouse dwellings (either attached or detached), zero-lot-line dwellings (either attached or detached), two- family and multiple-family dwellings, and customary accessory uses, including buildings for shelter or enclosure of animals or property accessory to the use of the lot for residential purposes and fences, hedges, gardens, walks, and similar landscape features; park. Temporary real estate sales offices and model homes used only for the purpose of initial sales by the developer of property located within the MDR Zone District. 3.2 Uses, conditional: Church, school, community building, day nursery, fire station, and other public uses. 3.3 Uses, special: Extraction and processing of natural resources. 3.4 Intensity of Use: A maximum of 12.0 dwelling units per gross acre. 3.5 Minimum Lot Area: 1. 600 square feet for townhouse dwellings. 2. 2,000 square feet for zero-lot-line dwellings. 3. 7,500 square feet for single-family detached and two-family dwellings. 4. 9,000 square feet for multiple-family dwellings. 3.6 Maximum Site Coverage: 1. For single-family detached dwellings, zero-lot-line dwellings and two- family dwellings without common open area as part of the plat at the time of subdivision, not more than 70% of each lot shall be covered by buildings, drives and parking areas. For single-family detached dwellings, zero-lot-line dwellings and two- family dwellings with common open area as part of the plat at the time of subdivision, not more than 80% of each lot shall be covered by buildings, drives and parking areas. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 8 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 2. For multiple-family dwellings, not more than 75% of the platted area at the time of the subdivision shall be covered by buildings, parking areas and streets. 3. A lot shall not be limited to one principal structure provided: a. The uses of each structure shall be allowed within the applicable zone district; b. The total accumulated improvements do not exceed the maximum site coverage nor violate any other requirements of the zone district. c. The entire lot remains under one ownership. 3.7 Minimum Setbacks: 1. Front Yard a. For single-family detached dwellings and two-family dwellings: i. Arterial or Collector Streets: no structure shall front on an arterial or collector street. ii. Local Streets: 50 feet from street centerline or 25 feet from lot line, whichever is greater. b. For multiple-family dwellings: i. Arterial Streets: 100 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. ii. Collector Streets: 90 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. iii. Local Streets: 50 feet from street centerline or 25 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. c. For zero-lot-line and townhouse dwellings: i. No lot shall front on an arterial or collector street. ii. Local Streets: 20 feet Front Setback from the front lot line, if there is a front-facing garage; or no setback if there is a side-facing garage or at least 20 feet of common open space between the curb line and the lot line. d. For all other uses: i. Arterial Streets: 100 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. ii. Collector Streets: 90 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. iii. Local Streets: 65 feet from street centerline or 40 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. 2. Rear Yard: Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 9 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. a. For single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings and multiple-family dwellings 15 feet from the rear lot line. b. For zero-lot-line and townhouse dwelling: i. 10 feet from rear lot line if no alleys or rear utility easements are provided. ii. No rear yard is required where alleys or utility easements are provided and no automobile access is allowed. iii. Where automobile access is taken across the rear yard: a) 25 foot rear setback where there is a rear-facing garage. b) No rear setback for a side-facing garage. c) No rear setback if there is at least 25 feet of common open space between the alley pavement and the lot line. c. For all other uses: 25 feet rear setback when adjacent to residential uses or 10 feet when not adjacent to residential uses. 3. Side Yard: a. For single-family detached, two-family and multiple-family dwellings 6 feet setback from side lot line. On corner lots, the side yard setback shall be 25 feet when automobile access is taken across the side yard; the side yard setback shall be 15 feet when no automobile access is taken across the side yard. b. For zero-lot-line dwellings 10 feet setback on one lot line and no setback on the opposite lot line. No accessory buildings shall be permitted within the required side yard setback. c. For townhouse dwellings, no side yards are required except for corner lot conditions. On corner lots, the side yard setback shall be 25 feet or at least 25 feet of common open space between the curb line and the lot line when automobile access is taken across the side yard; the side yard setback shall be 15 feet or at least 15 feet of common open space between the curb line and the lot line when no automobile access is taken across the side yard. 3.8 Maximum Building Height: 36 feet measured at the vertical to the grade at the center of the building. 3.9 Minimum Off-Street Parking: 1. For single-family detached dwelling two spaces per unit. 2. For two-family dwellings two spaces per dwelling unit. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 10 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 3. For townhouses and zero-lot-line dwellings two spaces per dwelling unit provided on the lot or in common community open space or a combination thereof. 4. For multiple-family dwelling (1 ½) spaces per dwelling unit. 5. For all other uses: see Supplementary Regulation (Section 10.6). 3.10 Additional Requirements: All uses shall be subject to the provisions under Section 10.0 (Supplementary Regulations) and Section 11.0 (Modification of Subdivision Regulations). 1. For zero-lot-line dwellings, a minimum maintenance easement of 3 feet shall be provided on the side yard for the adjacent lot. 2. No portion of any building shall extend beyond lot lines into public easements or public rights-of-way. 3. For zero-lot-line and townhouse dwelling no windows or openings shall be allowed in a wall abutting a property line that faces into an adjoining lot. 3.11 Additional Definitions: (Modification to Sec. 10.8, Garfield County Res. No. 82- 121) 1. An “Attached Townhouse Dwelling” shall be a single-family dwelling unit which occupies an individual platted townhome lot, and shares one or more common property lines with a directly adjacent and abutting townhome lot, and shares one or more common building walls with said adjacent and abutting townhome dwelling, and extends from the lowest to the highest point of the building between said common walls. 2. A “Detached Townhouse Dwelling” shall be a single-family dwelling unit which occupies and individual platted townhome lot and does not share any common property lines with any other townhome lot, and said townhome lot is surrounded by dedicated community common area. 3. An “Attached Zero-Lot-Line Dwelling” shall be a single-family dwelling unit which occupies an individual platted zero-lot-line lot and shares one common building side wall with an adjacent lot zero-lot-line dwelling, and extends from the lowest to the highest point of the building between said common walls. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 11 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 4. A “Detached Zero-Lot-Line Dwelling” shall be a single-family dwelling unit which occupies and individual platted zero-lot-line lot and does not share a common building side wall with an adjacent lot zero -lot-line dwelling. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 12 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 4.0 CAR – Central Area Residential 4.1 Uses by right: Single-family detached dwellings, townhouse dwellings (either attached or detached), zero-lot-line dwellings (either attached or detached), two- family and multiple-family dwellings, and customary accessory uses, including buildings for shelter or enclosure of animals or property accessory to the use of the lot for residential purposes and fences, hedges, gardens, walks, and similar landscape features; park. Temporary real estate sales offices and model homes used only for the purpose of initial sales by the developer of property located within the CAR Zone District. 4.2 Uses, conditional: Church, school, community building, day nursery, fire station, and other public uses. 4.3 Uses, special: 1. Extraction and processing of natural resources. 2. Guest Suite within multi-family dwellings when in conformance with the requirements of the Garfield County Zoning Resolution, as amended, and the following additional provisions; a. Guest suites may be converted to long term use, provided long term tenants are advised of the guest suite use of other units in writing prior to signing of the least. b. Conversion of long term units (rental by the month) to guest suites may be allowed when the following conditions have been satisfied: i. Guest suites shall be concentrated within a single structure or grouping of structures located so as to minimize the possible conflicts between long term tenants and guest suite tenants. ii. Long term tenants located within a multifamily complex where common facilities such as, but not limited to, parking and access drives or recreation facilities shall be notified of the public hearing to review a Special Use Permit application in accordance to the procedures of the Garfield County Zoning Resolution, as amended. iii. All long term tenants occupying a unit designated for conversion to a guest suite as approved by the Special Use permit, shall be released from the terms of any verbal or written agreement requiring a minimum time period for the rental of the unit, and an alternate comparable unit made available to the tenant, and the expense of moving to an alternate unit in the area shall be pa id by Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 13 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. the lessor. Long term residents shall be allowed to reside in a building being converted into guest suites, if they so choose. iv. All long term tenants within a housing complex where certain common facilities (parking, drives, common recreation facilities, etc.) will be utilized by both long term and guest suite tenants shall, within 10 days of approval of the Special Use Permit be advised fo the guest suite use of other units and facilities, in writing. v. Management and maintenance response shall be available twenty- four hours per day. 4.4 Intensity of Use: 1. For townhouse dwellings, zero-lot-line dwellings, tow-family and multiple- family dwellings, a maximum of20.0 dwelling units per gross acre. 2. For single-family detached dwellings, a maximum of 12.0 dwelling units per gross acre. 4.5 Minimum Lot Area: 1. 600 square feet for townhouse dwellings. 2. 2,000 square feet for zero-lot-line dwellings. 3. 7,500 square feet for single-family detached dwellings and two-family dwellings. 4. 20,000 square feet for multiple-family dwellings. 4.6 Maximum Site Coverage: 1. For single-family detached dwellings, zero-lot-line dwellings and two- family dwellings without common open area as part of the plat at the time of subdivision, not more than 70% of each lot shall be covered by buildings and parking areas. 2. For single-family detached dwellings, townhouse dwellings, zero-lot-line dwellings and two-family dwellings with common open area as part of the plat at the time of subdivision, not more than 80% of each lot shall be covered by buildings and parking areas. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 14 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 3. For multiple-family dwellings, not more than 80% of the platted area at the time of subdivision shall be covered by buildings, parking and private streets. 4. A lot shall not be limited to one principal structure provided: a. The uses of each structure shall be allowed within the applicable zone district. b. The total accumulated improvements do not exceed the maximum site coverage nor violate any other requirements of the zone district. c. The entire lot remains under one ownership. 4.7 Minimum Setbacks: 1. Front Yard Setback: a. For multiple-family dwellings: i. Arterial Streets: 100 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. ii. Collector Streets: 90 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. iii. Local Streets: 50 feet from street centerline or 25 feet from lot line, whichever is greater. b. For zero lot-line and townhouse dwellings: i. No lot shall front on an arterial or collector street. ii. Local Streets: 20 feet setback from the front lot line, if there is a front-facing garage; or no front setback if there is a side-facing garage or at least 20 feet of common open space between the curb line and the lot line. c. For single-family detached dwellings and two-family dwellings: i. Arterial or Collector Streets: no structure shall front on an arterial or collector street ii. Local Street: 20 feet setback form the front lot line, if there is a front-facing garage; or no front setback if there is a side-facing garage or at least 20 feet of common open space between the curb line and the lot line. d. For all other uses: i. Arterial Streets: 100 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. ii. Collector Streets: 90 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 15 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. iii. Local Streets: 65 feet from street centerline or 40 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. 2. Rear Yard Setback: a. For single-family detached dwellings, two-family and multiple-family dwellings, 15 feet from the rear lot line. b. For zero-lot-line and townhouse dwellings: i. 10 feet setback from rear lot line if no alleys or rear utility easements are provided. ii. No rear setback is required where alleys or utility easements are provided and no automobile access is allowed. iii. Where automobile access is taken across the rear yard: a) 25 foot rear setback where there is a rear-facing garage. b) No rear setback for a side-facing garage. c) No rear setback if there is at least 25 feet of common open space between the alley pavement and the lot line. c. For all other uses: 25 feet rear setback when adjacent to residential uses or 10 feet rear setback when not adjacent to residential uses. 3. Side Yard Setbacks: a. For two-family detached dwellings, two–family and multiple-family dwellings, 6 feet from side lot line. On corner lots, the side yard setback shall be 25 feet when automobile access is taken across the side yard; the side yard setback shall be 15 feet when no automobile access is taken across the side yard. b. For zero-lot-line dwellings 10 feet setback on one side lot line and no setback on the opposite side lot line. No accessory buildings shall be permitted within the required side yard. c. For townhouse dwellings no side yards are required except for corner lot conditions. On corner lots, the side yard shall be 25 feet or at least 25 feet of common open space between the curb line and the lot line when automobile access is taken across the side yard; the side yard shall be 15 feet or at least 15 feet of common open space between the curb line and the lot line when no automobile access is taken across the side yard. 4.8 Maximum Building Height: 36 feet measured at the vertical to the grade at the center of the building. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 16 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 4.9 Minimum Off-Street Parking: 1. For single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, two (2) spaces per dwelling unit. 2. For zero-lot-line and townhouses dwellings, two (2) spaces provided on the lot or in common community open space or a combination thereof. 3. For multiple-family dwelling 1 ½ spaces per dwelling unit. 4. For all other uses: see Supplementary Regulation (Section 10.6). 4.10 Additional Requirements: All uses shall be subject to the provisions under Section 10.0 (Supplementary Regulations) and Section 11.0 (Modification of Subdivision Regulations). 1. For zero-lot-line dwellings, a minimum maintenance easement of 3 feet shall be provided on the side yard for the adjacent lot. 2. No portion of any building shall extend beyond lot lines into public easements or public rights-of-way. 3. For zero-lot-line and townhouse dwelling no windows or openings shall be allowed in a wall abutting a property line that faces into an adjoining lot. 4.11 Additional Definitions: (Modification to Sec. 10.8, Garfield County Res. No. 82- 121) 1. An “Attached Townhouse Dwelling” shall be a single-family dwelling unit which occupies an individual platted townhome lot, and shares one or more common property lines with a directly adjacent and abutting townhome lot, and shares one or more common building walls with said adjacent and abutting townhome dwelling, and extends from the lowest to the highest point of the building between said common walls. 2. A “Detached Townhouse Dwelling” shall be a single-family dwelling unit which occupies and individual platted townhome lot and does not share any common property lines with any other townhome lot, and said townhome lot is surrounded by dedicated community common area. 3. An “Attached Zero-Lot-Line Dwelling” shall be a single-family dwelling unit which occupies an individual platted zero-lot-line lot and shares one common building side wall with an adjacent lot zero -lot-line dwelling, and Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 17 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. extends from the lowest to the highest point of the building between said common walls. 4. A “Detached Zero-Lot-Line Dwelling” shall be a single-family dwelling unit which occupies and individual platted zero-lot-line lot and does not share a common building side wall with an adjacent lot zero -lot-line dwelling. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 18 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 5.0 MHR – Mobile Home Residential 5.1 Uses by right: Mobile and manufactured homes, single-family detached dwellings, and customary accessory uses, including buildings for the shelter or enclosure of animals or property accessory to use of the lot for residential purposes and fences, hedges, gardens, walks, and similar landscape features; day nursery; park. Mobile home parks, camper parks, recreational vehicle parks including park models and customary accessory uses, including buildings for the shelter of property and services accessory to mobile home, camper and recreational vehicle park purposes. Park models are recreational vehicles which are allowed to remain in the same location within a designated recreational vehicle park for an unrestricted period of time. Temporary real estate offices and model homes used only for the purpose of initial sales by the developer of the property located within the Mobile Home Residential Zone District. 5.2 Uses, conditional: Church, school, community building, day nursery, fire station, and other public uses. 5.3 Uses, special: Extraction and processing of natural resources. 5.4 Intensity of Use: 1. A maximum of 9.0 mobile home units per gross acre. 2. A maximum of 18.0 recreational vehicles lots or spaces per gross acre. 5.5 Minimum Lot Area: 1. Single-family lot - 3,000 square feet 2. Recreational vehicle lot or space – 1, 500 square feet 5.6 Maximum Site Coverage: For single-family dwellings and mobile homes not more than 60% of each lot shall be covered by buildings and parking areas. For camper and recreational vehicle parks no maximum site coverage shall apply. No more than two (2) camper vehicles shall be allowed on any one mobile home space. 5.7 Minimum Setbacks: Minimum setbacks requirements of the adjacent zone district regulations shall be observed on the periphery of the mobile home park. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 19 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 1. Front Yard a. Arterial or Collector Streets: no structure shall fornt on an arterial or collector street. b. Local Streets: 17 feet from the front lot line. 2. Rear Yard: 6 feet from the lot line. 3. Side Yard: 6 feet from the side lot line. On corner lots, the side yard shall be observed along the street with the longest lot line d imension. 4. Through Lots: Lots extending from one street to another paralleling street shall consider the street with the narrowest right-of-way as the front street for the purpose of calculating the front yard setback. The opposite yard shall be considered the rear yard if the provisions of Section 10.4 of the Supplemental Regulations have been satisfied. 5. Recreational Vehicle Lots: Recreational vehicle and camper lots and spaces shall be separated from single-family dwellings by a dedicated street right-of-way, a minimum 15 foot wide greenbelt or a rear yard. 5.8 Maximum Building Height: 36 feet measured at the vertical to the grade at the center of the building. 5.9 Minimum Off-Street Parking: 1. Two spaces per dwelling unit. 2. For all other uses: see Supplementary Regulation (Section 10.6). 5.10 Additional Requirements: All uses shall be subject to the provisions under Section 10.0 (Supplementary Regulations) and Section 11.0 (Modification of Subdivision Regulations). Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 20 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 6.0 NC – Neighborhood Center 6.1 Uses by right: Retail commercial establishments not exceeding 15,000 square feet of building area for each principal use, including grocery, dry goods, hardware, bakery, liquor, drug, florist, books and similar uses. Personal service establishments not exceeding 5,000 square feet of building area for each principal use, including barber, beauty, self-service laundry, dry cleaning, photo and art studios, travel agency, shoe repair, health spa, private clubs, indoor eating and drinking establishments (which may include liquor), banks, and similar uses. Offices for business and professional uses. Gasoline service stations with two or less service bays, which must be sited with limited vehicular access and service areas reasonably screened from public view, self-service storage facilities. Unmanned carwash facilities (coin operated self-service or automatic touch-free) with four or less wash bays and vacuum stations, which must be sited with limited vehicular access. 6.2 Uses, conditional: Church, community building, day nursery and school, auditorium, public building for administration, fraternal lodge, art gallery, museum, library. 6.3 Uses, special: Extraction and processing of natural resources. 6.4 Intensity of Use: See general conditions under Supplementary Regulations. 6.5 Minimum Lot Area: 7,000 square feet. 6.6 Maximum Site Coverage: Not more than 80% of the platted area at the time of subdivision shall be covered by buildings, parking areas and private streets. A minimum of 10% of the site shall be in unpaved landscape development. A lot shall not be limited to one principal structure provided: 1. The uses of each structure shall be allowed within the applicable zone district. 2. The total accumulated improvements do not exceed the maximum site coverage nor violate any other requirements of the zone district. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 21 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 3. The entire lot remains under one ownership. 6.7 Minimum Setbacks: 1. Front Yard: a. Arterial Streets: 100 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. b. Collector Streets: 90 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. c. Local Streets: 65 feet from street centerline or 40 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. 2. Rear Yard: 25 feet when adjacent to residential uses; 10 feet when not adjacent to residential use. 3. Side Yard: 10 feet from side lot line or 25 feet for a side yard on a corner lot. 6.8 Maximum Building Height: 36 feet measured at the vertical to the grade at the center of the building. 6.9 Minimum Off-Street Parking: 1. Retail commercial and personal service: One parking space per 200 square feet of floor area (except storage areas). 2. Office: One parking space per 300 square feet of floor area. 3. Gasoline Service Stations: Minimum of 4 spaces excluding service areas and service bays. 4. For all other uses: see Supplementary Regulation (Section 10.6). 6.10 Additional Requirements: All uses shall be subject to the provisions under Section 10.0 (Supplementary Regulations) and Section 11.0 (Modification of Subdivision Regulations). Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 22 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 7.0 OP – Office Park 7.1 Uses by right: Offices for business and professional uses; research facilities, testing laboratories, and facilities for the manufacturing, fabrication, processing or assembly of products provided that such facilities are completely enclosed and provided that noise, smoke, glare, vibration, fumes, or other environmental problems which exceed normal residential conditions are confined to the user’s lot. Personal service establishments not exceeding 5,000 square feet of building area for each principal use, including barber, beauty, self-service laundry, dry cleaning, photo and art studios, travel agency, shoe repair, health spa, private clubs, indoor eating and drinking establishments (which may include liquor), within the principal building. 7.2 Uses, conditional: Church, community building, day nursery and school, auditorium, public building for administration, fraternal lodge, art gallery, museum, library. 7.3 Uses, special: Extraction and processing of natural resources. 7.4 Intensity of Use: See general conditions under Supplementary Regulations. 7.5 Minimum Lot Area: 7,500 square feet. 7.6 Maximum Site Coverage: Not more than 80% of the platted area at the time of subdivision shall be covered by buildings, parking areas and private streets. A minimum of 10% of the site shall be in unpaved landscape development. A lot shall not be limited to one principal structure provided: 1. The uses of each structure shall be allowed within the applicable zone district. 2. The total accumulated improvements do not exceed the maximum site coverage nor violate any other requirements of the zone district. 3. The entire lot remains under one ownership. 7.7 Minimum Setbacks: 1. Front Yard a. Arterial Streets: 100 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 23 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. b. Collector Streets: 90 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. c. Local Streets: 65 feet from street centerline or 40 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. 2. Rear Yard: 25 feet when adjacent to residential uses; 10 feet when not adjacent to residential use. 3. Side Yard: 10 feet from side lot line or 25 feet for a side yard on a corner lot. 7.8 Maximum Building Height: 36 feet measured at the vertical to the grade at the center of the building. 7.9 Minimum Off-Street Parking: 1. Research facility, testing laboratory, manufacturing, fabrication, processing, or assembly of products: One parking space per 400 square feet of floor area. 2. Office and professional uses: One parking space per 300 square feet of floor area. 3. Personal service uses: one parking space per 200 square feet of floor area (except for storage area). 4. For all other uses: see Supplementary Regulation (Section 10.6). 7.10 Additional Requirements: All uses shall be subject to the provisions under Section 10.0 (Supplementary Regulations) and Section 11.0 (Modification of Subdivision Regulations). Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 24 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 8.0 BC Business Center 8.1 Uses by right: Retail, commercial establishments including grocery, dry goods, hardware, bakery, liquor, drug, florist, books, sporting goods, appliances, variety stores, department stores, automotive accessory parts, furniture, garden supply, animal feed, plant nursery outlets and similar uses. Personal service establishments including barber, beauty, self-service laundry, dry cleaning, photo and art studios, travel agency, shoe repair, health spa, private clubs, indoor eating and drinking establishments (which may include liquor), banks and similar uses. Offices for business and professional uses. Research facilities, testing laboratories, and facilities for the manufacturing, fabrication, processing or assembly of products provided that such facilities are completely enclosed and provided that noise, smoke, glare , vibration, fumes, or other environmental problems which exceed normal residential conditions are confined to the user’s lot. Churches, day-care centers and indoor theatres. Recreation facilities. Gasoline service stations with two or less service bays and without car washing facilities, which must be sited with limited vehicular access and service areas reasonably screened from public view. Motels, hotels, including eating and drinking establishments (which may include liquor). Multiple family dwellings when located above retail commercial, personal service or office uses. Public and semi-public uses as specified in this PUD. 8.2 Uses, conditional: Church, community building, day nursery and school, auditorium, public building for administration, fraternal lodge, art gallery, museum, library. 8.3 Uses, special: Extraction and processing of natural resources. 8.4 Intensity of Use: See general conditions under Supplementary Regulations. 8.5 Minimum Lot Area: 7,500 square feet. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 25 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 8.6 Maximum Site Coverage: Not more than 80% of the platted area at the time of subdivision shall be covered by buildings, parking areas and private streets. A minimum of 10% of the site shall be in unpaved landscape development. A lot shall not be limited to one principal structure provided: 1. The uses of each structure shall be allowed within the applicable zone district. 2. The total accumulated improvements do not exceed the maximum site coverage nor violate any other requirements of the zone district. 3. The entire lot remains under one ownership. 8.7 Minimum Setbacks: 1. Front Yard a. Arterial Streets: 100 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. b. Collector Streets: 90 feet from street centerline or 50 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. c. Local Streets: 65 feet from street centerline or 40 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. 2. Rear Yard: 25 feet when adjacent to residential uses; 10 feet when not adjacent to residential use. 3. Side Yard: 10 feet from side lot line or 25 feet for a side yard on a corner lot. 8.8 Maximum Building Height: 36 feet measured at the vertical to the grade at the center of the building. 8.9 Minimum Off-Street Parking: 1. Retail commercial and personal service: One parking space per 200 square feet of floor are (except storage area). 2. Research facility, testing laboratory, manufacturing, fabrication, processing, or assembly of products: One parking space per 400 square feet of floor area. 3. Church or theatre: One parking space per three seats. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 26 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 4. Office and professional uses: One parking space per 300 square feet of floor area. 5. Recreation facility: Parking shall be provided on the basis of one parking space per each four persons using the facility (figured at a maximum capacity use period). 6. Motels and hotels: One parking space per motel or hotel unit. 7. Multi-family dwellings: One and one-half parking space per dwelling unit. 8. Gasoline Service Station: Minimum 8 spaces excluding service areas and service bays. 9. For all other uses: see Supplementary Regulation (Se ction 10.6). 8.10 Additional Requirements: All uses shall be subject to the provisions under Section 10.0 (Supplementary Regulations) and Section 11.0 (Modification of Subdivision Regulations). Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 27 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 9.0 PSR - Public, Semipublic, and Recreation 9.1 Uses by right: School sites, governmental offices, police and fire stations, library, day-care centers, public and semipublic health facilities including hospitals and clinics, recreations uses, churches, community center, neighborhood community center, water, well sites, sewage treatment facilities, water treatment and storage facilities, and other public and private utility facilities and buildings. Community open space and parks, including hiking and bicycle trails, equestrian trails, intensive use playfields, picnic areas, sledding areas, swimming pools, tennis courts, natural areas, archery, skeet shooting and similar uses. Golf course with clubhouse including eating and drinking facilities (which may include liquor); equestrian center. 9.2 Uses, conditional: Not applicable. 9.3 Uses, special: Extraction and processing of natural resources. 9.4 Intensity of Use: See general conditions under Supplementary Regulations. 9.5 Minimum Lot Area: None. 9.6 Maximum Site Coverage: Not more than 80% of the platted area at the time of subdivision shall be covered by buildings, parking areas and private streets. A minimum of 10% of the site shall be in unpaved landscape development. A lot shall not be limited to one principal structure provided: 1. The uses of each structure shall be allowed within the applicable zone district. 2. The total accumulated improvements do not exceed the maximum site coverage nor violate any other requirements of the zone district. 3. The entire lot remains under one ownership. 9.7 Minimum Setbacks: 1. Front Yard a. Arterial Streets: 75 feet from street centerline or 25 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. b. Collector Streets: 65 feet from street centerline or 25 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 28 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. c. Local Streets: 50 feet from street centerline or 25 feet from front lot line, whichever is greater. 2. Rear Yard: 25 feet when adjacent to residential uses; 10 feet when not adjacent to residential use. 3. Side Yard: 10 feet from side lot line or 25 feet for a side yard on a corner lot. 9.8 Maximum Building Height: 36 feet measured at the vertical to the grade at the center of the building. 9.9 Minimum Off-Street Parking: 1. Church, auditorium and public assembly: One space per 3 seats. 2. Research facility, testing laboratory, manufacturing, fabrication, processing, or assembly of products: One parking space per 400 square feet of floor area. 3. Church or theatre: One parking space per three seats. 4. Office and professional uses: One parking space per 300 square feet of floor area. 5. Recreation facility: Parking shall be provided on the basis of one parking space per each four persons using the facility (figured at a maximum capacity use period). 6. Motels and hotels: One parking space per motel or hotel unit. 7. Multi-family dwellings: One and one-half parking space per dwelling unit. 8. Gasoline Service Station: Minimum 8 spaces excluding service areas and service bays. 9. For all other uses: see Supplementary Regulation (Section 10.6). 9.10 Additional Requirements: All uses shall be subject to the provisions under Section 10.0 (Supplementary Regulations) and Section 11.0 (Modification of Subdivision Regulations). Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 29 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 10.0 SR Supplementary Regulations Division of the subject lands into land use areas and their related development standards will be as shown of the PUD map and as outlined by the preceding development standards. To further avoid problems of interpretation, the following listed supplementary regulations are included as part of the Planned Unit Development. Where the preceding general standards or the following supplemental regulations do not adequately described what is permitted or required, reference shall be made to the officially adopted Garfield County Zoning Resolution of January 2, 1979, including the zoning amendment, adopted October 15, 1979, and to the officially adopted Garfield County Subdivision Regulations of January 2, 1979, and amendments of October 15, 1979. 10.1 Land Use Types: The PUD map shows generally where within the PUD each type of use is located. The precise location of each use and the location of lots, blocks and other parcels within each area devoted to each use shall be shown as that area is hereafter subdivided and platted. 10.2 Uses Permitted: The principal uses for each land use area are listed as a part of the general development standards; however, any other building, structure or use which is similar to those enumerated and not more obnoxious or detrimental to the area in which it is located shall be permitted. 10.3 Intensity of Use: In any residential area defined on the PUD map, the net density in any given part of the subdivided area may exceed the gross density which would be permitted for the entire subdivided area so long as the entire subdivided area, including open space, is within the range of the applicable gross intensity of use set forth above in the development standards. 10.4 Setbacks: The following yard requirements shall be observed in all zone districts: Through Lots: On lots extending form one street to another paralleling street, both streets shall be considered as front streets for purposes of calculating front yard setbacks unless a solid screening fence is provided for one yard only and then the yard adjacent to the fence shall be considered as a rear or side yard. Corner Lots: On residential lots bordered on two (2) contiguous sides by streets, the required front yard setback shall be observed along both streets when automobile access is taken from the side street. Two-Family Dwellings: For purposes of setback calculations, a two-family dwelling shall be construed as one building occupying one lot. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 30 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. Attached single-family dwellings: For purposes of setback calculations, only those attached single-family dwellings which do not share a common wall with an adjacent attached dwelling need observe the required side yard setback for the district, providing building code requirements for this type of structure are observed. Projections: Every part of the required yard shall be unobstructed from ground level to the sky except for projections of architectural features as follows: cornices, sills and ornamental features – 12 inches; food eaves – 18 inches; uncovered porches, slabs and patios, walks, steps, fences, hedges, and walls – no restriction; fire escapes and individual balconies not used as passageways may project 18 inches into any required side yard or four (4) feet into any fornt or rear yard. Accessory Building in Required Rear Yard: An accessory building may be located in a required rear yard provided not more than forty (40) percent of the rear yard is covered. Such building shall observe a seven and one-half (7 ½) foot setback from the rear lot line when there is not an adjacent alley. When there is an adjacent alley it shall observe a ten (10) foot setback form lot line. Fences and Screening: A fence, hedge, or wall may be located in any required yard provided no such installation shall exceed eight (8) feet in height in a required side yard or rear yard, nor shall nay such structure exceed three (3) feet in height in any required front yard. No side yard or front yard hedge or fence is permitted on a corner lot adjacent to the street. 10.5 Maximum Building Height: For purposes of measuring the maximum building height, grade shall mean the original natural ground level or newly established elevation resulting from compacted fill so long as any regarded area does not exceed a four-to-one slope between the ground level of any exterior building wall and adjacent lot line or property line. 10.6 Minimum Off-Street Parking: Each off-street parking space shall be not less than 8 feet wide and 18 feet long; shall be provided with vehicular access to a street or alley/ shall be surfaced with gravel, asphalt, concrete or equivalent; shall be properly drained; and shall be located within convenient walking distance of the principal building or use for which the parking space is provided. For either detached single-family dwellings or attached single-family dwellings, tandem spaces shall be permitted. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 31 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. Where an off-street parking space serves more than one use and peak times for parking are at different times of the day, such parking space may be included as part of the minimum requirements for each use. The following minimum parking requirements for permitted or similar (see Section 10.2) uses are: 1. Churches, community buildings, fraternal lodges and auditorium: One space per 3 seats in the assembly space. 2. Schools, elementary and middle: One space per instruction area plus one space for each 4 seats in assembly areas (including gymnasiums). 3. High schools, colleges and universities: One space per instructional area (classroom, lab, gym) plus one space per 3 students accommodated in the institution. 4. Community buildings: One space per 3 seats of assembly area. 5. Athletic stadium: One space per 4 seats. 6. Recreation facilities: One space per 4 persons using the facility (figured at a maximum capacity use period). 7. Day care center: One space per classroom area and one space per 200 square feet of office space and a minimum of 6 spaces. 8. Police and fire stations: One space per 200 square feet excluding garage areas and a minimum of 4 spaces. 9. Library and museum: A minimum of 10 spaces plus one space per 200 square feet of office or administrative areas. 10.7 Modifications: In general, the proposed development standards for the Battlement Mesa planned Unit Development correspond closely to normal criteria of the Garfield County Zoning Resolution. In some cases, the Battlement Mesa standards are more limiting, while in others typical zoning regulations appear to be more restrictive. Wherever this last situation exists, the added flexibility of development with the PUD permits desirable variety and , in some situations, essential economies of construction and maintenance. Throughout the Planned Unit Development program, special attention will be Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 32 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. given to bordering private properties so that their values as established by existing Garfield County zoning standards will be maintained. In line with Garfield County zoning requirements that no portion of a PUD shall be used or occupied, otherwise than as was permitted immediately prior to the approval of rezoning as a PUD, until a subdivision plat for said portion is approved by the Board of County Commissioners of Garfield County, Battlement Mesa, Inc., recognizes the need to design and construct each phase according to all reasonable public interest. 10.8 See Modification of definitions in 3.11 and 4.11. 10.9 Additional Restrictions: Battlement Mesa, Inc. reserves the right to make the use or occupancy of any particular area more restrictive than this PUD would permit, by provisions on the subdivision plat, restrictive covenants, or provision in the deed. 10.10 Guest Suite A multi-family dwelling unit available for daily, weekly or other interim accommodations in return for a rental fee or other form of compensation and approved as such during the subdivision review process and/or special use permit review process. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 33 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 11.0 Modifications of Subdivision Regulations The Planned Unit Development will conform to the Subdivision Resolutions of Garfield County, Colorado, adopted January 2, 1979, excep t as noted below or otherwise provided in this application and except as may be permitted by the Board of County Commissioners at the time of subdividing. The specific modifications set forth below are requested to better allow the developer to fulfill the previously stated purposed and objectives of this PUD. 11.1 Street Pattern (Sub. Reg. 5.02.01): The street patterns will be designed to continue to provide access to adjacent land not included in the PUD which presently have access through a public dedicated right-of-way. Adjacent privately owned land which does not presently have access of a public dedicated right–of-way through the area of the PUD will be provided appropriate access. Adjacent land in public ownership which presently does not have access off a public dedicated right-of-way through the area of the PUD will be provided appropriate access. Adjacent land in public ownership which presently does not have access off a public dedicated right -of-way through the area of the PUD will be provided access at the time of platting at the request of the public agency controlling the land. Dead-end streets may be designed with cul-de-sac head that meets the functional requirements of vehicular turning radii and snow storage; this design may vary from the 90 foot turnaround. Residential lots bordering arterial streets may be sided against the street as long as access to the lot is not from the arterial street. 11.2 Private Street (Sub. Reg. 5.02.02): Private streets may be used in areas within the PUD where through traffic is not desired and where pavement widths can be narrower than those required on public streets. In such cases, roadway widths of 20 to 24 feet may be used where the design considers traffic volumes, satisfactory off-street parking arrangements, planned snow storage areas, adequate site distances, reasonable gradients and turnarounds adequate for emergency vehicles. Furthermore in such cases for commercial, retail and office uses, setbacks of 15 to 25 feet may be used for front and side yards where the design considers the factors noted for roadway widths. At time of platting, the design, construction standards, maintenance responsibility nad policing arrangement will be presented. 11.3 Street Widths (Sub. Reg. 5.02.03): Public street widths proposed in the PUD will be determined by projected traffic volume, parking arrangements and other Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 34 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. factors at the time of platting. The range of requirements is proposed to be as follows: Range of Dedicated Range of Street Type Right-of-Way Width Roadway Width Arterial 80 to 100 feet 40 to 72 feet Collector 60 to 80 feet 36 to 44 feet Neighborhood or local 40 to 60 feet 24 to 36 feet 11.4 Grades, Curves, and Site Distances (Sub. Reg. 5.02.04): Grades, curves, and sight distance will adhere to County standards except that variances may be requested at the time of platting for neighborhood, local, or other low volume traffic streets. 11.5 Relationship to Adjacent Slopes (Sub. Reg. 5.02.05): Cut-and-fill slopes are proposed to blend with the natural topography and may extend outside public dedicated street, rights-of-way providing revegetation requirements are met. 11.6 Sidewalks, Curb and Gutter (Sub. Reg. 5.02.06): Sidewalk locations will be in accordance with the plat at the time of subdividing and will be sited so as to optimize pedestrian routes through open space to residential, educational and community facilities. Curb and gutter will be placed where necessary to direct storm drainage and where it would add to tease of road edge maintenance. Where a rural character is desired and storm drainage can be handled by ditch swales, curb and gutter may be eliminated. 11.7 Roadways (Sub. Reg. 5.02.07): Roadways will conform in construction specifications, other than width, to County requirements. Design of roadway surface may vary from parabolic crown to inverted center pitch depending upon storm drainage requirements of various areas within the PUD. 11.8 Street Names and Signs (Sub Reg. 5.02.08): Street signs will conform to a uniform system of signs and graphics designed for the total PUD area. 11.9 Minimum Standards for Zero-Lot-Line and Townhouse Projects: In zero-lot-line and townhouse projects the following minimum standards must be observed for either public or private streets: 1. A minimum of 20 feet of access drive and fire lane must be provided. 2. A minimum of 3 feet for sidewalks on each side of the access drive must be provided adjacent to the drive. Resolution 82-121, 82-138, 88-049, 90-014, 96-69, 97-74, 97-108, 98-45, 2002-61, 2008-33* 35 | P a g e *This document is a compilation of approvals granted by the Board of County Commissioners based upon the above referenced resolutions. 3. A minimum of 20 feet must be provided adjacent to one side of the access drive for utility easements which may incorporate the sidewalk area. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 1- 1 DIVISION 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. 1-101. TITLE AND SHORT TITLE. This Code, and all future amendments, shall be known as the Garfield County Land Use and Development Code and is also referred to herein as the “Code.” 1-102. AUTHORITY. It is the intention of the BOCC in adopting the Garfield County Land Use and Development Code to fully exercise all relevant powers conferred by the laws of the State of Colorado including, but not limited to: A. Colorado Constitution. All of the powers reserved to the County by the Colorado Constitution. B. State Enabling Legislation. All of the powers granted to the County by: 1. Title 16, Article 13, Part 3, C.R.S., Restraint and Abatement of Nuisances; 2. Title 24, Article 65.1, C.R.S., Areas and Activities of State Interest; 3. Title 24, Article 67, C.R.S., Planned Unit Development Act; 4. Title 24, Article 68, C.R.S., Vested Property Rights Act; 5. Title 29, Article 20, C.R.S., Local Government Land Use Control Enabling Act; 6. Title 30, Article 11, C.R.S., County Powers and Functions; 7. Title 30, Article 15, C.R.S., County Regulations Under Police Powers; 8. Title 30, Article 28, C.R.S., County Planning Act; 9. Title 34, Article 1, Part 3, C.R.S., Preservation of Commercial Mineral Deposits; 10. Title 35, Article 5.5, C.R.S. Colorado Noxious Weed Act; 11. Title 38, Article 30.5, C.R.S., Conservation Easements; and 12. Title 43, Article 2, C.R.S., State, County and Municipal and Public Roads. 1-103. JURISDICTION. This Code shall apply to all land within the unincorporated areas of Garfield County. 1-104. BUILDING PERMITS. No Building Permit will be issued unless the use associated with the Building Permit is in compliance with this Code. 1-105. REPEALER, ENACTMENT, AND EFFECTIVE DATE. A. Repeal of County’s Prior Land Use Regulations. The Garfield County Zoning Resolution of 1978 and Subdivision Regulations of Garfield County, Colorado of 1984, and amendments thereto, and the Unified Land Use Resolution of 2008, as amended, are hereby repealed on the effective date of the County’s adoption of this Code, except as set forth in section 1-106(C). B. Enactment. This Code shall be enacted upon its approval by the BOCC, after review and recommendation by the County Planning Commission, following Public Hearings. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE Effective date – July 15, 2013 Last amended – June 19, 2023 GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 6-1 DIVISION 1. GENERAL. 6-101. GENERAL PROVISIONS. A. Purpose. The general purpose of PUD zoning is to permit greater design flexibility than is allowed by the base zone district or Subdivision regulations, as those objectives are identified in the Planned Unit Development Act of 1972, C.R.S. § 24-67-101, et seq. PUDs must be in general conformance with the Comprehensive Plan. B. Applicability. 1. Any single parcel of land or contiguous parcels of land comprising a minimum of 2 acres, sufficient to accommodate an integrally planned environment to be developed through a unified plan, is eligible for PUD zoning. 2. Applications for PUD zoning may be made for land located in any zone district. C. Concurrent Subdivision Submittal. Any area proposing separate ownership of parcels within a PUD will, at some time, be required to be reviewed per Article 5, Divisions of Land. The review of any proposed division of land may be applied for concurrently with the review of the PUD so long as any PUD zoning decision is made prior to the review of the Subdivision Preliminary Plan. If an Applicant chooses to process a PUD and Subdivision concurrently, the Applicant will forego the specified timeline for approval set forth in section 6-202.B.1. D. Concurrent Comprehensive Plan Amendment and PUD Zoning Submittal. A PUD zoning request may be processed simultaneously with a Comprehensive Plan amendment so long as the Planning Commission makes a final decision on the Comprehensive Plan Amendment prior to a making a recommendation to the BOCC on action to be taken on the proposed PUD zoning. If an Applicant chooses to process a PUD and Comprehensive Plan amendment concurrently, the Applicant will forego the specified timeline for approval set forth in section 6-202.B.1. DIVISION 2. PUD ZONING AND AMENDMENTS. 6-201. APPLICABILITY OF COMMON REVIEW PROCEDURES. The procedures in this Article shall be processed in accordance with the common review procedures identified in Table 6-201, Common Review Procedures and Required Notice. Additional requirements specific to a review procedure are identified by cross-reference in the left-hand column to the section that contains the requirements. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 6-2 6-202. PUD ZONING. A. Overview. An application for PUD zoning is a type of rezoning. B. Review Process. Applications shall be processed according to Table 6-201, Common Review Procedures and Required Notice, with the following modifications: 1. Decision. A PUD shall be approved, conditionally approved, or denied by the BOCC within 120 calendar days from the date the application was determined complete. Upon request by either the County or the Applicant, a different, mutually agreeable time period for review may be established. a. The BOCC may, at the time of zoning as a PUD, modify dimensional standards, uses, or other code requirements such as density, land dedications, and improvement standards that would otherwise be applicable in the parcel’s original zone district, if the modification furthers the objectives of this Code. b. The approval of a PUD constitutes a zone district amendment and shall be recorded on the Official Zoning Maps and recorded with the County Clerk and Recorder within 30 calendar days of BOCC Table 6-201: Common Review Procedures and Required Notice Section 4-101. A B C D E F G H I Required Notice Pr e -Ap p . Co n f e r e n c e Co m p l e t e n e s s Re f e r r a l A g e n c y Ev a l u a t i o n b y D i r e c t o r No t i c e Re c o m m e n d a t i o n De c i s i o n Du r a t i o n / E x p i r a t i o n Ex t e n s i o n Pu b l i s h e d Ma i l e d Po s t e d Additional Requirements BOCC Board of County Commissioners D Director PC Planning Commission 6-202. PUD Zoning      PC BOCC      Notice to all property owners within 200 feet of the proposed PUD boundary. Notice required for PC and BOCC hearings. 6- 203.B. 1.a PUD Amendment (Minor)      D  Mailed notice to all property owners and mineral owners within the PUD 6- 203.B. 1.b PUD Amendment (Substantial)      PC BOCC      Notice to all property owners and mineral owners within the PUD and all property owners within 200 feet of the PUD boundary. Notice required for PC and BOCC hearings GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 6-3 approval. The PUD Plan does not become effective until it is recorded with the County Clerk and Recorder c. The approved PUD zoning and the approved PUD Plan are inseparable. PUD zoning shall not be approved without the approval of the related PUD Plan documents. The PUD Plan shall be recorded at the same time as any approved PUD amendment to the Official Zoning Map. 2. Duration of Approval and Expiration. a. The Applicant must begin development of the PUD within 1 year from the date of approval unless: (1) The PUD is to be developed in phases and the BOCC has approved the commencement of development activity beyond 1 year, or (2) The BOCC has otherwise approved a different development schedule. b. The Applicant must complete the development of each phase of the PUD as a whole in compliance with the development schedule approved by the BOCC. c. If the Applicant does not comply with the time limits imposed by the preceding subsection: (1) The BOCC shall review the PUD in a noticed Public Hearing and may revoke approval for the incomplete portion(s) of the PUD, or require that the PUD be amended, or extend the time for completion of the PUD; the BOCC must provide notice in the forms described in Section 4-101.E., or (2) The Applicant may request extension, revocation, or amendment prior to any expiration of approval. d. The current and future owners and their assigns shall be required to develop the proposed project in accordance with the approved and recorded PUD Plan. 3. Subsequent Action. The PUD Plan and all associated documents must be recorded within 30 days of an approval by the BOCC. C. Review Criteria. An application for PUD Zoning shall meet the following criteria: 1. Purpose and Applicability. The PUD meets the purpose and applicability of this Code, as provided in section 6-101.A. and B. 2. Development Standards. The PUD meets the Development Standards as provided in section 6-401. 3. Standards, Article 7. The PUD meets the standards within Article 7, Division 1, excluding 7-101. 4. Rezoning Criteria. The PUD meets the Rezoning Review Criteria in section 4-113.C. 5. Established Zoning Standards. The PUD Plan adequately establishes uses and standards governing the development, density, and intensity of land use by means of dimensional or other standards. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 6-4 6-203. PUD ZONING AMENDMENT. A. Overview. Applications for an amendment to an approved PUD shall be reviewed by the Director who shall determine whether the amendment is a Minor (nonsubstantial) or Substantial Modification. In all cases, the following will be deemed a Substantial Modification: 1. Modifications to the approved phasing plan. 2. Removal or release of a plan provision as stated in C.R.S. § 24-67-106(3) B. Review Process. Applications for amendment to a PUD shall be processed pursuant to the following: 1. Pre-Application Conference. Applicant must come to the pre-application conference prepared to discuss the proposed amendment and how it does or does not comply with the criteria in section 6-203.C. After the pre-application conference and within 10 business days of receiving all necessary information, the Director shall make 1 of the following 3 determinations: a. Minor Modification. The Director shall apply the criteria in section 6-203.C. to determine if the proposed amendment is minor in nature. Upon finding the amendment is a Minor Modification, the Director shall provide written notice of this finding to the Applicant and the Applicant may then submit an application for a PUD amendment, subject to the following process: (1) Determination of Completeness. Upon performing a completeness review, if the application materials deviate from the information provided during the pre-application conference and indicate that the minor modification finding was in error, the Director may revoke that finding and treat the request as a Substantial Modification. (2) Once the application is deemed technically complete, the Director will send a letter to the Applicant that indicates: i. The additional number of copies to be delivered to the County ii. The date the Director will render a decision; and iii. The notice form that the Applicant is required to mail all property owners and mineral owners within the PUD. (3) Notice. The Applicant shall mail written notice certified mail to all property owners of record within the PUD. All owners of mineral interest shall be mailed written notice consistent with section 4-101.E.1.b(4). Notice shall be mailed at least 15 days prior to the date of the Director’s decision and shall include a vicinity map, a PUD map, a short narrative describing the proposed PUD amendment, the contact information for the Community Development Department and the date that the Director will make a decision. (4) Decision. The Director will inform the Applicant and the BOCC of the approval, or basis for denial, in writing within 10 days of the date of decision. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 6-5 (5) Subsequent Action. The amended PUD Plan and all associated documents are recorded within 30 days from an approval by the Director. b. Substantial Modification. (1) If the Director determines that the proposed amendment constitutes a Substantial Modification, the change shall require a new application for a PUD. i. The Director shall determine the contents of the application submission requirements for a Substantial Modification request and provide this information in writing to the Applicant. ii. Notice shall be provided pursuant to section 4- 101.E.(2)-(4) and shall include notice to all property owners of record within the PUD. (2) Should the Applicant contest the decision made by the Director that the proposed amendment constitutes a Substantial Modification, the Applicant may request the decision by called-up to the BOCC pursuant to section 4- 112.B and C. c. Determination by the BOCC. The Director shall have the discretion to request the BOCC decide, in a Public Meeting, whether a modification is Minor or Substantial. C. Review Criteria. Minor Modifications to a PUD are those that deviate from previously-approved standards or rearrange/reconfigure elevations, structures, parking areas, landscape areas, utilities, or other site improvements in an approved PUD, and that meet all of the following criteria as applicable: 1. Conform to the Comprehensive Plan; 2. Is consistent with the efficient development and the preservation of the character of the development; 3. Do not increase the density; 4. Do not decrease the amount of dedicated Open Space; 5. Do not affect, in a substantially adverse manner, either the enjoyment of the land abutting upon or across the road from the PUD or the public interest; 6. Do not change the use category of the PUD between residential, commercial, or industrial uses; and 7. Will not be granted solely to confer a special benefit upon any person; and 8. Shall not affect the rights of the residents, occupants, and owners of the PUD to maintain and enforce those provisions at law or in equity. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 6-6 DIVISION 3. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. 6-301. APPLICATION MATERIALS. The following are the application materials for PUDs and PUD Amendments. Sections 4-203 and 6-302 provide detailed descriptions of each submittal requirement. 6-302. DESCRIPTION OF SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. A. PUD Plan. 1. PUD General Descriptions. A written description of the proposal shall include the following information: a. General project concept and purpose of the request; b. Explanation of how the PUD is in general conformance with the Comprehensive Plan; c. Description of how the proposed development departs from the otherwise applicable standards of this Code but meets the intent and purpose of this Article; d. Relationship of the proposed PUD development to the existing land uses and adjacent property land uses; and e. Phasing and timing for the proposed development including the start and completion date of construction of each phase. 2. PUD Technical Descriptions. A written description of the proposal shall include the following information: a. Method and calculation used to determine overall project and specific use type densities; b. The PUD shall demonstrate how common wastewater facilities will be controlled or governed by the future owners within the PUD; Table 6-301: Application Submittal Requirements Section 4-203. B C D G H J L O A B Section 6-302. Application Type Ge n e r a l A p p l i c a t i o n M a t e r i a l s Vi c i n i t y M a p Si t e P l a n Im p a c t A n a l y s i s Re z o n i n g J u s t i f i c a t i o n R e p o r t De v e l o p m e n t A g r e e m e n t Tr a f f i c S t u d y Fl o o d p l a i n A n a l y s i s PU D P l a n Am e n d m e n t J u s t i f i c a t i o n R e p o r t Planned Unit Development 6-202 PUD Zoning          6-203 PUD Amendment     May require a new application if determined to be a Substantial Modification. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 6-7 c. The PUD shall demonstrate how common water facilities will be controlled or governed by the future owners within the PUD; d. Method of adequately providing other necessary public utilities; e. Type or method of fire protection; f. Description of whom or what entity shall be responsible for the provision of and payment for any facilities available to the community, including but not limited to open space, common areas, and structures; g. Discussion of impacts on County services, schools, town services and any other unique operation that may be pertinent to a review of the proposed zone change and methods for mitigation; and h. Documentation showing legal access or documentation demonstrating the likelihood of achieving legal access. 3. PUD Plan Map. The map of the PUD Plan shall be drawn at a scale of 1 inch equals 100 feet or a scale approved by the Director which clearly shows the entire proposal. a. Legal description; b. Vicinity map to scale; c. Location, acreage and type of all land uses and proposed densities; d. Location, acreage and type of land to be held in common, Open Space devoted to community use, and land to be dedicated for public use, including school sites; e. Location and acreage of all rights of way, accesses and easements including the names and dimensions of each road; f. Uses and grantees of all existing and proposed easements and rights-of-way on or adjacent to the parcel, shown by location and dimension; g. Location and description of monuments; h. Primary control points, or descriptions and “ties” to such control points to which all dimensions, angles, bearings, and similar data on the Plat shall be referred; i. Gross and net acreage of individual lots or sites; j. Designation of any Building Envelopes; k. Designation of any flood or other Hazard Area;. l. Certification of title showing the Applicant is the land owner or option-holder; m. Lienholder consent, if applicable; n. Certification by the project surveyor certifying to the accuracy of the survey and Plat; o. Certification for approval of the BOCC; and p. Certification for the County Clerk and Recorder. 4. PUD Plan Guide. The PUD Plan Guide shall propose reasonable standards and requirements for the PUD development and shall include, at a minimum: a. Regulations and standards such as height limits, access requirements, Floor Area Ratios, allowable uses minimum lot GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 6-8 area, maximum Lot Coverage, minimum setbacks, maximum height of buildings, and all other uses and restrictions applicable to the area proposed to be zoned as PUD written in a form, the same as or similar to, the Zone District Regulations in Article 3. b. Landscape design guidelines that include design criteria for the construction of parks, trails, rights-of-ways, and all other land held in common, if applicable. c. Signage standards such as height, lighting, placement, and quantity, as applicable. d. The County zoning regulations shall be applicable to any conditions not provided for by the approved PUD Plan Guide. B. Amendment Justification Report. 1. General description of the amendment and any supporting information such as the proposed amendments to the PUD General Description, PUD Technical Descriptions, PUD Plan Map, and/or PUD Plan Guide. 2. Evaluation of how the PUD either is complies with the criteria in section 6- 203.C. for a Minor Modification or how it does not comply with the criteria. DIVISION 4. PUD STANDARDS. 6-401. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS. At the time of zoning as a PUD, the Applicant may request that the BOCC modify the specifications, standards, and requirements to which the parcel(s) would be otherwise subject based on the zone district requirements set forth in Article 3. The BOCC may grant a modification if the Applicant demonstrates that the proposed specifications, standards, and requirements meet support the purpose of the PUD. In addition, the PUD Plan shall meet the following criteria: A. Permitted Uses. 1. Permitted uses within the PUD are all uses that are either permitted in the underlying zone district or are in general conformance with the Comprehensive Plan. 2. Upon approval, the uses that shall be permitted in any particular PUD shall be those permitted by the PUD Guide. B. Off-Street Parking. The PUD shall provide parking areas adequate in terms of location, area, circulation, safety, convenience, separation, and screening. C. Density. 1. Nonresidential Density. The density of nonresidential development allowed within a PUD shall comply with the Comprehensive Plan and shall not exceed the level that can be adequately served by public facilities. 2. Residential Density. a. Residential density shall be no greater than 2 dwelling units per gross acre within the PUD; provided, that the BOCC may allow an increase to a maximum of 15 dwelling units per gross acre in areas where public water and sewer systems, owned and operated by a municipal government or special district, pursuant to C.R.S. § 32-1-103(20) are readily available. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 6-9 b. Residential density shall be calculated by summing the number of residential dwelling units planned within the boundary of the PUD and dividing by the total gross area expressed in acres within the boundary of the PUD. Averaging and transferring of densities within the PUD shall be allowed upon a showing of conformance with the purposes of this section through appropriate design features within the PUD that will achieve high standards of design and livability. D. Housing Types. For PUDs proposing residential uses: 1. The PUD shall provide for variety in housing types and densities; and 2. The PUD shall comply with Article 8, in regards to the provision of Affordable Housing. E. Transportation and Circulation System. The PUD shall provide a safe, convenient, and adequate circulation system designed to accommodate emergency vehicles and other vehicular, pedestrian, and bicycle traffic. F. Recreational Amenities. The PUD shall provide recreational opportunities and amenities to residents of the PUD, if applicable. G. Building Height. The maximum height of buildings may be increased above the maximum allowed in the zone district so long as the height does not result in unreasonable adverse effect on adjacent sites or other areas in the immediate vicinity in regard to shadows, loss of air circulation, or loss of view. H. Lots. 1. The minimum Lot Size, the minimum setback, and the maximum Lot Coverage may be modified from the zone district. 2. Each lot shall contain an acceptable building site, unless the lot is specifically reserved for use that does not allow for a structure. I. Phasing. Each phase within a PUD shall be planned and related to existing surrounding and available facilities and services so that failure to proceed to a subsequent phase will not have a substantially adverse impact on the prior and future phases of the PUD or its surroundings. 7-17 7-301. COMPATIBLE DESIGN. The design of development associated with the land use change shall be compatible with the existing character of adjacent uses. Single-family dwelling units are exempt from this section. A. Site Organization. The site shall be organized in a way that considers the relationship to streets and lots, solar access, parking, pedestrian access, and access to common areas. B. Operational Characteristics. The operations of activities on the site shall be managed to avoid nuisances to adjacent uses relating to hours of operations, parking, service delivery, and location of service areas and docks. 1. Dust, odors, gas, fumes, and glare shall not be emitted at levels that are reasonably objectionable to adjacent property. 2. Noise shall not exceed State noise standards pursuant to C.R.S., Article 12 of Title 25, unless the use is regulated by the COGCC. In this case, the use shall be subject to COGCC Rules regarding noise abatement. 3. Hours of operation shall be established to minimize impacts to adjacent land uses. C. Buffering. Buffering shall be installed to mitigate visual, noise, or similar impacts to adjacent property whenever adjacent uses are in a different zone district. D. Materials. Exterior facades shall be constructed with materials that do not detract from adjacent buildings or uses. 7-302. OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING STANDARDS. Single-family dwelling units are exempt from this section. A. Off-Street Parking Required. All land uses shall be required to provide the number of off-street parking spaces set forth in Table 7-302.A. Any use not specifically listed in Table 7-302.A. shall be determined by the Director. 1. A parking or loading space that is required by this Code shall not be a required parking or loading space for another use unless it can be shown that the shared use will not result in a shortage of parking at any time. Use of approved shared parking or loading spaces, based upon the following conditions, may reduce the number of off-street parking spaces by up to 20% of the total required for all uses. a. The peak use periods for the required parking or loading space will not overlap with one another. b. The shared use arrangement for parking or loading spaces shall be for 2 or more uses located on the same site or adjoining sites. 2. When any calculation of the number of required off-street parking spaces results in a fractional space being required, such fraction shall be rounded up to the next higher number of spaces. Table 7-302.A.: Minimum Off-Street Parking Standards By Use Use Type Parking Standard RESIDENTIAL USES Single-Unit 2 Spaces Per Unit 7-18 2-Unit 2 Spaces Per Unit Multi-Unit 2.5 Spaces Per Unit Manufactured Home Park 2 Spaces Per Unit Transitional Housing 1 Space Per Unit Overnight/Emergency Shelter 1 Space Per Staff1 PUBLIC/INSTITUTIONAL USES Auditorium/Public Assembly Areas 1 Space Per 100 Square Feet of Seating Area Public Facility 1 Space Per 300 Square Feet of Floor Area2 Health Facility 1 Space Per 300 Square Feet of Floor Area2 COMMERCIAL USES Lodging 1 Space Per Room Restaurant and Tavern 1 Space Per Every 4 Seats Retail, Service, or Office 1 Space Per 250 Square Feet of Leasable Floor Area Wholesale Establishment, Warehouse, Rail or Truck Freight Terminals 1 space per 2,000 square feet of Floor Area Recreational Vehicle Park 1 Space per Recreational Vehicle INDUSTRIAL USES Manufacturing Establishments 1 Space Per 1,000 Square Feet of Floor Area 1. Computed on the basis of the estimated maximum number of employees and volunteers on the site at any given time. 2. Net leasable areas include only those areas that are designed to be leased to a tenant and occupied for commercial or office purposes, exclusive of any area dedicated to foyers, bathrooms, stairways, circulation corridors, mechanical areas, and storage areas used solely by tenants on the site. B. Off-Street Loading Required. Buildings or structures that are designed or that are substantially altered so as to receive and distribute materials and merchandise by truck shall provide and maintain off-street loading spaces in sufficient number to meet their need. Where the property or use is served or designed to be served by tractor-trailer delivery vehicles, the standards in Table 7-302.B. shall be used in establishing the minimum number of off-street loading berths required. Table 7-302.B: Off-Street Loading Requirements Gross Floor Area of Building Required Berths or Spaces Up to 10,000 Square Feet 1 Space Greater Than 10,000 Square Feet 2 Spaces C. Continuing Obligation. The provision and maintenance of off-street parking and loading spaces that comply with this Code shall be a continuing obligation of the property owner. D. Location of Required Parking Spaces. Required off-street parking spaces shall be located on the same lot or the adjacent lot proximate to the business they are intended to serve. E. Loading and Unloading. Loading and unloading of vehicles serving commercial and industrial uses shall be conducted in a manner that does not interfere with the proper flow of traffic. F. Parking and Loading Area Surface. 1. Surface Materials. Off-street parking areas, loading areas, aisles, and access drives shall have a durable, all-weather surface made of materials that are suitable for the uses to which the parking area will be put. 2. Grading and Drainage. Parking and loading surfaces shall be design by an engineer to ensure proper drainage off surface and stormwater. 3. Striping. Paved surfaces shall be striped to demarcate the parking spaces for all commercial lots and for residential lots containing over 4 contiguous spaces. 7-19 G. Minimum Dimensions of Parking Areas. The minimum dimensions of parking spaces, aisles, and back-up areas are specified in Figure 7-302. The length of a parking space may be reduced to 18 feet, including wheel stop, if an additional area of 2 feet in length is provided for the front overhang of the car, provided that the overhang shall not reduce the width of the adjacent walkway to less than 4 feet. H. Compact Car Spaces. In parking areas containing more than 10 spaces, up to 20% of the number of spaces over the first 10 spaces may be designed and designated for compact cars. 1. Minimum Dimensions. A compact car space shall have minimum dimensions of 8 feet in width by 16 feet in length. 2. Signage. Compact car spaces shall be designated for exclusive use by compact cars and identified by stencil signage or a raised identification sign not to exceed dimensions. Figure 7-302: Parking Space Dimensions I. Minimum Dimensions of Loading Berths. The minimum dimension of any loading berth shall be 10 feet wide by 35 feet long, with a vertical clearance of 14 feet. If the typical size of vehicles used in connection with the proposed use exceeds these standards, the dimensions of these berths shall be increased. J. Handicapped or Accessible Parking. Accessible parking shall comply with the County’s construction codes and the adopted or most recent edition of CABO/ICC ANSI A 117.1. K. Unobstructed Access. Each required parking space shall have unobstructed access from a road or Alley, or from an aisle or drive connecting with a road or Alley, except for approved residential tandem parking. L. Tandem Parking. Tandem parking (a vehicle parking directly behind another) that meets the following conditions may be applied to meet the off-street parking standards of this Code: 1. The space does not impede the movement of other vehicles on the site; 2. Tandem spaces serving multi-family dwelling units are assigned to the same dwelling unit; and 3. Valet parking shall be provided for tandem spaces serving commercial uses. 7-20 M. Backing Onto Public Streets Prohibited. All parking areas shall be located and designed in conjunction with a driveway so that vehicles exiting from a parking space shall not be required to back onto a public road. Vehicles exiting from a parking space for a single-family, Accessory Dwelling Unit, Secondary Dwelling Unit, or 2-Unit dwelling unit may back onto a residential street. Vehicles exiting from a parking space for any use may back onto the right-of-way of an Alley adjacent to the property. N. Access Driveways. Access driveways for required off-street parking areas shall be designed and constructed to facilitate the flow of traffic, provide maximum safety of traffic access and egress, and the maximum safety of pedestrian and vehicular traffic on the site. Residential access driveways shall be required where off-street requirements exceed 10 parking spaces. 1. Minimum Width. a. The minimum width of the access driveway for a commercial or industrial use shall be 12 feet for a 1-way drive and 24 feet for a 2- way drive. b. The access driveway for a residential use shall be 10 feet for a 1- way drive and 20 feet for a 2-way drive. 2. Clear Vision Area. Access driveways shall have a minimum clear vision area as described and illustrated in section 7-303.I. O. Parking and Loading Area Landscaping and Illumination. Off-street parking and loading areas for nonresidential uses located adjacent to residential uses or Residential Zoning Districts shall be landscaped to minimize disturbance to residents, including installation of perimeter landscaping, proper screening of loading areas with opaque materials, and control of illumination. 7-303. LANDSCAPING STANDARDS. Single-Family Dwelling Units, Accessory Dwelling Units, Secondary Dwelling Units, 2-Unit Dwelling Units, Industrial Uses and all uses located fully within a parcel of land in an Industrial Zone District are exempt from this section. Landscaping standards shall only apply to Industrial Uses seeking reductions in setback requirements. A. General Standards. 1. All portions of the site where existing vegetative cover is damaged or removed, that are not otherwise covered with new improvements, shall be successfully revegetated with a mix of native, adaptive, and drought- tolerant grasses, ground covers, trees and shrubs. The density of the re- established vegetation must be adequate to prevent soil erosion and invasion of weeds after 1 growing season. 2. Landscaping shall not obstruct fire hydrants or utility boxes and shall be installed so it will not grow into any overhead utility lines. Trees and shrubs shall not be planted within 4 feet of existing overhead or underground lines B. Multi-Family Development. Lots in a Residential Zone District that contain multi-family dwellings shall be landscaped in the areas not covered by impervious materials. C. Subdivision, PUD, and Rural Land Development Exemption. Landscaping in a residential Subdivision, Planned Unit Development, or Rural Land Development Exemption shall be consistent with the character of the development, the unique ecosystem, and specific environment in which the development is located. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 10-1 ARTICLE 10: NONCONFORMING LAND USES AND STRUCTURES 10-101. APPLICABILITY. This Article shall apply to all land uses, including divisions of land and signs, that do not conform to this Code as a result of either the adoption or amendment of this Code, or a final administrative or judicial decision precluding the County from enforcing this Code specific to a use on the basis of estoppels, laches, or waiver. 10-102. NONCONFORMING STRUCTURES. A nonconforming structure may continue unless otherwise prohibited by the provisions of this Article. A. Enlargement, Alteration or Repairs. A nonconforming structure may not be altered, repaired, or enlarged in any way that would increase the degree of nonconformity with respect to the Floor Area, setback, or height. B. Permissible Alterations of Nonconforming Structures. Permissible alterations of nonconforming structures include: 1. Normal or routine maintenance. 2. Alteration or repairs to Historic Buildings so long as they are not judged by the Building Official to constitute a distinct life safety hazard. 3. An alteration or expansion that the Building Official determines to be necessary to rectify a hazardous health or safety situation, or to comply with the public health or safety requirements of another governmental entity having lawful jurisdiction over the structure. 4. Any replacement of existing outmoded or worn equipment provided such activity does not create a hazard or nuisance 5. An alteration or expansion necessary to comply with applicable ADA accessibility codes and/or statutes. 6. The addition of a solar energy device to a nonconforming structure or a structure containing a nonconforming use. C. Structure Deemed Destroyed. A nonconforming structure or structure containing a nonconforming use shall be deemed destroyed when either greater than 50% of its Floor Area, or greater than 50% of its actual value, as determined by the Garfield County Assessor, is destroyed. A destroyed nonconforming structure shall not be reconstructed. Any nonconforming use within a destroyed structure shall be discontinued. D. Restoration of Structure. Unless deemed destroyed per section 10-102.C., a nonconforming structure may be restored and an existing nonconforming use may be reestablished, subject to the following: 1. Restoration shall be subject to Building Permit requirements. 2. Restoration must be commenced, as demonstrated by the receipt of a Building Permit, within 12 months after the date on which the structure was damaged or destroyed, and completed within the time granted by the Building Permit. Upon approval by the BOCC in a Public Meeting, these GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 10-2 times may be extended for a reasonable period upon a showing of extraordinary circumstances by the property owner or the owner’s agent. 10-103. NONCONFORMING LAND USE. A. Enlargement, Expansion, Extension or Alteration. The right to continue a nonconforming land use terminates immediately when: 1. It is enlarged, expanded, extended, or altered. 2. An addition of a new structure is built that either contains, or is accessory to, the nonconforming land use. 3. A conforming structure containing, or accessory to a nonconforming land use, may not be enlarged, altered, or expanded in a manner that would increase the nonconformity of the land use. 4. Any change of a nonconforming land use to a different use, for any period of time, shall immediately terminate the right to continue the nonconforming land use. 5. It is determined abandoned pursuant to section 10-104. B. Permissible Alterations of Nonconforming Land Uses. The following are permissible alterations of a nonconforming land use: 1. Normal or routine maintenance of the structure containing the nonconforming use; 2. A change in ownership of the property upon which the nonconforming land use is located. 3. Owners of legal building lots containing agricultural uses which have become nonconforming as a result of adoption or amendment of this Code may restore, modify, and maintain existing conforming structures, and may construct new conforming structures, provided such structures are directly related to the agricultural use. 4. The replacement of a Mobile Home that is also a nonconforming use by another Mobile Home on the same lot, provided that the replacement Mobile Home conforms to the Building Code. 5. A legal but nonconforming lot created prior to October 13, 2008, may be built upon with a conforming structure. 10-104. ABANDONMENT, TERMINATION, AND ENFORCEMENT. A. Abandonment. The right to continue a nonconforming land use shall terminate if the land use is determined to be abandoned through either of the following actions: 1. A nonconforming land use shall be determined abandoned if the use is discontinued for an uninterrupted period of 2 years or more, as a result of causes within the control of the property owner or their agent, unless the use is governed by section 10-102.D.2. 2. A nonconforming land use may be determined abandoned if the property owner expressly states in writing to the Director the intent to abandon the land use, or engages in action which unambiguously expresses the intent to abandon. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 10-3 B. Written Notification. In the event that the Director receives information that the right to continue a nonconforming land use has been or may have been terminated, excluding in the case of abandonment, the Director shall provide a written notification of this determination by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the property owner, and to the parcel address, all as shown on the records of the County Assessor. C. Determination in Error and Appeal. 1. The property owner shall have 30 calendar days after the date of the notification within which to provide evidence satisfactory to the Director to show that the determination is in error, to abate the illegal enlargement or alteration, or to file an appeal of the Director's determination to the BOCC. 2. In any appeal, the property owner shall have the burden to show that the right to continue the nonconforming use was not terminated according to the applicable provisions of this Article, when judged in light of the history and nature of the use and the circumstances of the alleged termination. D. Right to Bring Enforcement Action. 1. Nothing in this Code shall alter or diminish the County's right to take enforcement action pursuant to Article 12 against the unlawful continuation of a nonconforming land use. 2. Except in the case of an illegal enlargement or alteration for which the owner is provided with a 30-day opportunity to abate, any failure by the Director to provide notification of a determination of termination shall in no way entitle the property owner to continue or resume a nonconforming use terminated under provisions of this Code. GARFIELD COUNTY UNIFIED LAND USE RESOLUTION OF 2008, AS AMENDED 15-1 SECTION 15-101. ACRONYMS. For the purposes of this Code, the following acronyms are defined as follows. AAHE Approved Affordable Housing Entity AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ADA Americans with Disabilities Act ADT Average Daily Traffic ADU Accessory Dwelling Unit AHU Affordable Housing Unit AMI Area Median Income ANSI American National Standards Institute APD Application for Permit to Drill ATV All Terrain Vehicle AWDP Area Wide Development Plan BFE Base Flood Elevation BOCC Board of County Commissioners CB Commercial, Business CCIOA Colorado Common Interest Ownership Act CCRs Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions CDOT Colorado Department of Transportation CDPHE Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment CG Commercial, General CL Commercial, Limited CLOMR Conditional Letter of Map Revision CPW Colorado Parks and Wildlife COGCC Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission CPI-W Consumer Price Index, Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers CRS Colorado Revised Statutes CWCB Colorado Water Conservation Board db(A) Decibel dBA A-Weighted Decibel DNDP Density Neutral Development Plan EMF Electromagnetic Field EPA Environmental Protection Agency F Fahrenheit FAA Federal Aviation Administration FAR Federal Aviation Regulations FATO Final Approach and Take-off Area FCC Federal Communications Commission FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency FHBM Flood Hazard Boundary Map FIRM Flood Insurance Rate Map GCHA Garfield County Housing Authority GPS Global Positioning System HOA Homeowner’s Association HUD U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development I Industrial IDDP Increased Density Development Plan IFC International Fire Code kW Kilowatt GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-2 Ldn Day Night Level Leq(h) Hourly Equivalent Noise Level LOMR Letter of Map Revision LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas MCL Maximum Contaminant Level MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices NPDES National Pollutant and Discharge Elimination System NRCS National Resource Conservation Service OWTS On-Site Wastewater Treatment System OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PA Public Airport PL Public Lands PSI Pounds per Square Inch PUD Planned Unit Development R Rural RL-E Resource Lands, Escarpment RL-GS Resource Lands, Gentle Slope RL-P Resource Lands, Plateau RL-T Resource Lands, Talus RLDE Rural Land Development Exemption RMHP Residential, Manufactured Home Park ROW Right-of-Way RPZ Runway Protection Zone RS Residential, Suburban RU Residential, Urban SFE Single-Family Equivalent SFHA Special Flood Hazard Area SPCC Spill Prevention Counter Measure and Control Plan TLOF Touchdown and Lift-off Area TOHWM Typical and Ordinary High Water Mark TPUD Transportation Planned Unit Development USACE United States Army Corps of Engineers USDA United States Department of Agriculture USDAAPHIS United States Department of Agriculture Animal and Plant Health Inspection Services USFWS United States Fish and Wildlife Service SECTION 15-102. DEFINITION OF WORDS AND PHRASES. For the purposes of this Code, the following words and phrases are defined as follows: Access Route. A way or means of approach to provide a safe, adequate, and usable physical entrance and exit to a property or use. Accessory Building or Structure. See “Building, Accessory.” Accessory Use. See “Use, Accessory.” GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-3 Adequate Water Supply. A water supply that will be sufficient for build-out of the proposed development in terms of quality, quantity, dependability, and availability to provide a supply of water for the type of development proposed, and may include reasonable conservation measures and water demand management measures to account for hydrologic variability. Adjacent Property Owner. An owner of record of any estate, right, or interest in real property that is located within 200 feet of the subject parcel or only separated by a Federal, State or municipal right-of-way. Adult Day Care. A facility, located in a place of residence, which provides less than 12-hour care for individuals 18 years old or older who are not related to the head of such home. Aerobic Aeration Plant or Disposal Method. A small-scale sewage treatment system, with no connection to a central sewer system, that provides an aerobic bacterial environment in order to decompose or mineralize waste discharged into the chamber. Affected land. The surface of an area within the County where a mining operation is being or will be conducted, which surface is disturbed as a result of such operation. Affected lands include but shall not be limited to private ways and roads, and railroad lines appurtenant to any such area; land excavations; prospecting sites; drill sites or workings; refuse banks or spoil piles; evaporation or settling ponds; leaching dumps; placer areas; tailings ponds or dumps; work, parking, storage or waste discharge areas; and areas in which structures, facilities, equipment, machines, tools or other materials or property which result from or are used in such operations are situated. Affected Party. As it pertains to Article 14, any person with an interest in the outcome of the permit decision for the proposed project. Agriculture. The use of land for production, cultivation, growing and harvesting of crops and plants; raising and breeding livestock, excluding commercial animal feed lot operations; harvesting, storage, grading, packaging, processing, and distribution of agricultural commodities; construction of internal roads, ponds, dams and ditches necessary to agricultural operations, excepting those regulated as Water Impoundment; dairying, aquaculture, horticulture, floriculture, viticulture, nursery, and animal and poultry husbandry; and the necessary Accessory Uses and Structures needed for harvesting, packing, treating, or storing, excluding forestry. Agriculture does not include the growing of marijuana for Medical Use, Personal Use, Caregiver, or Optional Premises Cultivation Operation (OPCO) purposes. Agricultural Land. Any land used primarily for the production of crops or livestock, including irrigated meadows, irrigated and dry pasture, irrigation ditches, stock drive routes, lands used for barns, corrals, and storage of crops or agricultural products, but not including lands used primarily for the production of commercial timber. Agricultural Products. Products grown or raised on a property intended for direct human or animal consumption or use, such as vegetables, fruits, dairy products, eggs, grains, meat, poultry, fish, honey, hay, bedding plants, and wool. Agricultural Products Distribution. Any land used to receive, sort, and distribute agricultural products grown and processed on another property. Agricultural Products Processing and Storage. The alteration of agricultural products brought to the site in its natural state including, but not limited to, cleaning, sorting, grading, packaging, milling, or storing of products which are intended for direct human or animal consumption or use. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-4 Agricultural Products, Processing, Storage, Distribution, and Sale at Point of Production. Establishments performing a variety of operations on crops after harvest and livestock after slaughter, to prepare them for market or further processing and packaging or selling on site and off. At a minimum 20% of the product that is processed, stored, distributed, and/or sold must be produced onsite. Agricultural Products, Processing, Storage, Distribution, and Sale Off-Site. Centralized establishments performing a variety of operations on crops after harvest and livestock after slaughter, to prepare them for market or further processing and packaging. These facilities accept products from off-site locations for processing, storage, and distribution. Agritourism. An agriculturally based operation or activity at a working farm or ranch, conducted for the enjoyment, education, or active involvement of visitors that adds to economic viability of the agricultural operation. Agritourism activities are accessory to, and directly supportive of the agricultural use on the property and shall not have significant impacts on the agricultural viability or rural character of neighboring properties including noise impacts generated by the use. Agritourism uses shall operate between dawn and dusk and shall be limited to a maximum of 30 people visiting the property. Aircraft Landing Strip, Private. A facility that accommodates use and servicing of private aircraft. Airport. The strip of land used for taking off and landing aircraft, together with all adjacent land and facilities used in connection with the aircraft landing or taking off from the strip of land including, but not limited to, land and facilities used for existing Airport uses. Airport Elevation. The highest point of an Airport’s usable Runway, measured in feet above mean sea level. Airport Hazard. Any structure, object of natural growth, or use of land that obstructs the airspace required for the flight of aircraft in landing or taking off at an airport, or is otherwise hazardous to such landing or taking off of aircraft. Airport Imaginary Surfaces. Imaginary areas in space and on the ground that are established in relation to the Airport and its Runways. Imaginary areas are defined by the Primary Surface, Runway Protection Zone, Approach Surface, Horizontal Surface, Conical Surface, and Transitional Surface. A. Approach Surface. A surface longitudinally centered on the extended Runway centerline and extending outward and upward from each end of the Primary Surface. Dimensions are defined by FAR Part 77. The Approach Surface is sometimes designated as the “Approach Zone.” B. Conical Surface. A surface extending outward and upward from the periphery of the Horizontal Surface at a Slope of 20 to 1 for a horizontal distance of 4,000 feet. C. Horizontal Surface. A horizontal plane 150 feet above the established Airport elevation, the perimeter of which is constructed by swinging arcs of specified radii from the center of each end of the Primary Surface of each Runway of each Airport and connecting the adjacent arcs by lines tangent to those arcs. The radius of each arc is defined by FAR Part 77. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-5 D. Primary Surface. A surface longitudinally centered on a Runway with dimensions as specified by FAR Part 77. E. Runway Protection Zone (RPZ). An area off the Runway end used to enhance the protection of people and property on the ground. The RPZ is trapezoidal in shape and centered about the extended Runway centerline. The dimensions are specified in FAA Advisory Circular 150/5300-13. F. Transitional Surface. Those surfaces that extend upward and outward at 90- degree angles to the runway centerline and the runway centerline extended at a Slope of 7 feet horizontally for each foot vertically from the sides of the Primary and Approach Surfaces to the point of intersection with the Horizontal and Conical Surfaces. Transitional Surfaces for those portions of the precision Approach Surfaces that project through and beyond the limits of the Conical Surface, extend a distance of 5,000 feet measured horizontally from the edge of the Approach Surface, and at a 90-degree angle to the extended Runway centerline. Airport Master Plan. The Master Plan including an Airport Layout Plan as updated and approved by the FAA and BOCC. Airport Noise Impact Boundary. Areas located within 1,500 feet of an Airport Runway or within established noise contour boundaries exceeding 55 Ldn. Airport or Heliport Impact Areas. A. Direct Impact Area. The area located within 5,000 feet of an Airport Runway or 2,000 feet of a Heliport, excluding lands within the Runway Protection Zone and Approach Surface. The Direct Impact Area is sometimes designated as the “Flight Pattern Area.” B. Secondary Impact Area. The area located between 5,000 and 10,000 feet from an Airport Runway or between 2,000 and 4,000 from a Heliport. Airport or Heliport Sponsor. The owner, manager, or other person or entity designated to represent the interests of an Airport/Heliport. Airport Protection Surfaces. Imaginary Surfaces in an airport vicinity as established by FAR Part 77, “Objects Affecting Navigable Airspace,” U.S. Department of Transportation, FAA, January 1975, as amended, for the purpose of controlling heights of objects in an Airport vicinity, as codified under Subchapter E, “Airspace,” of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations, incorporated herein by this reference (C.R.S. § 41-4-101, et seq., as amended), or by other means accepted by the BOCC. Airport Reference Code. A code comprised of the Aircraft Approach Category and the Airplane Design Group as defined in FAA Advisory Circular 150/5300-13A. Airport Rules and Regulations. The rules, regulations, and minimum standards for aeronautical activities adopted by the BOCC, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time. Air Strip, Ultralite. The strip of land used for taking off and landing of recreational aircraft constructed of lightweight materials such as aluminum, graphite composites, or high-strength plastics, having an engine of roughly 15 to 40 horsepower and often resembling a hang glider with motorized propeller. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-6 Alley. A public right-of-way providing only secondary access to a property and not intended for general travel. Ambient Noise. The total of all noise in a situation, independent of the projected noise from any new particular source or increase in existing sources of noise. Ambient noise includes both sustained background readings and existing fluctuations in noise levels. Amended Final Plat. A recorded Plat correcting surveying or drafting errors, or reflecting other changes to an existing recorded Plat. Anaerobic Septic Tank (Subsurface) or Disposal Method. A small-scale sewage treatment system, with no connection to a Central Sewer System, that uses an anaerobic bacterial environment in order to decompose or mineralize waste discharged into the tank. Animal Processing. A USDA-inspected facility primarily engaged in slaughtering animals, preparing processed meats and meat byproducts, and/or rendering or refining animal fat, bones, and meat scraps. Excluded from this definition are custom meat processing and wild game processing facilities, as defined and permitted by the USDA and CDPHE. Animal Sanctuary. An establishment for the harboring, keeping, care, and secure and humane containment of wild and/or domesticated animals. The facility may also provide education to the public regarding the care of all animals. Applicant. A person or entity having fee ownership of the subject property and submitting a development application. Approach Surface. See “Airport Imaginary Surfaces.” Approved Affordable Housing Entity (AAHE). An entity other than the GCHA who administers the management of Deed Restrictions in the approved Affordable Housing Plan. Appurtenances. The visible, functional, or ornamental objects accessory to and part of a building. Area Around a Rapid or Mass Transit Facility. As it pertains to Article 14, an area immediately and directly affected by a Rapid or Mass Transit Facility as defined herein. Area of Shallow Flooding. An area designated as Zone AO on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) with a 1% chance or greater annual chance of flooding to an average depth of 1 to 3 feet; where a clearly-defined channel does not exist; where the path of flooding is unpredictable and indeterminate; and where velocity flow may be evident. Such flooding is characterized by ponding or sheetflow. Arterial. See Highway, Arterial. At-grade. On the same level as the established grade. Auditorium. See “Community Meeting Facility.” Average Daily Traffic (ADT). The average number of 1-way vehicular trips that are generated from a particular land use during a 24-hour period. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-7 Bakery. A commercial establishment for the production of baked goods, primarily for sale to other commercial establishments. Base Flood. A flood having a 1% chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year. The term is used interchangeably with “intermediate regional flood,” “100-year flood,” and “1%-chance flood.” Base Flood Elevation. The elevation shown on a FEMA Flood Insurance Rate Map for Zones AE, AH, A1-A30, AR, AR/A, AR/AE, AR/A1-A30, AR/AH, AR/AO, V1-V30, and VE that indicates the water surface elevation resulting from a flood that has a 1 percent chance of equaling or exceeding that level in any given year. Basement. Any area of the building having its floor sub-grade (below ground level) on all sides. Batch Plant. A facility for mixing concrete or asphalt. Bed and Breakfast. See “Lodging Facilities.” Brewery/Winery/Cidery/Distillery. A facility for brewing, packaging, and distribution of beer, mead, wine, cider, spirit and/or similar beverages. Building. Any structure having a roof supported by columns or walls and intended for supporting, enclosing, sheltering, or protecting any use or occupancy. The term “building” shall include modular or prefabricated buildings that do not fall within the definition of Manufactured Home. Building, Accessory. A subordinate building located on the same lot as the principal building, the use of which is incidental to the principal use. Unless otherwise specified in this Code, any Accessory Building is subject to the minimum requirements of the zoning district in which it is located. Building Code. The Code adopted by the Board of County Commissioners that regulates construction and alteration of structures and equipment intended to protect the public health, safety, and welfare, as the same may be amended from time to time. Building Envelope. The portion of a lot within which all structures are confined. Building Footprint. The outline of the total area that is covered by a building’s perimeter at ground level. Building or Structure Necessary to Agricultural Operations, Accessory. Accessory Buildings that are used to support agricultural operations. Examples include a barn, chicken coop, storage shed for agricultural equipment, and indoor riding arena. Building Permit. A permit which is issued by the Building Official prior to the erection, construction, alteration, moving, relocation, or change of use of any building or structure. Building Restriction Line. As it pertains to Article 14, a line that identifies suitable building area locations. Bulk. The total volume of the structure, found by multiplying the square footage by the height. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-8 Bulk Sales of LPG and CNG. Businesses that receive supplies from other sources and then store, distribute, and/or sell liquefied petroleum gas and/or compressed natural gas. Cabin. A structure with no more than 1200 square feet of gross floor area including unfinished basements, for living, sleeping, eating or cooking; shall be occupied as a dwelling for no more than 6 months within any calendar year for personal use; not to be used for commercial purposes; One cabin is allowed per legally created lot so long as no other dwelling unit is on the lot. All structures should comply with adopted Building Code requirements excluding ANSI 119.5 rated park trailers. Appropriate septic and electrical permits are required. Recreational Vehicles are not permitted to be recreational cabins. Campground/RV Park. A land parcel in single ownership that has been developed for occupancy by guest-owned tents and Recreational Vehicles (RVs) on a temporary basis for recreational purposes. Camping Facility, Small. A facility that allows for up to four total tent pads and/or recreational vehicle spaces on a limited basis. Cave. Any naturally occurring void, cavity, recess, or system of interconnected passages beneath the surface of the earth or within a cliff or ledge, including any cave resource therein, and which is large enough to permit a person to enter, whether the entrance is excavated or naturally formed. Such term shall include any natural pit, sinkhole, or other feature that is an extension of a cave entrance, or which is an integral part of the cave. Cave resource. Any material or substance occurring in caves, including, but not limited to, biotic, mineralogic, paleontological, geologic, hydrologic, or cultural resources. Central Sewer System. See “Sewage Treatment Facility.” Central Water (Distribution) System. A public water system that serves more than 1 service connection used by year-round residents. Cesspool. An underground reservoir for liquid waste. Child Care Center. A facility licensed by the State department, by whatever name known, that is maintained for the whole or part of a day, but less than 24 hours, for the care of 5 or more children who are 18 years of age or younger and who are not related to the owner, operator, or manager thereof, whether the facility is operated with or without compensation for such care and with or without stated educational purposes. A childcare center may include, but is not limited to, facilities commonly known as day care centers, school- age child care centers, before and after school programs, nursery schools, kindergartens, preschools, day camps, summer camps, and includes those facilities for children under the age of six years with stated educational purposes operated in conjunction with a public, private, or parochial college or a private or parochial school. A Childcare Center includes childcare facilities in a residence where the residential area is totally separate from where childcare is provided, or childcare is otherwise provided outside of the home. Church. See “Place of Worship.” Colorado Medical Marijuana Code. C.R.S. § 12-43.3-101, et seq., and any regulations promulgated thereunder. Commercial Mineral Deposits. Oil, gas, gravel, and other natural deposits that may be extracted from a property for economic benefit. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-9 Commercial Use. See “Use, Commercial.” Community Meeting Facility. A facility for public gatherings including, but not limited to, recreation halls and auditoriums, and holding events such as weddings, wedding receptions, community meetings, and meetings and events sponsored by neighborhood groups, religious groups, philanthropic organizations, etc. Compatibility. The characteristics of different uses or activities or design that allow them to be located near or adjacent to each other in harmony. Compatibility does not mean “the same as.” Rather, compatibility refers to the sensitivity of development proposals in maintaining the character of existing development. Comprehensive Plan. The master land use plan adopted by the Planning Commission and certified to the BOCC pursuant to C.R.S. §§ 30-28-106 through 109 as the same may be amended from time to time. Compressor, Booster. Typically consists of a single compressor unit located on an existing well pad and is generally skid mounted. Multiple well pads may require additional booster compressor units. Booster compressors are commonly used for artificial lift to add gas velocity. Compressor/Pipeline Pump Station. An installation consisting of equipment utilized to increase pipeline pressures, and monitor operating conditions, and associated control equipment in order to move gas and/or liquids in pipelines. Conditional Letter of Map Revision. FEMA's comment on a proposed project, which does not revise an effective Floodplain Map, that would, upon construction, affect the hydrologic or hydraulic characteristics of a flooding source and thus result in the modification of the existing regulatory Floodplain. Condominium. An individual air space unit together with the interest in the common elements appurtenant to such unit. Individual air space unit consists of any enclosed room or rooms occupying all or part of a floor or floors in a building of 1 or more floors to be used for residential, professional, commercial, or industrial purposes that has access to a public street. Conical Surface. See “Airport Imaginary Surfaces.” Conservation Easement. The right of the owner of a property to prohibit or require certain acts with respect to the use of the property in order to maintain the property in a manner that will preserve its value for, but not limited, agriculture, recreation, education, habitat, Open Space, or historical importance. A Conservation Easement is an interest in real property. Construction, Existing. For Floodplain purposes, existing construction means that construction commenced before the effective date of the FIRM. Contiguous. Sharing an edge or boundary; touching. Contractor’s Yard, Large. The use of land for the purpose of storing machinery, equipment, and supplies for an individual business that may include office, maintenance, and repair facilities that provide services to clients through the use of the machinery, equipment, or supplies that is on a site greater than 5 acres. Site size shall be measured by drawing a box(es) around the perimeter of the Contractor’s Yard and calculating the resulting area. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-10 Contractor’s Yard, Small. The use of land for the purpose of storing machinery, equipment, and supplies for an individual business that may include office, maintenance, and repair facilities that provide services to clients through the use of the machinery, equipment, or supplies, that is on a site up to 5 acres in size. Site size shall be measured by drawing a box(es) around the perimeter of the Contractor’s Yard and calculating the resulting area. Convenience Store. Any retail establishment selling consumer products including primarily prepackaged or prepared food items and household items, and having a gross Floor Area of less than 5,000 square feet. A convenience store may also have associated retail sale of gasoline and other petroleum products and vehicle washing facilities. Corrections Facility. A use that provides housing, treatment, or care for individuals legally confined or placed as a result of criminal charges, and designed to incarcerate or rehabilitate individuals in either a secured or non-secured setting. Cost. The total monetary amount to be paid, including all amounts to be paid for land acquisition, capital improvements, construction, fixtures, equipment, labor, materials, operation, financing, debt service, planning, permitting, and similar purposes. Critical Facility. As specified in section 3-301.H.2., a structure or related infrastructure, excluding the land on which it is situated, that if flooded may result in significant hazards to public health and safety or interrupt essential services and operations for the community at any time before, during and after a flood. Dedication. The conveyance or setting aside of land to the BOCC or its designee. Deed. A legal document conveying an interest in real property recorded in the real property records of the Garfield County Clerk and Recorder. Density. A unit of measurement, specific to development, to be interpreted as the number of dwelling units per acre of land. Designation. As it pertains to Article 14, that legal procedure specified by C.R.S. §§ 24-65.1- 401, 402, and 406, for designating matters of State interest. It also includes the revocation and amendment of such designations. Development. Any manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate including, but not limited to, buildings or other structures, mining, dredging, filling, grading, paving, excavation, or drilling operations. Development Area. As it pertains to Article 14, those geographic areas within the County that will be developed or altered directly by construction or operation of the project. Development Permit. Any County land use permits or approvals of any kind, including Building Permits, Plat approvals, Grading Permits, or Land Use Change Permits; but specifically excluding Sign Permits. Ditch Owner. Where used in these regulations, the term “ditch owner(s)” shall mean both individual owners of an unincorporated ditch and/or a ditch company as the owner of an incorporated ditch. Direct Impact Area. See “Airport Imaginary Surfaces.” GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-11 Discharging Ground Surface. The area where processed waste from a septic system is piped out so that it may infiltrate the ground. Dwelling Unit. A building or a portion of a building used exclusively for residential occupancy, including Single-Unit Dwellings, Accessory Dwelling Units, Secondary Dwelling Units, 2-Unit dwellings, and Multi-Unit dwellings. Dwelling Unit, 2-Unit. A single building consisting of 2 dwellings that does not include any combination of an Accessory or Secondary Dwelling Unit and/or a Single Unit Dwelling. Dwelling Unit, Accessory. A dwelling unit, 1,200 square feet or less in floor area, considered accessory to a Single-Unit Dwelling for use as a complete independent living facility. The Accessory Dwelling Unit shall be located on the same lot and may be attached to or detached from the Single-Unit Dwelling. Dwelling Unit, Attached. A residential building containing dwelling units, each of which has primary ground floor access to the outside and which are attached to each other by legally divided party walls without openings. The term is intended primarily for such fee simple title ownership of dwelling types as townhouses and duplexes. Dwelling Unit, Detached. A single-unit dwelling that meets the Building Code. Dwelling Unit, Multi-Unit. A dwelling containing 3 or more dwelling units, not including hotels, motels, fraternity and sorority houses, and similar group accommodations. Dwelling Unit, Secondary. A dwelling unit, greater than 1,200 square feet in floor area, considered secondary to a Single-Unit Dwelling for use as a complete independent living facility. The Secondary Dwelling Unit shall be located on the same lot and may be attached to or detached from the Single-Unit Dwelling. Dwelling Unit, Single Family or Single-Unit. A building or portion of a building designed exclusively for residential occupancy. A single structure with 1 or more rooms designed to function as a single living facility and containing kitchen facilities plus living, sanitary, and sleeping facilities. Easement. A right granted by a property owner permitting a designated part or interest of the property to be used by others for a specific use or purpose. Eating or Drinking Establishment. An establishment for the sale and consumption of food and beverages on the premises, or with drive-thru accommodations. Educational Facility. Buildings and uses for instruction or research activities that has curriculum for technical or vocational training that may be, but is not limited to, kindergarten, elementary, secondary, or higher education, including residential facilities for faculty, staff, and students. Electric Power Generation Facility, Large. A facility designed to generate electricity by the conversion of natural resources such as coal, natural gas, or water with generating capacity of 10 megawatts or more, and any appurtenant facilities thereto. Electric Power Generation Facility, Small. A facility designed to generate electricity by the conversion of natural resources such as coal, natural gas, or water with generating capacity of less than 10 megawatts, and any appurtenant facilities thereto. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-12 Emergency Care Facility. A health care facility providing primarily outpatient emergency care for the diagnosis and treatment of individuals. Emergency Shelter. A facility providing intermediate-term housing to people with limited financial resources, including people who are homeless or are abused mentally, physically, or emotionally and need to escape a threatening situation. Accommodations may also include food, counseling, transportation services, and service to support the personal care of the residents of the facility, including medical care, dental care, and hygiene. Enclosed Locked Space. A permanent or semi-permanent structure covered and surrounded on all sides (eg. walls, roof and doors) so that no plants are visible to the public or adjacent property that is secured at all points of ingress or egress with a locking mechanism designed to limit access such as with a key or combination lock. Environment. As it pertains to Article 14, all natural physical and biological attributes and systems, including the atmosphere, climate, geology, soils, groundwater, surface water, Wetlands, vegetation, animal life, physical features, natural hazards, topography, and aesthetics. Expansion to an Existing Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision. For Floodplain purposes, the preparation of additional sites by the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which Manufactured Homes are to be affixed (including the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads). Exploration. The act of searching for or investigating a construction materials deposit. "Exploration" includes, but is not limited to, sinking shafts, tunneling, drilling core and bore holes, and digging pits, cuts, or other works for the purpose of extracting samples prior to the commencement of development or extraction, and the building of roads, access ways, and other facilities related to such work. "Exploration" does not include: a. An activity that causes very little or no surface disturbance, such as airborne surveys and photographs, the use of instruments or devices that are hand-carried or otherwise transported over the surface to make magnetic, radioactive, or other tests and measurements, boundary or claim surveying, location work, or other work that causes no greater land disturbance than is caused by ordinary lawful use of the land by persons not involved in exploration activities; or b. Any single activity that results in the disturbance of a single block of land totaling one thousand six hundred square feet or less of the land's surface, not to exceed two such disturbances per acre; except that the cumulative total of such disturbances may not exceed five acres statewide in any exploration operation extending over twenty-four consecutive months. Excavation. The removal of earth material by artificial means, also referred to as a “cut.” Extraction. To draw out or forth; hence to derive as if by drawing out; removal of physical matter in a solid or liquid state from its naturally occurring location; the initial step in utilization of a natural resource. Federal Aviation Administration’s Technical Representative. The Federal agency providing the FAA with expertise on wildlife and bird strike hazards as they relate to airports. This may include, but is not limited to, the USDAAPHIS-Wildlife Services. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-13 Fabrication. To form by art and labor; to manufacture; change in the physical shape of matter; the final step in utilization of a natural resource. Examples include the manufacture of wholesale and retail goods from processed materials, wood, and metal working operations and the following: A. Assembly of Structures. Process in which an item is put together from ready- made components or parts such as, but not limited to, roof trusses and other prefabricated building components. B. Cabinet Making, Woodworking, Metalworking, Glazing, Machining, Welding. The fabrication of wood and metal products. C. Equipment, Small Appliances. The fabrication of portable or semi-portable machines, generally on a platform, used to accomplish a household task. D. Goods Processed From Natural Resources. Products made from natural resources such as wood and extracted minerals. Examples include metal, lumber, and mulch. E. Vehicles, Machinery, and Heavy Equipment. A constructed machine used to transmit or modify the application of power, force, or motion. Examples include tractors, automobiles, dump trucks, and bailers. Family Child Care Home. Pursuant to CRS 26-6-102(13) A facility for child care in a place of residence of a family or person for the purpose of providing less than 24-hour care for 12 or fewer children under the age of 18 years who are not related to the head of such home. A Family Child Care Home may include infant-toddler child care homes, large child care homes, experienced- provider child care homes, and such other types of Family Child Care Homes designated by rules of the State Department of Social Services pursuant to C.R.S. § 26-6-106(2)(p). A Family Child Care Home includes child care where the provider lives in the facility and child care takes place inside of that facility. Feedlot, Commercial. A place of confinement of livestock for the primary purpose of providing for the ultimate sale of products from the animals or the animals themselves. Fill. A deposit of earth material placed by artificial means. Fish Farm. Exclusive of recreational fishing operations, a workplace where fish are hatched and raised for the purpose of harvesting and sale including, but not limited to, production for consumption and private stock. Fixed Guideway. As it pertains to Article 14, a transportation facility consisting of a separate right-of-way or rail line for the exclusive use of rapid or mass transit vehicles. Flood Fringe. The area of the Floodplain shown on the flood maps that lies outside of the Floodway, in which the depth and velocity of the waters of the 100-year flood do not present as serious a threat to life and property as do the depth and velocity of the 100-year floodwaters in the Floodway. It is that area of the 100-Year Floodplain in which the use of Fill and floodproofing techniques may be allowed for development, without raising the water surface elevation of the 100-year flood by more than 1/2 foot. Flood Insurance Rate Map. An official map of a community on which the Federal Emergency Management Agency has delineated both the areas of special flood hazards and the risk premium zones applicable to the community. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-14 Flood Insurance Study. The official report provided by FEMA that includes flood profiles, the Flood Insurance Rate Maps, and the water surface elevation of the Base Flood. Flood or Flooding. A general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land areas from the overflow of inland or tidal waters, and the unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of surface waters from any source. Floodplain. Any land area susceptible to being inundated by water from any source. Floodplain Development. Under Floodplain regulations, any public or private construction or activity that changes the basic character or the topography of the land on which the construction or activity occurs including, but not limited to, any manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate, construction, or substantial improvement of buildings or other structures. Development includes mining, dredging, filling, grading, paving, excavation, or drilling operations; and all dams, reservoirs, walls, embankments, berms, levees, dikes, piles, abutments, projections, channel rectification, roads, bridges, culverts, excavations, and Fills. Floodplain Encroachment. Any development, stockpile, refuse, or matter in, along, across, or projecting into any Floodplain that might impede, retard, or change the direction of a flow of water, either by itself or by catching or collecting debris carried by such water. The term “Floodplain Encroachment” shall not include any device or structure reasonably necessary for flood control or prevention. Floodproofing. A combination of structural and nonstructural additions, changes, or adjustments to structures that reduce or eliminate flood damage to real estate or improved real property, water and sanitary facilities, structures, and their contents. Floodway (Regulatory). The channel of a river or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the Base Flood without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation more than a designated height. Floor Area. The total habitable horizontal Floor Area of all floors in a building, measured from exterior wall to exterior wall, exclusive of unfinished basement, garage, storage area, and utility rooms. Floor Area Ratio. This means the Floor Area of the building or buildings on a lot divided by the total lot area. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-15 Functional Dependent Use. A use which cannot perform its intended purpose unless it is located or carried out in close proximity to water. The term includes only docking facilities and port facilities that are necessary for the loading and unloading of cargo or passengers, and ship building and ship repair facilities, but does not include long-term storage or related manufacturing facilities. Gas Transmission Line. Gas main or gas laterals used in the local distribution of natural gas service. General Service Establishment. An establishment for services offered by a professional or tradesman, but that is not otherwise classified as a specific commercial or industrial use. Geologic hazard. A geologic phenomenon which is adverse to past, current, or foreseeable construction or land and which constitutes a hazard to public health and safety or property if not avoided. The term includes but is not limited to: a. Avalanches, landslides, rock falls, mudflows, and unstable or potentially unstable slopes; b. Seismic effects; c. Radioactivity; d. Areas of ground subsidence; and e. Expansive rocks or soils. Geothermal resource. The natural heat of the earth and includes: a. The energy that may be extracted from that natural heat; b. The material medium used to extract the energy from a geothermal resource; and c. Geothermal by-products. d. Source and recharge water for geothermal systems. Golf Course/Driving Range. A recreational facility primarily used for the purpose of playing or practicing golf, but which may include associated eating and drinking areas, retail sales areas, and staff offices. Grade, Finished. The final elevation of the ground surface after development. Grade, Natural. The elevation of the ground surface in its natural state before manmade alterations. Grading. Any excavating, filling, or combination thereof. Gravel Operation. The mechanical removal without drilling or blasting and without other high impact technology, of loose rock material, including rock, clay, silt, sand, or gravel from its natural location for use in the production of non-metallic construction products. Gravel operations are typically located along existing riverbeds or alluvial deposits. Gravel operations are regulated pursuant to Article 3 and Article 7, section 7-1002 of this Code. The term gravel operation does not include a Mining Operation. Group Home Facility. A facility operated by a public, nonprofit, or private agency that provides care or supervision of persons who are not related by blood, marriage, or adoption to the facility’s owner, operator, or manager. Greenhouse: A permanent structure made of plastic, glass or other transparent material that may utilize artificial light for the purpose of inducing plant growth, including but not limited to fruits, vegetables, flowers or cannabis in regulated temperatures, humidity and ventilation. Commercial wholesale Greenhouses (greenhouses that primarily sell plants/produce in typically larger GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-16 quantities to be retailed/sold by others) that utilize artificial light for growing between sunset and sunrise are subject Section 7-304. Hazard. A significant natural or manmade phenomenon or condition that is a source of risk, danger, or peril resulting from natural phenomena or conditions. A. As it relates to Airport and Heliport operations, the term “hazard” shall include any structure, object of natural growth, or use of land that obstructs the airspace required for the flight of aircraft in landing or taking off at an Airport or Heliport or is otherwise hazardous to such landing or taking off of aircraft. B. As it relates to bird strike hazards, the term “Significant Hazard” means a level of increased flight activity by birds across an Approach Surface or Runway that is more than incidental or occasional, considering the existing ambient level of flight activity by birds in the vicinity. Hazard Area. An area that contains or is directly affected by a geologic hazard, including but not limited to following types of areas. A. Avalanche Area. A mass of snow or ice and other material that may become incorporated therein as such mass moves rapidly down a Slope. B. Landslide Area. An area with demonstrably active mass movement or rock and soil where there is a distinct surface rupture or zone of weakness that separates the landslide material from more stable underlying material. C. Mudflow Debris Area. An area subject to rapid mud and debris movement or deposit occurring after mobilization by heavy rainfall or snowmelt runoff. Such areas are formed by successive episodes of deposition of mud and debris. D. Radioactive Area. An area subject to various types of radiation emission from radioactive minerals that occur in natural or manmade deposits of rock, soil, or water. E. Potentially Unstable Soils. An area of land identified as having soils that may cause damage to structures, such as buildings and roadways, as a result of over saturation or some other outside influence. Hazard, Geologic. A geologic phenomenon that is so adverse to past, current, or foreseeable construction or land use as to constitute a significant hazard to public health and safety or to property. Hazardous Waste or Materials. Hazardous waste or hazardous materials as defined by the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment, Hazardous Materials and Waste Management Division. Height. The highest point of a structure or tree, plant, or other object of natural growth, measured from mean sea level. Height, Building. The distance, measured vertically, from the average undisturbed or natural ground grade horizontal plane of a building footprint to the top of a flat roof or mansard roof or to the mid-point between the eave line and the peak of a gable, hip, shed, or similar pitched roof. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-17 Heliport. Any designated area used for the landing and taking off of helicopters. The use may include all necessary passenger and cargo facilities, fueling, and emergency service facilities. Helistop. As it pertains to Article 14, a minimally-developed Heliport for landing and discharging passengers or cargo not intended for refueling or maintaining itinerant helicopters. Highest Adjacent Grade. The highest natural elevation of the ground surface prior to construction next to the proposed walls of a structure. Highway. As it pertains to Article 14, State and Federal highways and major County arterials. Highway, Arterial. Any limited access highway that is part of the Federal-aid interstate system or any limited-access highway constructed under the supervision of the Colorado Department of Transportation. Highway, Arterial. As it pertains to Article 14, a principal arterial road as defined in the Garfield County Road and Bridge Design and Construction Standards that has an Average Daily Traffic count of 5,000 or greater. Highway, Collector. As it pertains to Article 14, an arterial road as defined in the Garfield County Road and Bridge Design and Construction Standards that has an Average Daily Traffic count of at least 2,500, but not more than 4,999. Historic Structure or Building. Any structure that is: A. Listed individually in the National Register of Historic Places (a listing maintained by the Department of Interior) or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as meeting the requirements for individual listing on the National Register; B. Certified or preliminarily determined by the Secretary of the Interior as contributing to the historical significance of a registered historic district or a district preliminarily determined by the Secretary to qualify as a registered historic district; C. Individually listed on a State inventory of historic places in states with historic preservation programs which have been approved by the Secretary of Interior; or D. Individually listed on a local inventory of historic places in communities with historic preservation programs that have been certified either: 1. By an approved State program as determined by the Secretary of the Interior or; 2. Directly by the Secretary of the Interior in states without approved programs. Home Office/Business. Any use for profitable or charitable purposes carried on as an Accessory Use within a dwelling unit or a building accessory to the dwelling unit that does not create the appearance or impact of a commercial activity. Homeowner Association or Owners Association. The association set up to enforce the covenants and maintain all common areas and buildings for a development and any association established under Title 7 of the Colorado Revised Statutes. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-18 Horizontal Surface. See “Airport Imaginary Surfaces.” Hospital. An institution providing health services primarily, but not exclusively, for human inpatient medical or surgical care for sick or injured, including related facilities such as laboratories, outpatient departments, training and central services facilities, and staff offices. Hotel. See “Lodging Facilities.” Hydraulic Fracturing. The process of creating small cracks or fractures in the underground geological formations by using a controlled high pressure injection of fluid or proppant (usually sand) to allow oil or natural gas to flow into the wellbore and thereby increasing productivity of the well. Hydraulic Fracturing, Remote Surface Location. A COGCC-approved surface location used for staging materials and equipment (including storage of water in open pits and tanks) to pump hydraulic fracturing fluid to 1 or more COGCC-approved well locations for the purpose of advancing the wellbore and increasing the productivity of the well through hydraulic fracturing as part of the well completion activity. Illumination, Direct. Lighting by means of an unshielded light source that is effectively visible when the light travels directly from the source to the viewer’s eye. Illumination, Indirect. Lighting by means of a light source directed at a reflecting surface in a way that illuminates the sign from the front or a light source that is primarily designed to illuminate without direct travel from the source to the viewer’s eye. Impact. The direct or indirect effect or consequence resulting from a development upon land, the environment, the community, or any part or segment thereof. The term shall include, but not be limited to, physical, environmental, economic, visual, auditory, or social consequences or effects. Impact Area (Project). As it pertains to Article 14, those geographic areas, including the development area, in which any impacts are likely to be caused by the project. Impervious Area/Surface. Surfaces constructed of materials that are largely impenetrable to water or other liquids or of materials that have high run-off coefficients or curve numbers such as asphalt, concrete, brick, clay, compacted dirt, gravel and other site features such as roofs or structures (comparable to a Rational coefficient higher than 0.75). Impound Yard. A facility that provides temporary (180 calendar days or less) outdoor storage for: • Mechanically operable/drivable, licensed vehicles that are to be claimed by titleholders or their agents; and/or • Wrecked motor vehicles awaiting insurance adjustments and transport to repair shops • Stored vehicles that are involved in an active law enforcement investigation are not subject to time limitations An impound yard may also have parking for tow trucks associated with the business and an associated office. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-19 Industrial. Any development of natural resources, business or trade, commercial activity, processing, fabrication, alteration or manufacture of raw or semi-processed materials, manufactured goods, or any components thereof. Industrial Use. See “Use, Industrial.” Industrial Vehicles, Machinery and Heavy Equipment. The business of selling or leasing vehicles, machinery or heavy equipment used in industrial activities. Injection Well. A well on a COGCC-approved well location that is used for pumping water or other fluids from the surface into a reservoir. A. Injection Well, Piped. An Injection Well where fluids are transported to the well location solely by pipeline and that has no appurtenant and accessory on-pad tanks. B. Injection Well, Small. An Injection Well with less than 5,000 barrels of appurtenant and accessory on-pad tanks. C. Injection Well, Large. An Injection Well with 5,000 barrels or greater of appurtenant and accessory on-pad tanks. Interchange. As it pertains to Article 14, the intersection of 2 or more highways, roads, or streets, at least 1 of which is an arterial highway where there is direct access to and from the arterial highway. Irrigation Ditch. A naturally occurring or artificially constructed channel used to transport water in accordance with its decreed or conditional water right. Junk. Any material unfit for its original intended use, discarded, worn out, dismantled, or deteriorated in such condition that it is not useable, safe, or fit for human use or habitation. Karst. A landform developed in soluble rock types such as limestone or gypsum. Typical features and characteristics may include but are not limited to: few surface streams where most of the drainage is underground, sinking streams, dolines (sinkholes), resurgences, and caves. Kennel, Large. A commercial establishment other than a pet shop or veterinary clinic, in which adult dogs or domesticated animals are housed, groomed, bred, boarded, or trained and have greater than 8 adult dogs and more than 2 litters of pups per any 1 calendar year. Dogs used as a part of an agricultural activity are exempted from the definition. Kennel, Small. A commercial establishment other than a pet shop or veterinary clinic, in which adult dogs or domesticated animals are housed, groomed, bred, boarded, or trained and that have between 5 and 8 adult dogs with no more than 2 litters of pups per any 1 calendar year. Dogs used as a part of a legitimate agricultural activity are exempted from the definition. Kitchen. A room or area that is designated to be used for cooking and preparation of food that contains standard kitchen appliances or fixtures. Land Use Change. Any development, grading, construction, activity, or operation that changes the basic character, configuration, or use of land or structures after the enactment of this Code constitutes a change in land use. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-20 Land Use Change Permit. Approval by the County for any land use or activity subject to County review by this Code. Landing Strip. A minimally developed Airport for landing and discharging passengers or cargo not intended for refueling or maintaining itinerant aircraft. Laundromat. A commercial establishment equipped with washing machines and dryers, usually coin-operated and self-service. Laundry and Dry-Cleaning Plant, Commercial. A facility for cleaning or laundering of garments, fabrics, rugs, draperies, or other similar items on a commercial or bulk basis. Ldn. Day Night Level. A 24-hour average noise level with a 10-decibel penalty for nighttime. Letter of Map Revision. FEMA's official revision of an effective Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), or Flood Boundary and Floodway Map (FBFM), or both. LOMRs are generally based on the implementation of physical measures that affect the hydrologic or hydraulic characteristics of a flooding source and thus result in the modification of the existing regulatory Floodway, the effective Base Flood Elevations (BFEs), or the Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA). Letter of Map Revision, Based on Fill. FEMA’s modification of the Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA) shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) based on the placement of Fill outside the existing regulatory Floodway. Letter of Map Revision, Conditional. FEMA's comment on a proposed project, which does not revise an effective Floodplain Map, which would, upon construction, affect the hydrologic or hydraulic characteristics of a flooding source and thus result in the modification of the existing regulatory Floodplain. Leq(h). Hourly Equivalent Noise Level. The equivalent steady state noise level that contains the same amount of acoustic energy as the time varying sound level over a 1-hour period. Licensing Authority, Local. The Garfield County Board of County Commissioners that shall be responsible for regulating and controlling the licensing of the cultivation of Medical Marijuana in unincorporated Garfield County. Licensing Authority, State. The Colorado Department of Revenue, the authority created pursuant to the Colorado Medical Marijuana Code for the purpose of regulating and controlling the licensing of the cultivation, manufacture, distribution, and sale of medical marijuana in Colorado. Line, Distribution. Any power line designed for or capable of the transmission of less than 69 kilovolts of electricity. Line, Transmission. Any power line designed for or capable of the transmission of 69 kilovolts of electricity or greater and that emanates from an electrical power generation facility or electric substation and terminates at a substation. Local. See “Road”. Lodging Facility. An accommodation for a temporary stay that includes, but is not limited to, a resort lodge, guest ranch, motel, hotel, boarding house, and bed and breakfast establishment. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-21 Lodging Facilities exclude Short Term rentals, Temporary Employee Housing on premises, and contracted employee housing off premises. Lot. Any legally created parcel of land including, but not limited to, lots on a legally recorded Plat. Lot Area. The area of the horizontal plane within the lot lines of a lot. Lot Coverage. The portion of a lot that is covered or occupied by buildings and structures. Lot coverage does not include areas such as driveways, parking, or walkways; nor does it include cantilever construction so long as the cantilever construction is at least 8 feet above the ground. Lot Line. The external boundary of a lot. Lot Line, Front. The boundary of a lot dividing it from the adjacent street right-of-way line, from which primary access to the property is gained. Lot Line, Rear. The boundary of a lot opposite the Front Lot Line. Lot Line, Side. Any boundary of a lot other than the Front or Rear Lot Line. Lot Size. See “Lot Area.” Lot Slope. The gradient or configuration of the undisturbed land surface of a lot or building site that shall be established by measuring the maximum number of feet in elevation gained or lost over 40 feet or fraction thereof, measured horizontally in any direction between opposing lot lines. The relationship of elevation or vertical measurement is divided by the horizontal measurements to be expressed as a percentile. Lowest Floor. The Lowest Floor of the lowest enclosed area (including basement). Any floor used for living purposes which includes working, storage, sleeping, cooking and eating, or recreation or any combination thereof. This includes any floor that could be converted to such a use such as a basement or crawl space. The Lowest Floor is a determinate for the flood insurance premium for a building, home or business. An unfinished or flood resistant enclosure, usable solely for parking or vehicles, building access or storage in an area other than a basement area is not considered a building's Lowest Floor; provided that such enclosure is not built so as to render the structure in violation of the applicable non-elevation design requirement of Section 60.3 of the National Flood Insurance Program Regulations. Marijuana, Caregiver. "Primary care-giver" means a person, other than the patient and the patient's physician, who is eighteen years of age or older and has significant responsibility for managing the well-being of a patient who has a debilitating medical condition. Colo. Const. Art. XVIII, Sec. 14 (f). Marijuana, Medical Use. The acquisition, possession, production, use, or transportation of marijuana or paraphernalia related to the administration of such marijuana to address the symptoms or effects of a patient's debilitating medical condition, which may be authorized only after a diagnosis of the patient's debilitating medical condition by a physician or physicians, as provided by this section. Marijuana, Personal Use. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the following acts are not unlawful and shall not be an offense under Colorado law or the law of any locality within Colorado or be a basis for seizure or forfeiture of assets under Colorado law for persons twenty- one years of age or older: GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-22 A. Possessing, using, displaying, purchasing, or transporting marijuana accessories or one ounce or less of marijuana. B. Possessing, growing, processing, or transporting no more than six marijuana plants, with three or fewer being mature, flowering plants, and possession of the marijuana produced by the plants on the premises where the plants were grown, provided that the growing takes place in an enclosed, locked space, is not conducted openly or publicly, and is not made available for sale. C. Transfer of one ounce or less of marijuana without remuneration to a person who is twenty-one years of age or older. D. Consumption of marijuana, provided that nothing in this section shall permit consumption that is conducted openly and publicly or in a manner that endangers others. E. Assisting another person who is twenty-one years of age or older in any of the acts described in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this subsection. Manufactured Home. A structure, transportable in 1 or more sections, which in the traveling mode is 8 body feet or more in width or 40 body feet or more in length, or, when erected on site, is 320 square feet or more, and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to the required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning and electrical systems contained therein. Manufactured Home shall also include any structure that meets all the requirements of this definition except the size requirements, that complies with the standards established under by the International Residential Code, and for which the manufacturer voluntarily files a certification required by the HUD Secretary. For the purpose of this Code a Mobile Home shall be considered a Manufactured Home. Manufactured Home Park. Any site or tract of land under single ownership upon which 3 or more Manufactured Homes, occupied or intended to be occupied, for single-family unit purposes. A Manufactured Home Park does not include the use of land for the display and sale of Manufactured Homes or for seasonal recreational use. Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision, Existing. For Floodplain purposes, a Manufactured Home Park or Subdivision for which the construction of facilities for servicing the lots on which the Manufactured Homes are to be affixed (including, at a minimum, the installation of utilities, the construction of streets, and either final site grading or the pouring of concrete pads), is completed before the effective date of the Floodplain management regulations adopted by a community. Manufactured Home Space. A portion of ground within a Manufactured Home Park designated for the permanent location of 1 Manufactured Home. Mass Transit Facility. As it pertains to Article 14, a station or terminal constructed to provide and facilitate passenger access and egress to a rapid or mass transit system, fixed guideways, dedicated highway lanes restricted to use by only mass transit vehicles, restricted dedicated flyovers, and restricted dedicated access to terminals or stations, or highway access and egress facilities restricted to use only by mass transit vehicles. Mass Transit System. A transportation system providing regular transportation to the general public over 1 or more transit modes including, but not limited to, bus and rapid transit, but not including charter, school bus, or sightseeing transportation. Master Plan. See “Comprehensive Plan.” GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-23 Material Handling. To load and unload in bulk industrial or commercial goods, materials, and product. Material Handling excludes extraction, processing, fabrication, or storage of such goods, materials and products, and drill cuttings sites with a total volume of 100,000 cubic yards of fewer, used exclusively for activities associated with Oil and Gas Drilling and Production. Material Handling also excludes a transfer station for construction waste including wood, drywall, metals, paper, plastic and other types of constructions materials. Medical Marijuana. Marijuana that is grown or sold pursuant to the Colorado Medical Marijuana Code, and for the purpose of assisting patients as authorized by Section 14 of Article XVIII of the Colorado Constitution. Medical Marijuana Patient. A person who has a debilitating medical condition that was previously diagnosed by a physician and has properly obtained a registry card from the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment prior to engaging in the use of Medical Marijuana as authorized by Section 14 of Article XVIII of the Colorado Constitution. Mineral Estate. A mineral interest in real property that may be wholly or partially severed from the surface estate of the subject property and, if severed, is shown by the real estate records of the County consistent with C.R.S. § 24-65.5-102. Mineral Waste Disposal Area. An area that the by-products of a mining operation are placed for permanent disposal and reclamation. Mineral. An inanimate constituent of the earth, in solid, liquid, or gaseous state, which, when extracted from the earth, is usable in its natural form or is capable of conversion into usable form as a metal, a metallic compound, a chemical, an energy source, a raw material for manufacturing, or a construction material. “Mineral” does not include surface or groundwater subject to appropriation for domestic agricultural, or industrial purposes; or geothermal resources. Mining Operation. The development or extraction of a mineral from its natural occurrences on affected land using blasting, drilling and/or high impact technology. The term includes, but is not limited to, open mining, in situ mining, surface operations, and underground mining. The term also includes the following operations on affected lands: transportation; concentrating; milling; evaporation; and other processing. The term does not include: the exploration, development and extraction of oil and gas; the extraction of geothermal resources; or gravel operations subject to regulation under Article 3 and Article 7, section 7-1002 of this Code. Mining Operations are regulated pursuant to Article 14 of this Code. Mine unit. A component of a Mining Operation including but not limited to processing, leaching excavation, open pit, storage, stockpile or waste units. Mineral resource area. An area designated on the official County Mineral Resource Area Map pursuant to Article 14 of this Code and in which minerals are located in sufficient concentration in veins, deposits bodies, beds, seams, fields, pools, or otherwise as to be capable of economic recovery. “Mineral resource area” includes but is not limited to an area in which there has been significant mining activity in the past, there is significant mining activity in the present, mining development is planned or in progress, or mineral rights are held by mineral patent or valid mining claim with the intention of mining. Mitigation. As it pertains to Article 14, an action that will have 1 or more of the following effects: A. Avoiding an impact by not taking a certain action or parts of an action; GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-24 B. Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action or its implementation; C. Rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the impact area, facility, or service; D. Reducing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations; and/or E. Compensating for the impact by replacing or providing suitable biological and physical conditions and by replacing or providing suitable services and facilities. Mobile Home. See “Manufactured Home.” Modification. Any change to an existing land use that alters the nature, character, intensity or extent of the use. Motor Sports Center. A specifically-designated area, not intended for use only by a resident, devoted to recreational or competitive activities by motorized vehicles including, but not limited to, dirt bikes, ATVs, all classes of racing vehicles, motorcycles, and otherwise modified vehicles for the purpose of having a race course, derby area, specialized tracks, hazards, obstacles, ramps, or field appurtenances associated with such activities and inclusive of supporting facilities, viewing areas, shielding, and parking. Natural Gas Distribution. Pipelines, structures, and appurtenant facilities used for the distribution of natural gas. Natural Hazards. See “Hazards.” Neighborhood. A geographical area having distinguishing characteristics or features; and/or a community of people sharing site-based commercial, cultural, or educational resources; and/or a community of people sharing access to an area and infrastructure; and/or an accumulation of residents who self-define affinity through an association or interest group that is place-based. The term “neighborhood” may define an area smaller or larger than what is encompassed in a Development. Net Effect. As it pertains to Article 14, the impact of an action after mitigation. New Construction. Means, for the purpose of determining flood insurance rates, structures for which the “Start of Construction” commenced on or after the effective date of an initial FIRM or after December 31, 1974, whichever is later, and includes any subsequent improvements to such structures. For Floodplain management purposes, “New Construction” means structures for which the “start of construction” commenced on or after the effective date of a Floodplain management regulation adopted by a community and includes any subsequent improvements to such structures. Noise Abatement. A level of mitigation for noise impacts, typically defined as either a reduction of decibels of ambient noise received by a recipient, or a reduction in fluctuations of noise received by a recipient. Noise Barrier. A solid physical structure constructed between the source of existing or anticipated noise and noise sensitive receivers, constructed of sufficiently dense materials that will achieve a readily perceptible noise reduction and noise abatement between the source of the noise and the targeted recipients of that noise. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-25 Noise Impact Boundary. The areas within 1,500 feet of an Airport Runway or within established noise contour boundaries exceeding 55 Ldn. Nonconforming Structure. A building or structure legally existing at the time of enactment of this Code or lawful amendments to this Code that does not conform to the regulations of the zone district in which it is situated. Nonconforming Use. A use of land legally existing at the time of enactment of this Code or lawful amendments to this Code that does not conform to the regulations of the zone district in which it is situated or used. Nondischarging Subsurface Disposal. A waste system where waste is placed in an underground area where it is treated and absorbed into the ground at 1 location. Nursery: An establishment engaged principally in the cultivation of and sale of trees, shrubs, flowers, or other plants and where other directly related items, such as landscaping materials, are stored and sold. Nursery operations may include greenhouses. Obstruction. As it pertains to an Airport or Heliport, any structure or tree, plant, or other object of natural growth that penetrates an Imaginary Surface. Oil and Gas Drilling and Production. A COGCC-approved location utilizing equipment that advances a borehole into substrata for the purpose of discovery, development, and/or production of oil or gas, including all surface facilities associated with such operations. These facilities include produced water pits or tanks and condensate tanks with a total tank volume of 5,000 barrels or fewer, storage, separation, treating, dehydration, power supply, pumping, metering, monitoring, flowline, drill cuttings with a total volume of 100,000 cubic yards or fewer, and other equipment directly associated with oil and gas wells. These facilities exclude all uses that are otherwise specifically defined by this Code. On-Site Wastewater Treatment System. A compartmentalized water treatment system associated with an approved OWTS permit, previously called an ISDS permit. This system is intended to treat, neutralize, stabilize, and dispose of sewage that is not part of or connected to a sewage treatment works. Open Space. Any land or water area that serves specific uses of providing park and recreation opportunities, or conserving natural areas and environmental resources, or structuring urban development form, or protecting areas of agricultural, archeological or historical significance. Open Space shall not be considered synonymous with vacant or unused land or with a yard that is part of a platted lot. Operator. An oil and gas leaseholder, or the person exercising the right to control the conduct of “oil and gas operations,” as that term is defined in C.R.S. § 34-60-103(6.5). Optional Premises Cultivation Operation. A person who has been issued a Medical Marijuana Center and/or infused product manufacturing license pursuant to the Colorado Medical Marijuana Code, and who is licensed or seeking licensing to grow or cultivate Medical Marijuana at a premises for the purpose of supplying its associated licensed center or infused product manufacturer. Manufacturing of Marijuana-infused products and retail sales of Medical Marijuana are expressly prohibited in unincorporated Garfield County, including at an Optional Premises Cultivation Operation. The term “Optional Premises Cultivation Operation” does not apply to the private cultivation of Medical Marijuana by a registered patient or primary caregiver GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-26 who is growing an amount medically necessary to address a debilitating medical condition as set forth in Section 14(4) of Article XVIII of the Colorado Constitution. Parcel. See “Lot.” Park. Land retained in an open condition for recreational use. Parking Lot or Parking Garage. A structure or a cleared area that is more or less level and is intended for parking vehicles. Usually, the term refers to a dedicated area that has been provided with a durable or semi-durable surface. Peak Hour. A term used in traffic engineering and analysis quantifying that 60-minute period when a segment of road or intersection experiences, or is projected to experience, the highest traffic demand for through and turning movements in an average 24-hour period. Permit. As it pertains to Article 14, a documented authorization for development in areas of State interest or for an activity of State interest. Permit Authority. As it pertains to Article 14, the Board of County Commissioners or its designee. Permitted Site. As it pertains to Temporary Employee Housing, a parcel of land, generally a portion of a lot, designated for a commercial, industrial, mineral extraction, or highway operation for which a Federal or State permit is issued. To meet the definition of Permitted Site, such permit must grant the approval of the appropriate State or Federal agency for the commercial, industrial, extraction, or highway activity(ies) and must require the provision of security for the reclamation (including revegetation) of the site. Person. Any individual, corporation, governmental entity, estate, trust, partnership, association, or other legal entity. Pipeline. Any conduit and appurtenant facilities designed for, or capable of, transporting natural gas, other petroleum derivatives, or other liquid. Pipelines regulated, licensed, or permitted under Federal regulations as interstate transmission lines, CDOT regulations as regulated transmission pipelines, or State regulations as flowlines, are excluded from this definition. Place of Worship. A building or location where persons regularly assemble for religious worship, and which building or location is maintained and controlled by a religious body organized to sustain public worship. A Place of Worship use may include Accessory Buildings and uses such as a rectory, school, parish house, or parsonage. Plat. A map with supporting statements of certain described land prepared in accordance with Subdivision regulations as an instrument for recording of real estate interests with the County Clerk and Recorder consistent with C.R.S. § 30-28-101(5). Practical. Serving a logical and useful purpose as to dealing with natural constraints, costs, benefits, and timeliness. Premises. As it pertains to the regulation of Medical Marijuana, a distinct and definite location that may include a building, a part of a building, a room, or any other definite contiguous area used exclusively for an Optional Premises Cultivation Operation. Primary Surface. See “Imaginary Airport Surfaces.” GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-27 Principal Use. See “Use, Principal.” Processing. To subject to some special process or treatment as in the course of manufacture; change in the physical state or chemical composition of matter; the second step in utilization of a natural resource. Examples include petroleum refining, oil shale crushing, retorting and refining, ore smelting, coal crushing and cleaning, saw mills, alfalfa pellet mills, food canning or packing, creation of glass, ceramic or plastic materials, gravel crushing, cement manufacture batch plants, refinery, and natural resource upgrade facility. Project, Major. A project located in the County that will employ at any 1 time a total work force of 200 or more employees Project or Proposed Project. The planning, design, construction, and operation of an activity or other development proposed under this Code throughout its life cycle, including all ancillary structures, facilities, improvements, and activities, and all integrated components thereof, and any proposed land use directly related to such project if such project is to be located wholly or partially within the County. Professional Office. An office or clinic for the provision of professional services including, but not limited to, physicians, dentists, lawyers, realtors, architects, engineers, artists, musicians, designers, teachers, accountants, governmental services, and others, who through training are qualified to perform services of a professional nature. Property. See “Lot.” Public Building. Any activity that is primarily funded by a government or quasi-governmental agency, provides significant benefit to the public and the surrounding area, is not conducted for profit, and provides a commodity or service that could not be provided within a reasonable distance of the surrounding area. Examples include public Airports and related facilities, public hospitals and other emergency medical facilities, public meeting halls, public recreation facilities, schools, and major facilities of a public utility. Public Gatherings. Any group of 350 or more persons assembled for an event, meeting, festival, social gathering, or other similar purpose for a period of time which exceeds 8 hours within any 24-hour period. Public Hearing. A meeting called by a public body, for which public notice has been given in compliance with the provisions of this Code, and that is held in a place where the general public may attend, with the principal purpose of receiving testimony or public comment on a specific application or issue. Public Improvement. Any drainage ditch, roadway, parkway, sidewalk, pedestrian way, landscaped Open Space, off-street parking area, lot improvement, or other similar facility that benefits the public. Public Meeting. Any meeting open to the public that meets the requirements of C.R.S. § 24-6- 401, et seq.. Public Services and Facilities. As it pertains to Article 14, those services and facilities provided by a political subdivision of the State or by a Federal agency. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-28 Public Utility. A common carrier supplying electricity, wire telephone service, natural gas, water, wastewater or storm water service, or similar public services. Pure Live Seed. The percentage of seed that has the potential to germinate within a measured 1 pound weight of any seed lot. Rapid Transit. As it pertains to Article 14, the element of a mass transit system involving a mechanical conveyance on an exclusive lane or guideway, rail trackage, or monorail facility constructed solely for that purpose. Reach. A term to describe longitudinal segments of a river, creek, or other watercourse. Recreation, Indoor. A building in which recreational activities such as bowling, roller skating, or ice skating take place. Accessory offices, retail sales of equipment, and a restaurant/bar may occupy the building. Recreation, Outdoor. An area or facility that offers entertainment, recreation, or games of skill, where any portion of the activity takes place outside and may include lighted areas for use after dusk. Recreational Vehicle. A unit primarily designed as temporary living quarters for recreation, camping, or travel that either has its own mode of power or is mounted or drawn by another vehicle. Recycling Collection Center. A center for the acceptance and temporary storage of either recyclable or organic materials to be transferred to a processing or composting facility. Recycling Processing Facility. A facility where recyclable and organic materials are collected and processed. Processing includes, but is not limited to, baling, briquetting, compacting, flattening, crushing, mechanical sorting, shredding, and cleaning. Regulations. As it pertains to Article 14, governing rules for areas and activities of State interest as set forth in this Article 14. Repair. To restore to a good condition or working order after decay, injury, etc.; restoration of a damaged object to its original physical shape. Examples include automobile, equipment, and appliance repair. Residential Subdivision. The division of land into two or more parcels for the purpose, whether immediate or future, of sale or of building development explicitly including, but not limited to, residential uses. Retail, Equipment, Machinery, Building Materials. An establishment for the retailing, renting, or leasing of equipment, machinery and materials stored in an indoor or outdoor lumber yard. Retail, General. An establishment for the retail sale of merchandise to the general public or the provision of personal services to the public that includes, but is not limited to, an antique shop, art gallery, grocery store, clothing and dry goods store, shoe store, sporting goods store, hardware and paint store, drugstore, florist, furniture store, gift shop, hobby store, office supply store, package liquor, pet store, resale store, electronics store, agricultural products retail outlet, and mechanical and plumbing supply store. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-29 Retail, Vehicle and Equipment Sales. An establishment for the retail or leasing of vehicles and equipment which is registered with the State. Riding Stables. A defined improved area that may or may not be covered, within which equestrian activities involving horse riding, day camps, therapy, training, practice, exhibition or driving occur. Riparian/Riparian Areas. Related to, living, or located on the bank of a natural watercourse or lake. Riparian Areas include groups of plants, animals, and aquatic communities whose presence is either directly or indirectly attributed to water-influenced or water-related factors. Areas exempt from this definition are manmade agricultural structures and devices, including irrigation ditches, sprinklers, and artificial ponds. Road. A County road, State highway, public road, street or alley, or private thoroughfare which affords primary access to abutting property, excluding a driveway accessing a single property. Road, Private. A right-of-way constructed, established, owned, and maintained by a private party for access exclusively to private property. Road, Public. A public right-of-way that either has an historic and established prescription for public passage and use, or a right-of-way that has been established by easement, deed, or plat and dedicated to the use of the public. This term is not synonymous with “County Road.” Road/Street Profiles. A drawing of an existing or proposed vertical section of a road, street, or alley that may include curb, gutter, and sidewalk. It may be a true or exaggerated profile, and may reflect either a centerline and/or both flow lines of a road, street, or alley. Rubbish. Garbage and trash that causes or is likely to cause a public hazard or nuisance, or is unacceptably offensive in light of community standards of cleanliness or generally accepted neighborhood aesthetics, including, but not limited to, unwanted or discarded household items; waste from building construction, remodeling, and repair including used lumber and building materials; tree branches, grass and shrub clippings, leaves, or other general yard and garden waste; newspapers, magazines, packaging materials, waste paper, or cardboard, boxes, crates, and rags; dead animal carcasses; and any other unsightly or discarded material, including scrap metal, scrap material, bottles, and tin cans. Runoff. Precipitation that enters downstream waterways or properties. Runway Protection Zone. See “Airport Imaginary Surfaces.” Salvage Yard. A building, structure, or parcel of land used for the collecting, storage, dismantling, salvage, recycling, demolition, or sale of material that is discarded, worn out, dismantled, or unfit for its original intended use, or has deteriorated such that it is not useable, or not safe or fit for human use or habitation. Secondary Impact Area (Airport). The area located between 5,000 and 10,000 feet from an Airport Runway or between 2,000 and 4,000 feet from a Heliport. Service Area. As it pertains to Article 14, the primary geographic area to be served by the proposed project. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-30 Service Road. As it pertains to Article 14, a street or road meeting County specifications running parallel to a County, State, or Federal highway used to provide ingress and egress to a development located adjacent to that highway. Setback. The minimum horizontal distance between the front, rear, or side property line and/or edge of Public Road, County Road, or Arterial Highway surface or edge of Public Road, County Road or Arterial Highway right of way (e.g. easement), whichever is greater and the front, rear, or side of a structure. Sewage. A combination of liquid wastes that may include chemicals, house wastes, human excreta, animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution, or other solids in suspension or solution, and that is discharged from a dwelling, building, or other structure. Sewage Treatment Facility. A system or facility for treating sewage prior to discharge to an absorption area, surface water, or other approved location, for which the system or facility has a design capacity to receive 2,000 gallons of sewage per day or greater, and is regulated by the CDPHE. The term “Sewage Treatment Facility” includes appurtenances such as interceptors, collection lines, outfall and other sewers, pumping stations, and related equipment. Sheetflow. An overland flow or downslope movement of water taking the form of a thin film over smooth surfaces and not concentrated into pools or channels. Shelter. As it pertains to Article 14, a building or structure designed primarily to provide a waiting area for transit passengers. Shooting Gallery. An enclosed target range for practice or competition with firearms. Short Term Rentals. A residential dwelling unit that is rented for a period of one (1) year or less including uses such as nightly, weekly, monthly or seasonal rental of homes, lock-outs, and portions of homes consisting of 2 or fewer independent lodging units whether managed by a lodging management agency or not. Sign. Any written or pictorial representation, form, emblem, banner, figure, or similar character that is: A. A structure or part thereof; B. Written, printed, projected, painted, constructed, or otherwise placed or displayed upon or designed into a building canopy, awning, or vehicle; C. Designed to attract attention and used as a means of identification or advertisement; and D. Not the American flag. Sign Area. The sum area of the surface of each plane, regardless of the shape, within the outermost edge or border of the plane of a sign. The computation of freestanding letters not attached to a surface or plane shall be made by determining the area enclosed within the smallest geometric figure needed to completely encompass all of the letters, words, insignias, or symbols. Sign, Business. A sign that identifies and directs attention to the business, service or profession, or activities conducted. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-31 Sign, Construction. A temporary sign identifying a Subdivision, development, or property improvement by builder, contractor, or other person furnishing materials, labor, or services to the premises. Sign Face. The surface of a sign upon, against, or through which the message is displayed or illustrated. Sign, Freestanding. A sign, not attached to a building, that is supported by 1 or more columns, uprights, or poles extended from the ground or from an object on the ground, or a sign that is erected on the ground. Sign, Ground. A type of freestanding sign that is erected on the ground and that contains no unrestricted or open space between the ground and the top of the sign. Sign, Identification. Signs that include name plates, signs, or symbols establishing the identity of a building; combination of name and street addresses; landmark or natural features; and plaques that are an integral part of the structure. Sign, Ideological. A sign expressing philosophical concepts, including religious and political signs. Sign, Joint Identification. A sign that serves a common or collective identification for 2 of more businesses or industrial uses. Sign, Portable. Any sign not permanently attached to the ground or to any structure. Sign, Projecting. A sign attached to a building and extending in whole or in part horizontally beyond the surface of the building to which the sign is attached. Sign, Real Estate. A sign indicating the availability for sale, rent, or lease of a specific lot or building. Sign, Roof. Any sign erected upon, against, or directly above a roof. Sign, Suspended. A sign suspended from the ceiling of an arcade, marquee, or canopy. Sign, Temporary. Any sign, banner, pennant, valance, or advertising display constructed of cloth, canvas, light fabric, cardboard, wallboard, or other light materials, with or without frames, intended to be displayed for a limited period of time only. Sign, Wall. A sign displayed upon or against the wall of a building where the exposed face of the sign is in the plane parallel to the lane of the wall. Significantly Degrade. As it pertains to Article 14, to lower in grade or desirability to a significant, as opposed to a trifling, degree. Single-Family Equivalent. Measurement used to compare water usage of various land uses; 1 Single-Family Equivalent equals 350 gallons of water per day, regardless of the type of use. Site. See “Lot.” Site Selection, Airport or Heliport. As it pertains to Article 14, the process for determining the location of Airports or Heliports, or the substantial expansion or relocation of an existing Airport GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-32 or Heliport, by a recognized and bonafide agency or authority, the County, the State, or the Federal government or any subdivision of each. Site Selection, Rapid or Mass Transit Facility. As it pertains to Article 14, the process for determining the location of Rapid or Mass Transit Facilities or the substantial expansion or relocation of an existing facility, by a recognized and bonafide mass transit agency or authority, the County, the State, or the Federal government, or any subdivision of each, or any private entity or person. Site Specific Development Plan. The approved plan that has been submitted to the County to establish a vested right pursuant to C.R.S. Title 24, Part 1 of Article 68, as amended, and set forth in Article 1. Slope. Rise versus run ratio for a specified distance. Solar Energy System, Accessory. A device and/or system that has a combined name plate DC rating of less than 15 kilowatt and includes the equivalent kilowatt measurement of energy for systems other than photovoltaic that converts the sun’s radiant energy into thermal, chemical, mechanical, or electric energy. Solar Energy System, Large. A device and/or system that has a combined name plate DC rating of greater than 500 kilowatt and includes the equivalent kilowatt measurement of energy for systems other than photovoltaic that converts the sun's radiant energy into thermal, chemical, mechanical, or electric energy. Solar Energy System, Small. A device and/or system that has a combined name plate DC rating of 15 kilowatt to 500 kilowatt and includes the equivalent kilowatt measurement of energy for systems other that photovoltaic that converts the sun’s radiant energy into thermal, chemical, mechanical, or electrical energy. Solid Waste. Any garbage, refuse, sludge from a waste treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, air pollution control facility, or other discarded material, including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous material resulting from industrial operations, commercial operations, or community activities. Solid waste does not include any solid or dissolved materials in domestic sewage, agricultural wastes, solid, or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows, or industrial discharges that are point sources subject to permits under the provisions of the Colorado Water Quality Control Act, C.R.S., Title 25, Article 8, or materials handled at facilities licensed pursuant to the provisions on Radiation Control Act, C.R.S., Title 25, Article 11,. Solid waste does not include: (a) materials handled at facilities licensed pursuant to the provisions on radiation control in C.R.S., Title 25, Article 11; (b) excluded scrap metal that is being recycled; or (c) shredded circuit boards that are being recycled. Solid Waste Disposal. The storage, treatment, utilization, processing, or final disposal of Solid Wastes. Solid Waste Disposal Site and Facility. The location and/or facility at which the deposit and final treatment of solid wastes occur. Solid Waste Transfer Facility. A facility at which wastes awaiting transportation to a Solid Waste Disposal Site and Facility are transferred from 1 collection vehicle to another. Special District. Quasi-municipal corporation established under State statute to provide public facilities or services. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-33 Special Flood Hazard Area. The land in the Floodplain within a community subject to a 1 percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year, i.e., the 100-year Floodplain. Statement of Authority. An instrument executed on behalf of an entity that identifies the name and position of the person authorized to convey, encumber, or otherwise affect title to real property on behalf of the entity. The instrument must comply with the requirements set forth in C.R.S. § 38-30-172(2)(d), and it must be recorded with the County Clerk and Recorder. The County may accept other documentation identified in C.R.S. § 38-30-172 in lieu of a Statement of Authority. Station or Terminal. As it pertains to Article 14, a facility constructed to provide and facilitate passenger access to and from airplanes or a rapid or mass transit system, including areas necessary for vehicle operations, parking areas for commuters, and roadways connecting to the general road and street system of Garfield County. Dedicated Park-and-Ride Facilities with 50 or more parking spaces shall be deemed stations or terminals for the purposes of this Code, with or without a shelter facility. Shelters alone, or as part of traditional bus stops and pull-outs lacking 50 dedicated spaces, are not considered stations or terminals for the purposes of this Code. Start of Construction. Includes Substantial Improvement and means the date the Building Permit was issued, provided the actual start of construction, repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition, placement, or other improvement was within 180 days of the permit date. The actual start means either the first placement of permanent construction of a structure on a site, such as the pouring of slab or footings, the installation of piles, the construction of columns, or any work beyond the stage of excavation; or the placement of a Manufactured Home on a foundation. Permanent construction does not include land preparation, such as clearing, grading, and filling; nor does it include the installation of streets and/or walkways; nor does it include excavation for basement, footings, piers or foundations or the erection of temporary forms; nor does it include the installation on the property of Accessory Buildings, such as garages or sheds not occupied as dwelling units or not part of the main structure. For a Substantial Improvement, the actual start of construction means the first alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor, or other structural part of a building, regardless if that alteration affects the external dimensions of the building. Storage. An area used for storing machinery, equipment, minerals or other products that may have accessory uses such as an office used for administrative or security purposes. Storage may include a laydown yard as generally associated with oil and gas operations. Storage, Cold Storage Plants. The storage of goods in an artificially cooled place for preservation. Storage, Hazardous Materials. The act of storing hazardous waste that requires a special State or Federal permit. Storage, Mini. Self-storage facilities composed of real estate with buildings divided into self- storage spaces that are rented to rental space tenants on a monthly basis for the purpose of storing tenant property only. Street. See “Road”. Structure. A. A combination of materials forming an edifice or building of any kind, or any piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-34 manner. A walled and roofed building, including a gas or liquid storage tank, which is principally above ground, as well as a Manufactured Home. B. As it pertains to the Airport/Heliport Influence Area Overlay and Article 14, any constructed or erected object that requires location on the ground or is attached to something located on the ground. Structures include, but are not limited to, buildings, decks, fences, signs, towers, cranes, flagpoles, antennas, smokestacks, earth formations, and overhead transmission lines. Structures do not include paved areas. Structure, Accessory. A subordinate structure such as a fence, hedge, or wall, located on the same lot as the principal structure, the use of which is incidental to the principal use. Subdivider. Any person, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, or corporation participating as owner, promoter, developer, or sales agent in the planning, platting, development, promotion, sale, or lease of a Subdivision. Subject Parcel. The property that is legally described in the County Clerk and Recorder’s Office on which the project is located. Subject Site. The specific area within the subject parcel that is subject to a land use change permit. Substantial Damage. Damage of any origin sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the structure to the condition before damage would equal or exceed 50% of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred. Substantial Improvement. Any repair, reconstruction, or improvement of a building or other structure, the market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the market value of the structure either before the improvement or repair is started, or if the structure has been damaged and is being restored, before the damage occurred. The term “Substantial Improvement” does not include: any improvement of a structure to comply with existing State or local health, sanitation, safety, or building code specifications that are solely necessary to assure safe living conditions; and any alteration of a structure listed on the National Register of Historic Places or on the Colorado State Historical Society’s list of historic places. Substantial Modification, Structural. A change that significantly alters the impacts and/or character of a structure, development, or activity. Substantial Noise Reduction. A reduction in at least 5 dBA for the intended recipients of the Project and/or to reduce the fluctuation in sound for the recipients well below a 30 dBA fluctuation in ambient noise. Substation, Neighborhood. Any facility used for the purpose of reducing voltages to levels of less than 69 kilovolts for distribution to individual users. Substation, Utility. Any facility designed to provide switching, voltage transformation, or voltage control required for the transmission of electricity 69 kilovolts or greater. Survey Monument. Iron, brass, or aluminum shaft a minimum of ½ inch in diameter with a 24- inch minimum length set in concrete at least 5 inches in diameter and located in the ground at all points on streets, alleys, or boundary lines where there is a change in direction or curvatures. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-35 Tailings. Finely crushed and ground rock residue and associated fluid discharged from an ore milling, flotation beneficiation and concentrating process. Telecommunication Facility. A noninhabitable structure supporting antennas and microwave dishes that sends and/or receives radio frequency signals, including television and date impulses through space by means of electromagnetic waves. Telecommunication Facilities include structures or towers, and Accessory Buildings. Individual/personal direct-to-home satellite services are not included in the definition of Telecommunication Facility. Temporary Employee Housing Facility. During times of housing shortage or in remote locations, the use of Factory Built Nonresidential Structures (as defined under C.R.S. § 24-32- 3301, as amended, and Resolution #35 of the Colorado State Housing Board) utilized for a period of time not longer than 1 year or as otherwise specified, for workers who are engaged in commercial, industrial, mineral extraction, or highway operations and who are needed to support the proper execution and safety of the related operations. Temporary Employee Housing, shall not include Recreational Vehicles, except in a Small Facility. Temporary Housing Facilities, Major. Major Temporary Employee Housing Facilities, also referred to as “Major Facilities,” shall have at least 1 of the following basic characteristics: Major Facilities or any associated infrastructure (including ISDS) that are not completely contained within a State or Federally-regulated parcel (such as a Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission (COGCC)-approved oil/gas well pad) in which reclamation and revegetation standards are guaranteed by contract with the permitting agency; A. The Major Facilities are to be located at the Permitted Site for more than a cumulative of 1 year; or B. The Major Facility has occupancy of 25 people or more who are employees, contractors, or subcontractors of the operator of the Major Facility and are supporting proper execution and safety of the related commercial, industrial, extraction, or highway operations. Temporary Housing Facilities, Minor. Minor Temporary Housing Facilities, also referred to as “Minor Facilities,” shall have all of the following basic characteristics: A. The Minor Facility and any associated infrastructure must be completely contained within a State or Federally-permitted parcel (i.e. COGCC-approved oil/gas well pad) in which reclamation and revegetation are secured with the permitting agency (Permitted Site); B. The Minor Facility is located at the Permitted Site for less than a cumulative of 1 year; and C. The Minor Facility shall have occupancy of 9 to 24 people who are employees, contractors, or subcontractors of the operator and are supporting the proper execution and safety of the related commercial, industrial, extraction, or highway operations. Temporary Housing Facilities, Small. Small Temporary Housing Facilities, also referred to as “Small Facilities,” shall have all of the following basic characteristics: A. The Small Facility and any associated infrastructure must be completely contained within a State or Federally-permitted parcel (such as a COGCC-approved oil/gas GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-36 well pad) in which reclamation and revegetation are secured with the permitting agency (Permitted Site); B. The Small Facility is located at the Permitted Site for less than a cumulative of 1 year and at the end of the utilization period, all structures, foundations, and associated infrastructure are completely removed; and C. The Small Facility shall have an occupancy of 8 or fewer people who are employees, contractors, or subcontractors of the operator of the small facility and are needed for on-site safety of the related commercial, industrial, extraction, or highway operation. Temporary Employee Housing Operator. The individual or entity that is the permitee under the State or Federal permit for the Permitted Site and is, therefore, legally responsible for installation, hook-up, operation, and removal of Factory Built Nonresidential Structures (as defined under C.R.S. § 24-32-3301 and Resolution No. 35 of the Colorado State Housing Board) and/or Recreational Vehicles and all associated infrastructure used in a Small, Minor, or Major Temporary Employee Housing Facility. Theatre, Indoor. The whole or part of a building used for housing dramatic presentations, stage entertainments, or motion-picture shows. Townhome. See “Dwelling, Multi-Unit.” Tract. See “Lot.” Trail. A linear pathway across land used for recreational, transportation, and pedestrian purposes. Transfer Station. A facility for the temporary deposit of waste. Transfer stations are often used as places where local waste collection vehicles will deposit their waste cargo prior to loading into larger vehicles. These larger vehicles will transport the waste to the end point of disposal or treatment. Transient Aircraft. Fixed or rotary-wing aircraft that use an Airport or Heliport landing strip or Helistop, but do not use it as a home base. Transitional Surface. See “Airport Imaginary Surfaces.” Transitional Housing. See “Group Home Facility.” Transportation Corridor. As it pertains to Article 14, any County or municipal street or road, any State or Federal highway, and any railroad operating as a common carrier. Trip Generation. The measurement of vehicle usage to and from a destination created by a specific land use. Typical and Ordinary High Water Mark. The point on the bank or shore of a Waterbody up to which the presence and action of the water is so continuous as to leave a distinct mark either by erosion, destruction of terrestrial vegetation, or other easily recognized characteristic. Water marks are often at various elevations, but the most permanent and prevalent marks constitute the TOHWM. The TOHWM does not change with temporary fluctuations in water levels, nor is it always at or near open water, as is the case with cattail marshes, bogs, and Wetlands. In the event that a waterbody holds water for 10 or more months per year and does not display notable signs of a TOHWM, the TOHWM shall be measured from the center of the waterbody course. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-37 Unsafe Structure. A structure or building that, in the determination of the Director or Building Official, is: A. In a condition presenting a substantial danger or hazard to public health, safety, or welfare; and/or B. Is a dilapidated building which is unused by the owner or uninhabited because of deterioration or decay, and constitutes a fire hazard or subjects adjoining properties to a danger of damage by storm, soil erosion, or rodent infestation, or is a place frequented by trespassers and transients seeking a temporary shelter or hideout. Unstable or potentially unstable slope. An area susceptible to a landslide, a mudflow, a rock fall, or accelerated creep of slope-forming materials. Urban Growth Area. A boundary line portrayed on a map and drawn around a municipality within which the municipality expects to accommodate future urban growth, as certified to the County by the governing body of the municipality. It is expected that land within Urban Growth Areas will be developed in an urban pattern, urban services will be provided by the municipalities, and the area will eventually be annexed, based upon a maximum 20-year growth period. Use. The purpose or activity for which a parcel of land, a building, or structure is designed, arranged, or intended, or for which it is occupied or maintained. Use, Accessory. A use that is customarily supportive, secondary, and subordinate to a principal use on the same parcel. Use, Commercial. Any use or activity primarily devoted to business, such as the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of goods, and/or the provision of services. Use, Industrial. Uses engaged in processing or manufacturing of materials from either extracted or raw materials or from previously prepared materials resulting in a new product designed for wholesale or retail sale. Use, Principal. The primary purpose or function for which a parcel or structure is used, which may include multiple uses. Utility Distribution Facility. Any gas or electric line other than gas gathering, transmission lines, or electrical transmission lines as defined herein (utilized for the local distribution of gas or electric service), telephone or telegraph line, cable television line, water line, sewer line, or neighborhood substations. Utility Storage Area. See “Storage.” Vehicle Repair, Body/Paint, or Upholstery Shop. See “Repair.” Vehicle Safety Area, Large. An area outside of the public right-of-way greater than 4 acres in size utilized for vehicle preparation in the event of inclement weather. The area may be used for the application of snow-chains/mud-chains, equipment inspections, and other vehicle safety related activities. Vehicle Safety Area, Small. An area outside of the public right-of-way 4 acres or less in size utilized for vehicle preparation in the event of inclement weather. The area may be used for the GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-38 application of snow-chains/mud-chains, equipment inspections, and other vehicle safety related activities. Warehouse and Distribution Center. A building used primarily for the inside storage and distribution of goods and materials, including land and buildings used as a relay station for the transfer of goods from 1 vehicle or party to another; and the parking and storage of tractor and/or other trailer units. Water Impoundment. Confined water such as surface pits or ponds, wastewater treatment settling ponds, surface mining ponds, detention and retention ponds, artificial lakes and ponds (not related to agriculture), and produced water and condensate tanks. Water impoundment excludes tanks with a total tank volume of 5,000 barrels or fewer used exclusively for activities associated with Oil and Gas Drilling and Production, and Injection Wells. Water Reservoir. A natural or artificial place where water is collected and stored for use, especially water for supplying a community, irrigating land, and furnishing power. Water Supply Entity. A municipality, county, special district, water conservancy district, water conservation district, water authority, or other public or private water supply company that supplies, distributes, or otherwise provides water at retail, as provided in C.R.S. § 29-20-302(2). Water Tank or Treatment Facility. A facility exceeding 50,000 gallons or more for purifying, supplying, and holding water related to supply drinking water or raw water irrigation. Waterbody. Accumulations of water such as water reservoirs, lakes, ponds, and Wetlands, as well as rivers, streams, and other geological features where water moves from one place to another at least 10 months per year. “Waterbody” does not include irrigation ditches used for the sole purpose of agriculture, and water impoundments, water features used for fire protection, or other man-made ponds, fountains, or related constructions. Waters of the State. Waters within the State of Colorado that are subject to various regulatory programs and other State laws. Weeds and Brush. Any underbrush, brush, shrub, or plant material greater than 12 inches in height that ordinarily grows without cultivation, not in planting beds or otherwise in a controlled manner, and not for the purpose of food production. Wetland. An ecosystem that depends on constant or recurrent, shallow inundation, or saturation at or near the surface of the substrate. The minimum essential characteristics of a Wetland are recurrent, sustained inundation or saturation at or near the surface, and the presence of physical, chemical, and biological features reflective of recurrent, sustained inundation or saturation. Common diagnostic features of Wetlands are hydric soils and hydrophytic vegetation. These features will be present except where specific physicochemical, biotic, or anthropogenic factors have removed them or prevented their development. Wildfire Hazards Map. The official map of wildfire hazards in Garfield County adopted by the BOCC. Wildlife Habitat. That natural or manmade environment that contains the elements of food, shelter, water, and space in a combination and quantity necessary for the survival of 1 or more wildlife species. GARFIELD COUNTY LAND USE AND DEVELOPMENT CODE 15-39 Wildfire hazard means. A wildfire phenomenon which is adverse to past, current, or foreseeable construction or land use constituting a significant hazard to public health and safety or to property. The term includes but is not limited to: a. Slope aspect; b. Wildfire behavior characteristics; and c. Existing vegetation type. Wind Energy System. Equipment that converts and then stores or transfers energy from the wind into usable forms of energy. Wind Energy System, Commercial. A wind energy system that is operated primarily (51% or more) to put energy into the electric grid, has a nameplate capacity of more than 100 kilowatts, a total height of more than 175 feet, and/or a blade length of more than 30 feet. Wind Energy System, Small. A wind energy system that is used to generate electricity; has a nameplate capacity of 100 kilowatts or less; and/or has a total height of 175 feet or less. Yard. The area between a property line and the required setback. Zone District. A geographical area that allows certain permitted uses and can separate one set of land uses from another. APPENDIX F: ALTA SURVEY FLOOD INFORMATION OBSERVED SIGNIFICANT OBSERVATIONS NOT TO SCALE BY GRAPHIC PLOTTING ONLY, THIS PROPERTY LIES WITHIN ZONE "X", AS SHOWN ON THE FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP, COMMUNITY PANEL NO. 0802051705B, WHICH BEARS AN EFFECTIVE DATE OF 01-03-1986, AND IS NOT IN A SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA. NO FIELD SURVEYING WAS PERFORMED TO DETERMINE THIS ZONE. ZONE "X" DENOTES AREAS OF MINIMAL FLOOD HAZARD . VICINITY MAP 1. ALL STATEMENTS WITHIN THE CERTIFICATION, AND OTHER REFERENCES LOCATED ELSEWHERE HEREON, RELATED TO UTILITIES, IMPROVEMENTS, STRUCTURES, BUILDINGS, PARTY WALLS, EASEMENTS, SERVITUDES, FOUNDATIONS AND POSSIBLE ENCROACHMENTS ARE BASED SOLELY ON ABOVE GROUND, VISIBLE EVIDENCE, UNLESS ANOTHER SOURCE OF INFORMATION IS SPECIFICALLY REFERENCED HEREON. 2. SUBJECT TRACT HAS DIRECT PHYSICAL DRIVEWAY ACCESS TO VALLEY VIEW DR , A DEDICATED PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. 3. THE DIMENSIONS AND AREA OF THE BUILDING(S) SHOWN ARE BASED ON THE BUILDING'S EXTERIOR FOOTPRINT AT GROUND LEVEL. 4. THE POINT OF HEIGHT MEASUREMENT IS IDENTIFIED ON THE SURVEY AND WAS TAKEN FROM THE NEAREST ADJACENT GRADE AT SAID POINT. THIS POINT REPRESENTS THE HEIGHT OF THE STRUCTURE AS OBSERVED FROM GROUND LEVEL. 5. NO UNDERGROUND UTILITIES HAVE BEEN LOCATED AND/OR SHOWN ON THIS SURVEY. ONLY VISIBLE AND APPARENT ABOVE GROUND UTILITY APPURTENANCES ARE SHOWN. 6. THERE IS NO OBSERVABLE EVIDENCE OF EARTH MOVING WORK, OR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION ON THE SURVEYED PROPERTY. 7. THERE ARE NO OBSERVABLE EVIDENCE OF ANY CHANGES IN STREET RIGHT-OF-WAYS OR RECENT STREET OR SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION OR REPAIR. 8. THERE IS NO OBSERVABLE EVIDENCE OF CEMETERIES ON THE SURVEYED PROPERTY. 9. ALL RECIPROCAL EASEMENT AGREEMENTS ("REAS") THAT HAVE BEEN REPORTED BY THE TITLE REPORT PROVIDED HAVE BEEN DENOTED ON THE SURVEY AND ARE SHOWN HEREON. THE LIMITS OF ANY OFFSITE APPURTENANT EASEMENTS THAT HAVE BEEN REPORTED BY THE TITLE REPORT PROVIDED HAVE BEEN DENOTED ON THE SURVEY AND ARE SHOWN HEREON. 10. THIS SURVEY DOES NOT PROVIDE A DETERMINATION OR OPINION CONCERNING THE LOCATION OR EXISTENCE OF WETLANDS, FAULT LINES, TOXIC OR HAZARDOUS WASTE AREAS, SUBSIDENCE, SUBSURFACE AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS OR GEOLOGICAL ISSUES. NO STATEMENT IS MADE CONCERNING THE SUITABILITY OF THE SUBJECT TRACT FOR ANY INTENDED USE, PURPOSE OR DEVELOPMENT. 11. THE SURVEYED BOUNDARY SHOWN HEREON ARE CONTIGUOUS WITH ADJOINING PROPERTIES AND/OR RIGHTS OF WAY WITHOUT ANY GAPS, GORES OR OVERLAPS. 12. NO VISIBLE EVIDENCE OF SUBSTANTIAL AREAS OF REFUSE WERE OBSERVED AT THE TIME THE FIELDWORK WAS PERFORMED. 13. THE DISTANCE FROM VALLEY VIEW DR. AND BATTLEMENT PARKWAY TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE PROPERTY IS 68.7' AND IS SHOWN ON SHEET 2. The Title Description and Schedule 'B' items are the same as shown on the title commitment provided by FIDELITY NATIONAL TITLE, NATIONAL COMMERCIAL SERVICES, Commitment No. 54319, with an effective date of 09/19/2024: SHEET 1 OF 3 TO: DARTER, LLC, A COLORADO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, LINCOLN CAPITAL ACQUISITION, LLC, A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AND FIDELITY NATIONAL TITLE, NATIONAL COMMERCIAL SERVICES THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THIS MAP OR PLAT AND THE SURVEY ON WHICH IT IS BASED WERE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2021 MINIMUM STANDARD DETAIL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTA/NSPS LAND TITLE SURVEYS, JOINTLY ESTABLISHED AND ADOPTED BY ALTA AND NSPS, AND INCLUDES ITEMS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6(A), 6(B), 7(A), 7(B)(1), 7(C), 8, 9, 10, 11(a), 11(b), 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18 & 19 OF TABLE A THEREOF. THE FIELDWORK WAS COMPLETED ON 09-26-2024. DATE OF PLAT OR MAP: 10/08/2024 BUILDING AREA NO BUILDINGS LAND AREA PARKING NO PARKING VACANT LAND TITLE COMMITMENT INFORMATION SURVEYOR'S NOTES SURVEYOR'S CERTIFICATE BASIS OF BEARING NORTH 00°29'23" WEST - BEING THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 18, TOWNSHIP 7 SOUTH, RANGE 95 WEST, 6TH P.M. GARFIELD COUNTY COLORADO . THIS SURVEY WAS COORDINATED, NOT PERFORMED, BY PARTNER. SURVEY OBTAINED FROM AND CERTIFIED TO BY A PROFESSIONAL SURVEYOR LICENSED TO PRACTICE IN THE SAME STATE THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATED NOTES CORRESPONDING TO SCHEDULE "B" ITEMS SURVEYOR MARK A. BYRD REGISTRATION NUMBER 38283 STATE OF REGISTRATION CO. TITLE DESCRIPTION SITUATED IN THE COUNTY OF GARFIELD AND STATE OF COLORADO DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: LOT 47B, OF THE RESUBDIVISION OF LOT 47 VALLEY VIEW VILLAGE SUBDIVISION IN BATTLEMENT MESA P.U.D, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT RECORDED NOVEMBER 20, 2018 AT RECEPTION NUMBER 914381, COUNTY OF GARFIELD, STATE OF COLORADO. FOR INFORMATION ONLY: SAID PREMISES ARE KNOWN AS STONE QUARRY ROAD, PARACHUTE, CO AND DESIGNATED AS PARCEL NO. 240718121002 AS SHOWN ON THE TAX MAP OF THE COUNTY OF GARFIELD. COPYRIGHT ©PARTNER ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. USE OF THIS FORMAT IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT. SURVEYED BY 2021 ALTA/NSPS LAND TITLE SURVEY COORDINATED BY CORPORATE OFFICE 2154 Torrance Boulevard Torrance, CA 90501 Phone: 888-213-7479 ALTA@partneresi.com www.partneresi.com DRAWN BY:DRAWING SCALE:1"= FILENAME: JOB NO.: 00106-71A-24-463460.2.1 10-28-24 USE.DWG REVISIONSDATE CHECKED BY: PARTNER PROJECT NUMBER: 24-463460.2 GARFIELD, COUNTY PARACHUTE COLORADO 81635 SWC S BATTLEMENT PKWY & STONE QUARRY ASTER PLACE 50' 24-463460.2 MAB UTILITY NOTE SURVEY PREPARED BY: ByrdWay Surveys 218 W 3000 S Bountiful, Utah 84010 mark@byrdway.com 23.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Resolution as set forth below: Recording Date: June 6, 2006 Reception No.: 699415 in Book 1807 at Page 631 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 24.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Resolution 2008-72 as set forth below: Recording Date: June 6, 2008 Reception No.: 749987 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 25.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Resolution 2009-51 as set forth below: Recording Date: July 21, 2009 Reception No.: 771779 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 26.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Resolution No. 2009-62 as set forth below: Recording Date: September 9, 2009 Reception No.: 774676 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 27.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Resolution No. 2009-68 as set forth below: Recording Date: September 22, 2009 Reception No.: 775420 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 28.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Resolution No. 2010-16 as set forth below: Recording Date: April 7, 2010 Reception No.: 784389 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 29.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Resolution No. 2018-51 as set forth below: Recording Date: October 15, 2018 Reception No.: 913058 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 30.Easements and provisions shown on the Plat of Resubdivision of Lot 47 Valley View Village Subdivision in Battlement Mesa P.U.D, recorded November 20, 2018 as Reception No. 914381. (AFFECTS, SHOWN) 31.Terms, conditions, restrictions, provisions, notes and easements but omitting any covenants or restrictions, if any, including but not limited to those based upon race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, familial status, marital status, disability, handicap, national origin, ancestry, source of income, gender, gender identity, gender expression, medical condition or genetic information, as set forth inapplicable state or federal laws, except to the extent that said covenants or restrictions is permitted by applicable law, as set forth on the Plat(s) of said subdivision set forth below: Recording Date: November 20, 2018 Reception No.: 914381 (AFFECTS, SHOWN) 32.Covenants, conditions, restrictions and lien rights but omitting any covenants or restrictions, if any, including but not limited to those based upon race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, familial status, marital status, disability, handicap, national origin, ancestry, source of income, gender, gender identity, gender expression, medical condition or genetic information, as set forth in applicable state or federal laws, except to the extent that said covenants or restriction is permitted by applicable law, as set forth in the document. Recording Date: December 18, 2018 Reception No.: 915473 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 33.Covenants, restrictions and reservations contained in the Special Warranty Deed as set forth below: Recording Date: July 27, 2006 Reception No.: 702986 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 34.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Battlement Mesa PUD District Regulations as set forth below: Reception No.: Book 610 page 453. (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 35.Any boundary discrepancy due to the location of fence lines and the effect of any right, title or interest that may be claimed due to any said discrepancy. (NOT SURVEY RELATED) 36.Any existing leases or tenancies, and any and all parties claiming by, through or under said lessees. (NOT SURVEY RELATED) 37.NOTE: A 24 month Chain of Title has been completed and we find the following: NONE FOUND (NOT SURVEY RELATED) 38.NOTE: This report and any policy issued pursuant hereto omits any covenant, condition or restriction based on race, color, religion, age, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin, unless and only to the extent that the restriction is not in violation of state or federal law, or relates to a handicap, but does not discriminate against handicapped people. (NOT SURVEY RELATED) 39.NOTE: If policy is to be issued in support of a mortgage loan, attention is directed to the fact that the company can assume no liability under its policy, the closing instructions, or Insured Closing Service for compliance with the requirements of any consumer credit protection or truth in lending law in connection with said mortgage loan. (NOT SURVEY RELATED) 40.Preliminary survey by Mark A. Byrd, Registration No. 38283 of ByrdWay Surveys, dated 10/14/2022 entitled, “ALTA/NSPS Land Title Survey of Multi-Unit Development – SWC S Battlement Pkway & Stone Quarry Parachute, Garfield, Colorado”, discloses the following: a. Utility poles along the northerly portion of subject premises. (PREVIOUS SURVEY) PARCEL LOT 47B 277,975 SQ. FT. 6.381 AC. BUILDING HEIGHT NONE OBSERVED AT TIME OF SURVEY NOTES CORRESPONDING TO SCHEDULE "B" ITEMS 9.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Easement as set forth below: Recording Date: May 25, 1960 Reception No.: 209558 in Book 326 at Page 128 (DOES NOT AFFECT THIS PARCEL) 10.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Easement as set forth below: Recording Date: September 22, 1980 Reception No.: 307680 in Book 556 at Page 412 (AFFECTS, SHOWN)) 11.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Battlement Mesa Water and Sanitation District as set forth below: Recording Date: March 23, 1982 Reception No.: 325891 in Book 595 at Page 291 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 12.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Notice as set forth below: Recording Date: April 23, 1983 Reception No.: 327009 in Book 597 at Page 883 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 13.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Resolution No. 82-121 as set forth below: Recording Date: October 20, 1982 Reception No.: 333476 in Book 610 at Page 445 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 14.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Resolution No. 82-327 as set forth below: Recording Date: December 29, 1982 Reception No.: 335546 in Book 615 at Page 880 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 15.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Resolution No. 82-330 as set forth below: Recording Date: December 29, 1982 Reception No.: 335549 in Book 615 at Page 886 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 16.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Resolution No. 2003-67 as set forth below: Recording Date: September 15, 2003 Reception No.: 636574 in Book 1518 at Page 822 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 17.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Annexation Agreement as set forth below: Recording Date: December 16, 2003 Reception No.: 643039 in Book 1546 at Page 946 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 18.Covenants, conditions, restrictions and lien rights but omitting any covenants or restrictions, if any, including but not limited to those based upon race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, familial status, marital status, disability, handicap, national origin, ancestry, source of income, gender, gender identity, gender expression, medical condition or genetic information, as set forth in applicable state or federal laws, except to the extent that said covenants or restriction is permitted by applicable law, as set forth in the document. Recording Date: August 13, 1991 Reception No.: 426419 in Book 811 at Page 9, and first amendment recorded November 21, 2001 as Reception No. 592295 in Book 1305 at Page 86, and second amendment recorded October 31, 2002, as Reception No. 613708 in Book 1401 at Page 603, third amendment recorded August 26, 2003 as Reception No. 634973 in Book 1510 at Page 748, fourth amendment recorded March 1, 2004 at Reception No. 647410 in Book 1564 at Page 829, fifth amendment recorded April 25, 2005 as Reception No. 672848 in Book 1681 at Page 611, Sixth Amendment recorded January 13, 2006 as Reception No. 690448 in Book 1763 at Page 896, Supplemental Declaration recorded February 27, 2006 as Reception No. 692885 in Book 1774 at Page 738, and any and all amendments, assignment, or annexations thereto. (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 19.Covenants, conditions, restrictions and lien rights but omitting any covenants or restrictions, if any, including but not limited to those based upon race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, familial status, marital status, disability, handicap, national origin, ancestry, source of income, gender, gender identity, gender expression, medical condition or genetic information, as set forth in applicable state or federal laws, except to the extent that said covenants or restriction is permitted by applicable law, as set forth in the document. Recording Date: December 16, 2003 Reception No.: 643048 in Book 1546 at Page 979, and supplemental declaration recorded October 12, 2004, as Reception No. 661556 in Book 1630 at Page 263 and as amended in instrument recorded October 22, 2004, as Reception No. 662275 in Book 1633 at Page 647 and first supplemental declaration recorded April 14, 2005 as Reception No. 672230 in Book 1679 at Page 49 and supplemental declaration recorded June 14, 2005 as Reception No. 676212 in Book 1697 at Page 127, second supplemental declaration recorded January 30, 2006 as Reception No. 691345 in Book 1767 at Page 909, first amended supplemental declaration recorded February 13, 2006 as Reception No. 692293 in Book 1772 at Page 53, supplemental declaration recorded February 27, 2006 as Reception No. 692893 in Book 1774 at Page 748, supplemental declaration recorded February 14, 2007 as Reception No. 717287 in Book 1894 at Page 867, and any and all amendments, assignments, or annexations thereto. (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 20.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Subdivision Improvement Agreement as set forth below: Recording Date: December 16, 2003 Reception No.: 643045 in Book 1546 at Page 964, amendment no. 1 recorded May 24, 2004 as Reception No. 652574 in Book 1589 at Page 914, agreement recorded May 24, 2004 as Reception No. 652573 in Book 1589 at Page 913 NOTE:Acknowledgement of Satisfaction in Connection therewith recorded May 3, 2005 at Reception No 673424. (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 21.Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations contained in the Trench, Conduit, and Vault Agreement as set forth below: Recording Date: February 26, 2004 Reception No.: 647202 in Book 1563 at Page 983 (BLANKET, AFFECTS) 22.Easements and provisions shown on the Plat of Valley View Village Sub-Battlement Mesa PUD Final Plat, recorded December 16, 2003 as Reception No. 643044. (NO DOCUMENT PROVIDED) NO BUILDINGS SITE GRAPHIC SCALE 0 1" = 50' 25'50'100' THE PROPERTY SURVEYED IS THE SAME AS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND SHOWN IN THE TITLE COMMITMENT FROM FIDELITY NATIONAL TITLE, NATIONAL COMMERCIAL SERVICES, COMMITMENT NO. 54319 HAVING AN EFFECTIVE DATE OF 09-19-2024 ZONING INFORMATION ITEM ZONING DESIGNATION MINIMUM LOT AREA (SQ. FT.) MINIMUM FRONTAGE MINIMUM LOT WIDTH MAX LOT COVERAGE MAX BUILDING HEIGHT FRONT SIDE REAR REQUIRED ZONING VERIFICATION LETTER Date of Report: OCTOBER 14, 2022 Partner Project Number: 22-385907.2 3.1 REGULATORY RESPONSE SUMMARY REGULATORY RESPONSE SUMMARY ZONING LETTER NO, THE MUNICIPALITY DOES NOT ISSUE ZONING VERIFICATION LETTERS. CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY REQUEST IS CURRENTLY PENDING. ZONING CODE VIOLATIONS REQUEST FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING. BUILDING CODE VIOLATIONS REQUEST IS CURRENTLY PENDING. FIRE/LIFE SAFETY CODE VIOLATIONS REQUEST IS CURRENTLY PENDING. PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS NO KNOWN PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS. PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT YES, RECEIVED 3.2 MUNICIPAL CONTACTS MUNICIPAL CONTACTS COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT / SAM , PLANNER / 970-945-8212 PUD BATTLEMENT MESA 9000 SF 6 FT 15 FT 50/25 FT 36' NONE REGULAR VISIBLE STRIPES: HANDICAP: TOTAL PARKING: 0 0 0 CONTACT: MULTI-UNIT DEVELOPMENT REPORT DATE: OOCTOBER 14, 2022 REPORT #: 22-385907.2 PREPARED FOR: NONE NONE PARACHUTE, COLORADO 81635 LINCOLN AVENUE CAPITAL Parcel Number 240718121002 30 31 PRELIMINARY THE SURVEY SHOWS THE LOCATION OF UTILITIES EXISTING ON OR SERVING THE SURVEYED PROPERTY AS DETERMINED BY OBSERVED EVIDENCE COLLECTED PURSUANT TO ALTA SECTION 5 E IV TOGETHER WITH EVIDENCE FROM PLANS REQUESTED BY THE SURVEYOR AND OBTAINED FROM THE UTILITY COMPANIES, OR PROVIDED BY THE CLIENT. 100' PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY BATTLEMENT PARKWAY(ASPHALT) EP TO EP 59.1' 80 ' P U B L I C R I G H T O F W A Y ST O N E Q U A R R Y R O A D ( A S P H A L T ) E P T O E P 4 7 . 9 ' PARCEL LOT 47B A.P.N. 240718121002 6.381 ACRES 277,975 SQ. FT. VACANT LAND AUBURN RIDGE CAPITAL LLC A.P.N. 240718121001 80' P U B L I C R I G H T O F W A Y VA L L E Y V I E W D R ( A S P H A L T ) E P T O E P 4 7 . 8 ' VALLEY VIEW VILLAGE HOA A.P.N. 240718102005 VALLEY VIEW VILLAGE HOA D D D SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5373.64 IE:5364.64 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5393.96 IE:5381.31 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5412.6' IE:5398.9' SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5376.19 IE:5364.94 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5377.21 IE:5365.11 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5375.18 IE:5365.98 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5374.27 IE:5366.44 80 ' P U B L I C R I G H T O F W A Y VA L L E Y V I E W D R ( A S P H A L T ) E P T O E P 4 7 . 8 ' SD MANHOLE TOP:5390.5' IE:5385.5' SD MANHOLE TOP:5410.2' IE:5404.2' D D SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5375.18 IE:5365.98 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5374.27 IE:5366.44 80 ' P U B L I C R I G H T O F W A Y VA L L E Y V I E W D R ( A S P H A L T ) E P T O E P 4 7 . 8 ' GRAPHIC SCALE 0 1" = 50' 25'50'100' LEGEND SHEET 2 OF 3 SURVEYED BY 2021 ALTA/NSPS LAND TITLE SURVEY COORDINATED BY CORPORATE OFFICE 2154 Torrance Boulevard Torrance, CA 90501 Phone: 888-213-7479 ALTA@partneresi.com www.partneresi.com DRAWN BY:DRAWING SCALE:1"= FILENAME: JOB NO.: 00106-71A-24-463460.2.1 10-28-24 USE.DWG REVISIONSDATE CHECKED BY: PARTNER PROJECT NUMBER: 24-463460.2 GARFIELD COUNTY PARACHUTE COLORADO 81635 SWC S BATTLEMENT PKWY & STONE QUARRY ASTER PLACE 50' 24-463460.2 MAB THIS SURVEY WAS COORDINATED, NOT PERFORMED, BY PARTNER. SURVEY OBTAINED FROM AND CERTIFIED TO BY A PROFESSIONAL SURVEYOR LICENSED TO PRACTICE IN THE SAME STATE THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATEDCOPYRIGHT ©PARTNER ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. USE OF THIS FORMAT IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT. SURVEY PREPARED BY: ByrdWay Surveys 218 W 3000 S Bountiful, Utah 84010 mark@byrdway.com MONUMENT FOUND E. COR. SEC 18, T.7S., R.95W., 6TH P.M. POC PARCEL MONUMENT FOUND N.E. COR. SEC 18, T.7S., R.95W., 6TH P.M. BA S I S O F B E A R I N G N0 0 ° 2 9 ' 2 3 " E 2 6 3 9 . 6 1 ' ( M ) 2 6 3 9 . 5 6 ' ( R ) EXISTING BUILDING (M) (R) (M) (R) (M) (R) (M) (R) (M) (R) 10' 10' 10' 20' 15' 20' 15' 15' 15' 40' 40' 40' 40' 40' 40' 50' 50' 50' 50' 50' BSL 50' BSL 15' BSL 15' BSL 15' BSL 25' BSL SITE ACCESS POB PARCEL LOT 47B (M) (R) (M) (R) 10' 10' FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 REBAR SET FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 REBAR SET REBAR SET REBAR SET FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 SITE ACCESS FND R/C #23875 REBAR SET FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 DETAIL "A" NTS SEE DETAIL "A" BELOW FLOW LINE TBC@SD 5412.9' FL 5407.9' AT THE TIME OF THE SURVEY THE ROADS HAD BEEN OVERLAID. NO SMH ELEVATIONS. THE UTILITY LINES SHOWN HEREON WERE ESTABLISHED BY LOCATION AND PROVIDED AS BUILT LOCATIONS FROM THE CLIENT. UNDERGROUND LOCATE (BLOOD HOUND) SHOWS THE SEWER TO BE 12" (POSSIBLE PVC PIPE, NEEDS TO BE VERIFIED. WATER LINE AND SD LINE NEEDS TO BE VERIFIED FOR SIZE AND MATERIAL, UNKNOWN AT THE TIME OF THE SURVEY. LOW AREA BASIN BASIN OUTLET LOW AREA BASIN BASIN OUTLET INLET BOX TOP 5373.3' IE 5370.0' TREE AREA SD PIPES 5359.9' FL TBC@SD 5414.0' FL 5410.2' TOP SD PIPES 5363.9' FL SD PIPES 5359.9' FL TOP SD PIPES 5363.9' FL FL = 5393.4' FL = 5392.6' FL = 5403.5' 5400'5405'5410' 5410' 5410' 5415' 5415' 5420' 5415' 5415'5420' 5425' 5425' 5395'5390'5385'5380'5375' 5375' 5375' 5375' 5380' 5380' 5385' 5385' 5390' 5395' 5395' 5395' 5395' 5400' 5400' 5405' 5405' 5375' 5375' 5405' 5400' 36" RCP 36" RCP 36" RCP TBC@SD 5373.0' FL 5365.0' TBC@SD 5373.0' FL 5364.5' TBC@SD 5373.0' FL 5365.0' TBC@SD 5373.0' FL 5364.5' 100' PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY BATTLEMENT PARKWAY(ASPHALT) EP TO EP 59.1' 80 ' P U B L I C R I G H T O F W A Y ST O N E Q U A R R Y R O A D ( A S P H A L T ) E P T O E P 4 7 . 9 ' PARCEL LOT 47B A.P.N. 240718121002 6.381 ACRES 277,975 SQ. FT. VACANT LAND AUBURN RIDGE CAPITAL LLC A.P.N. 240718121001 80' P U B L I C R I G H T O F W A Y VA L L E Y V I E W D R ( A S P H A L T ) E P T O E P 4 7 . 8 ' VALLEY VIEW VILLAGE HOA A.P.N. 240718102005 VALLEY VIEW VILLAGE HOA D D D PL A T 1 5 ' U & L A N D S C A P E E A S E M E N T RE C # 9 1 4 3 8 1 30 PLAT 15' U&LANDSCAPE EASEMENT REC # 914381 30 20' ELECTRICAL EASEMENT HOLY CROSS ELEC. ASSOC. REC # 307680 10 30 10' UTILITY EASEMENT REC # 914381 30 31 31 31 31 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5373.64 IE:5364.64 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5393.96 IE:5381.31 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5412.6' IE:5398.9' SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5376.19 IE:5364.94 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5377.21 IE:5365.11 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5375.18 IE:5365.98 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5374.27 IE:5366.44 80 ' P U B L I C R I G H T O F W A Y VA L L E Y V I E W D R ( A S P H A L T ) E P T O E P 4 7 . 8 ' 15' UTILITY EASEMENT REC # 914381 15' UTILITY EASEMENT REC # 914381 SD MANHOLE TOP:5390.5' IE:5385.5' SD MANHOLE TOP:5410.2' IE:5404.2' D D SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5375.18 IE:5365.98 SEWER MANHOLE TOP:5374.27 IE:5366.44 80 ' P U B L I C R I G H T O F W A Y VA L L E Y V I E W D R ( A S P H A L T ) E P T O E P 4 7 . 8 ' GRAPHIC SCALE 0 1" = 50' 25'50'100' SHEET 3 OF 3 SURVEYED BY 2021 ALTA/NSPS LAND TITLE SURVEY COORDINATED BY CORPORATE OFFICE 2154 Torrance Boulevard Torrance, CA 90501 Phone: 888-213-7479 ALTA@partneresi.com www.partneresi.com DRAWN BY:DRAWING SCALE:1"= FILENAME: JOB NO.: 00106-71A-24-463460.2.1 10-28-24 USE.DWG REVISIONSDATE CHECKED BY: PARTNER PROJECT NUMBER: 24-463460.2 GARFIELD COUNTY PARACHUTE COLORADO 81635 SWC S BATTLEMENT PKWY & STONE QUARRY ASTER PLACE 50' 24-463460.2 MAB THIS SURVEY WAS COORDINATED, NOT PERFORMED, BY PARTNER. SURVEY OBTAINED FROM AND CERTIFIED TO BY A PROFESSIONAL SURVEYOR LICENSED TO PRACTICE IN THE SAME STATE THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATEDCOPYRIGHT ©PARTNER ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. USE OF THIS FORMAT IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT. SURVEY PREPARED BY: ByrdWay Surveys 218 W 3000 S Bountiful, Utah 84010 mark@byrdway.com MONUMENT FOUND E. COR. SEC 18, T.7S., R.95W., 6TH P.M. POC PARCEL MONUMENT FOUND N.E. COR. SEC 18, T.7S., R.95W., 6TH P.M. BA S I S O F B E A R I N G N0 0 ° 2 9 ' 2 3 " E 2 6 3 9 . 6 1 ' ( M ) 2 6 3 9 . 5 6 ' ( R ) EXISTING BUILDING (M) (R) (M) (R) (M) (R) (M) (R) 10' 10' 10' 20'15'20'15' 15' 15' 40' 40' 40' 40' 40' 40' 50' 50' 50' 50' 50' BSL 50' BSL 15' BSL 15' BSL 15' BSL 25' BSL SITE ACCESS POB PARCEL LOT 47B (M) (R) (M ) ( R ) 10' 10' FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 REBAR SET FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 REBAR SET REBAR SET REBAR SET FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 SITE ACCESS FND R/C #23875 REBAR SET FND R/C #23875 FND R/C #23875 DETAIL "A" NTS SEE DETAIL "A" BELOW TREE AREA CURB FL@INLET 5373.0' SD PIPES 5359.9' FL TOP SD PIPES 5363.9' FL LEGEND 5385' AT THE TIME OF THE SURVEY THE ROADS HAD BEEN OVERLAID. NO SMH ELEVATIONS. THE UTILITY LINES SHOWN HEREON WERE ESTABLISHED BY LOCATION AND PROVIDED AS BUILT LOCATIONS FROM THE CLIENT. UNDERGROUND LOCATE (BLOOD HOUND) SHOWS THE SEWER TO BE 12" (POSSIBLE PVC PIPE, NEEDS TO BE VERIFIED. WATER LINE AND SD LINE NEEDS TO BE VERIFIED FOR SIZE AND MATERIAL, UNKNOWN AT THE TIME OF THE SURVEY. Soil Map—Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 6/3/2025 Page 1 of 3 43 6 9 7 8 0 43 6 9 8 1 0 43 6 9 8 4 0 43 6 9 8 7 0 43 6 9 9 0 0 43 6 9 9 3 0 43 6 9 9 6 0 43 6 9 7 8 0 43 6 9 8 1 0 43 6 9 8 4 0 43 6 9 8 7 0 43 6 9 9 0 0 43 6 9 9 3 0 43 6 9 9 6 0 755270 755300 755330 755360 755390 755420 755450 755480 755510 755540 755570 755270 755300 755330 755360 755390 755420 755450 755480 755510 755540 755570 39° 26' 29'' N 10 8 ° 2 ' 1 ' ' W 39° 26' 29'' N 10 8 ° 1 ' 4 8 ' ' W 39° 26' 22'' N 10 8 ° 2 ' 1 ' ' W 39° 26' 22'' N 10 8 ° 1 ' 4 8 ' ' W N Map projection: Web Mercator Corner coordinates: WGS84 Edge tics: UTM Zone 12N WGS84 0 50 100 200 300 Feet 0 20 40 80 120 Meters Map Scale: 1:1,410 if printed on A landscape (11" x 8.5") sheet. Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (AOI) Area of Interest (AOI) Soils Soil Map Unit Polygons Soil Map Unit Lines Soil Map Unit Points Special Point Features Blowout Borrow Pit Clay Spot Closed Depression Gravel Pit Gravelly Spot Landfill Lava Flow Marsh or swamp Mine or Quarry Miscellaneous Water Perennial Water Rock Outcrop Saline Spot Sandy Spot Severely Eroded Spot Sinkhole Slide or Slip Sodic Spot Spoil Area Stony Spot Very Stony Spot Wet Spot Other Special Line Features Water Features Streams and Canals Transportation Rails Interstate Highways US Routes Major Roads Local Roads Background Aerial Photography The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Warning: Soil Map may not be valid at this scale. Enlargement of maps beyond the scale of mapping can cause misunderstanding of the detail of mapping and accuracy of soil line placement. The maps do not show the small areas of contrasting soils that could have been shown at a more detailed scale. Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for map measurements. Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey URL: Coordinate System: Web Mercator (EPSG:3857) Maps from the Web Soil Survey are based on the Web Mercator projection, which preserves direction and shape but distorts distance and area. A projection that preserves area, such as the Albers equal-area conic projection, should be used if more accurate calculations of distance or area are required. This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of the version date(s) listed below. Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 17, Aug 29, 2024 Soil map units are labeled (as space allows) for map scales 1:50,000 or larger. Date(s) aerial images were photographed: Jun 24, 2020—Jul 8, 2020 The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were compiled and digitized probably differs from the background imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting of map unit boundaries may be evident. Soil Map—Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 6/3/2025 Page 2 of 3 Map Unit Legend Map Unit Symbol Map Unit Name Acres in AOI Percent of AOI 56 Potts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes 6.4 93.6% 58 Potts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes 0.4 6.4% Totals for Area of Interest 6.9 100.0% Soil Map—Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 6/3/2025 Page 3 of 3 Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties 56—Potts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes Map Unit Setting National map unit symbol: jnys Elevation: 5,000 to 7,000 feet Farmland classification: Farmland of statewide importance Map Unit Composition Potts and similar soils:85 percent Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit. Description of Potts Setting Landform:Mesas, benches, valley sides Down-slope shape:Convex, linear Across-slope shape:Convex, linear Parent material:Alluvium derived from basalt and/or alluvium derived from sandstone and shale Typical profile H1 - 0 to 4 inches: loam H2 - 4 to 28 inches: clay loam H3 - 28 to 60 inches: loam Properties and qualities Slope:6 to 12 percent Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches Drainage class:Well drained Runoff class: High Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):Moderately high (0.20 to 0.60 in/hr) Depth to water table:More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding:None Frequency of ponding:None Calcium carbonate, maximum content:15 percent Maximum salinity:Nonsaline to very slightly saline (0.0 to 2.0 mmhos/cm) Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: High (about 10.3 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): 4e Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 4e Hydrologic Soil Group: C Ecological site: R048AY306UT - Upland Loam (Wyoming Big Sagebrush) Map Unit Description: Potts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes---Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 6/3/2025 Page 1 of 2 Hydric soil rating: No Data Source Information Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 17, Aug 29, 2024 Map Unit Description: Potts loam, 6 to 12 percent slopes---Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 6/3/2025 Page 2 of 2 Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties 58—Potts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes Map Unit Setting National map unit symbol: jnyv Elevation: 5,000 to 6,500 feet Farmland classification: Not prime farmland Map Unit Composition Potts and similar soils:60 percent Ildefonso and similar soils:30 percent Estimates are based on observations, descriptions, and transects of the mapunit. Description of Potts Setting Landform:Mesas, alluvial fans, valley sides Down-slope shape:Convex, linear Across-slope shape:Convex, linear Parent material:Alluvium derived from basalt and/or alluvium derived from sandstone and shale Typical profile H1 - 0 to 4 inches: loam H2 - 4 to 28 inches: clay loam H3 - 28 to 60 inches: loam Properties and qualities Slope:12 to 25 percent Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches Drainage class:Well drained Runoff class: High Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):Moderately high (0.20 to 0.60 in/hr) Depth to water table:More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding:None Frequency of ponding:None Calcium carbonate, maximum content:15 percent Maximum salinity:Nonsaline to very slightly saline (0.0 to 2.0 mmhos/cm) Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: High (about 10.3 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): None specified Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 6e Hydrologic Soil Group: C Ecological site: R048AY306UT - Upland Loam (Wyoming Big Sagebrush) Hydric soil rating: No Map Unit Description: Potts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes---Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 6/3/2025 Page 1 of 2 Description of Ildefonso Setting Landform:Alluvial fans, valley sides, mesas Down-slope shape:Convex Across-slope shape:Convex Parent material:Alluvium derived from basalt and/or alluvium derived from sandstone and shale Typical profile H1 - 0 to 8 inches: stony loam H2 - 8 to 60 inches: very stony loam Properties and qualities Slope:12 to 25 percent Depth to restrictive feature:More than 80 inches Drainage class:Well drained Runoff class: Low Capacity of the most limiting layer to transmit water (Ksat):Moderately high to high (0.60 to 6.00 in/hr) Depth to water table:More than 80 inches Frequency of flooding:None Frequency of ponding:None Calcium carbonate, maximum content:35 percent Maximum salinity:Nonsaline to slightly saline (0.0 to 4.0 mmhos/cm) Available water supply, 0 to 60 inches: Low (about 5.1 inches) Interpretive groups Land capability classification (irrigated): None specified Land capability classification (nonirrigated): 6e Hydrologic Soil Group: A Ecological site: R034BY330UT - Upland Stony Loam (Pinyon-Utah Juniper) Hydric soil rating: No Data Source Information Soil Survey Area: Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Survey Area Data: Version 17, Aug 29, 2024 Map Unit Description: Potts-Ildefonso complex, 12 to 25 percent slopes---Rifle Area, Colorado, Parts of Garfield and Mesa Counties Natural Resources Conservation Service Web Soil Survey National Cooperative Soil Survey 6/3/2025 Page 2 of 2 Photo credit: Joey Masters GEOTECHNICAL REPORT Aster Place SWC S Battlement Parkway & Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 Report Date: November 13, 2024 Partner Project No. 24-463460.1 Prepared for: Lincoln Avenue Capital 2228 Mack Bayou Road Santa Rosa Beach, Florida 32459 800-419-4923 www.PARTNEResi.com November 13, 2024 Lincoln Avenue Capital Rusty Snow 2228 Mack Bayou Road Santa Rosa Beach,Florida 32459 Subject:Geotechnical Report Aster Place SWC S Battlement Parkway & Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 Partner Project No.24-463460.1 Dear Rusty Snow: Partner Engineering and Science, Inc. (Partner) presents the attached Geotechnical Report prepared in accordance with the terms of our proposal and industry standards, and which is based on available data and our general experiences regarding construction practices and geotechnical conditions on other sites. Partner’s report is based on the following assumptions related to the planned new construction: Nature of New Construction:Multi-Family Residential Type of Construction:Wood framing or Concrete Masonry Units Anticipated Loads:Assumed 75-kip maximum column loads and 2-3 kip/ft wall loads Size of New Construction:Unknown footprint, assumed one to two stories The geotechnical conditions on the site will allow for the planned development, given that consideration will be made for the costs and challenges associated with very dense gravelly soils and other considerations further detailed in the report. Our geotechnical report is presented for your use in this electronic format,as shown in the hyperlinked outline below. To return after clicking a hyperlink, hold “alt” and press the “left arrow key” on your keyboard. 1.0 Geotechnical Executive Summary 2.0 Report Overview and Limitations 3.0 Geologic Conditions and Hazards 4.0 Geotechnical Exploration and Laboratory Results 5.0 Geotechnical Recommendations Figures &Appendices We appreciate the opportunity to be of service during this phase of the work. Sincerely, Andrew J. Atry, PE Joey Masters, GIT Senior Engineer Senior Geologist Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 1 1.GEOTECHNICAL EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The executive summary is meant to consolidate information provided in more detail in the body of this report. This summary in no way replaces or overrides the detailed sections of the report. Geologic Zones and Site Hazards The site is located in the City of Parachute within the Colorado Plateau physiographic province of the state of Colorado. According to the United States Geological Survey (USGS), surficial geology at the site can be described as Terrace and fan-gravel deposits.Terrace deposits generally consist of mud, silt, sand, and gravel.Site grades are relatively flat, gently sloping down towards the west. The site is currently undeveloped land with light vegetation. Based on review of historic aerials and topographic maps, the site has previously been undeveloped.As such,the site may be impacted by buried root balls and light vegetation This portion of the state has a low seismic risk per the USGS 2014 Hazard Risk Map.According to the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) map, the subject property is located within an area of no digital flood data.No other hazards are known or suspected on the site. Excavation Conditions We anticipate excavations on the site to depths of up to 4 feet for building foundations and/or slabs on grade, and 5 feet for utility lines. Based on our boring data, conventional heavy construction equipment in good working condition should be able to perform the planned excavations.Very dense gravelly soils were encountered within the upper 5 feet and hard dig conditions may be encountered.As previously mentioned, buried tree roots and undocumented fills may be present on the site which could cave or be difficult to remove.Groundwater was not encountered at the time of drilling. However, groundwater levels fluctuate over time and may be different at the time of construction and during the project life. Foundation/Slab Support We recommend that the proposed building addition be supported on conventional spread foundations and/or slabs on grade bearing a minimum 24 inches (frost depth) below existing site grades supported on 24-inches of non-expansive engineered fill. Over excavations should extend laterally 2 feet beyond the edge of the footing in each direction. The base of excavation should be evaluated by the engineer with any remaining areas of soft or deleterious soils removed. Once the base of over-excavation is approved, the clean excavated soils should be scarified, moisture conditioned, and recompacted prior to placing new fills or concrete. The foundation and slab subgrade should be re-checked by the engineer immediately before concrete placement. Soil Reuse Based on our borings,some site soils may be suitable for reuse as engineered fill in structural areas,given they have a Plasticity Index of less than 20 and a fines content less than 50%. Existing onsite clayey soils and structural materials such as concrete, asphalt, crushed aggregate, or others could potentially be re-used as site fills if processed to meet fill requirements on the site. We recommend engineered fill for this site should be moisture conditioned and compacted to at least 95% of the maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D698 and Appendix C of this report. Pavement Design Roadway Type Subgrade Preparation Pavement Section Light Duty (Parking Area)Proofrolled/Compacted Subgrade 4 in. Asphalt/ 4 in. Aggregate Base Heavy Duty (Drive Aisles)Proofrolled/Compacted Subgrade 5 in. Asphalt/6 in. Aggregate Base Drive Through/ Trash Enclosure Proofrolled/Compacted Subgrade 8 in. Concrete/ 4 in. Aggregate Base Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 2 2.REPORT OVERVIEW & LIMITATIONS 2.1 Report Overview To develop this report, Partner accessed existing information and obtained site specific data from our exploration program. Partner also used standard industry practices and our experience on previous projects to perform engineering analysis and provide recommendations for construction along with construction considerations to guide the methods of site development. The opinions on the cover letter of this report do not constitute engineering recommendations, and are only general, based on our recent anecdotal experiences and not statistical analysis. Section 1.0, Executive Geotechnical Summary, compiles data from each of the report sections, while each of sections in the report presents a detailed description of our work. The detailed descriptions in Section 5.0 and Appendix C constitute our engineering recommendations for the project, and they supersede the Executive Geotechnical Summary. The report overview, including a description of the planned construction and a list of references, as well as an explanation of the report limitations is provided in Section 2.0. The findings of Partner’s geologic review are included in Section 3.0 Geologic Conditions and Hazards. The descriptions of our methods of exploration and testing, as well as our findings are included in Section 4.0 Geotechnical Exploration and Laboratory Results. In addition, logs of our exploration excavations are included in Appendix A of the report, and laboratory testing is included in Appendix B of the report. Site Location and Site Plan maps are included as Figures in the report. 2.2 Assumed Construction Partner’s understanding of the planned construction was based on information provided by the project team. The proposed site plan is included as Figure 3 to this report. Partner’s assumptions regarding the new construction are presented in the below table. Property Data Property Use Multi-Family Residence Building Footprint/Height Unknown/one to two story buildings at grade Land Acreage (Ac)Approximately 6.4 acres Number of Buildings 11 Expected Cuts and Fills Up to 4 feet for foundations and 5 feet for utility installation Type of Construction Assumed slab-on-grade with wood framing or masonry units Foundations Type Assumed conventional spread foundations and/or slab-on-grade Anticipated Loads Unknown,assumed 75-kip maximum column loads and 2-3 kip/ft wall loads Traffic Loading Primarily vehicular traffic with occasional heavy truck traffic Site Information Sources Google Earth Pro Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 3 2.3 References The following references were used to generate this report: Federal Emergency Management Agency, FEMA Flood Map Service Center, accessed 11/11/24 Google Earth Pro (Online), accessed 11/11/24 Historic Aerials by NETR Online, accessed 11/11/24 United States Department of Agriculture, Web Soil Survey, accessed online 11/11/24 United States Geological Survey, Colorado Interactive Geologic Map accessed 11/11/24 United States Geological Survey, Lower 48 States 2014 Seismic Hazard Map, accessed online 11/11/24 United States Geologic Survey, Earthquake Hazards Program (Online), accessed 11/11/24 United States Geologic Survey, USGS US Topo 7.5-minute map for Parachute Quadrangle, Colorado 2022: USGS -National Geospatial Operations Center (NGTOC) 2.4 Limitations The conclusions, recommendations, and opinions in this report are based upon soil samples and data obtained in widely spaced locations that were accessible at the time of exploration and collected based on project information available at that time. Our findings are subject to field confirmation that the samples we obtained were representative of site conditions. If conditions on the site are different than what was encountered in our borings, the report recommendations should be reviewed by our office, and new recommendations should be provided based on the new information and possible additional exploration if needed. It should be noted that geotechnical subsurface evaluations are not capable of predicting all subsurface conditions, and that our evaluation was performed to industry standards at the time of the study, no other warranty or guarantee is made. Likewise, our document review and geologic research study made a good-faith effort to review readily available documents that we could access and were aware of at the time, as listed in this letter. We are not able to guarantee that we have discovered, observed, and reviewed all relevant site documents and conditions. If new documents or studies are available following the completion of the report, the recommendations herein should be reviewed by our office, and new recommendations should be provided based on the new information and possible additional exploration if needed. This report is intended for the use of the client in its entirety for the proposed project as described in the text. Information from this report is not to be used for other projects or for other sites.All the report must be reviewed and applied to the project or else the report recommendations may no longer apply. If pertinent changes are made in the project plans or conditions are encountered during construction that appear to be different than indicated by this report, please contact this office for review. Significant variations may necessitate a re-evaluation of the recommendations presented in this report. The findings in this report are valid for one year from the date of the report. This report has been completed under specific Terms and Conditions relating to scope, relying parties, limitations of liability, indemnification, dispute resolution, and other factors relevant to any reliance on this report. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 4 If parties other than Partner are engaged to provide construction geotechnical special inspection services, they will also be required to assume construction geotechnical engineer of record (GEOR) services as well. To confirm this, they should issue a letter concurring with the findings and recommendations in this geotechnical design report or providing alternate recommendations prior to the start of construction. The GEOR should be directly involved in the construction process, provide engineering review the special inspection reports on a daily basis, and sign off at the end of the project that the construction was done per the geotechnical design report. If Partner is not the GEOR, we should be contacted as the design geotechnical engineer in the case of changed conditions or changes to the planned construction. Interpretation of the design geotechnical report during construction, response to project RFI’s, and oversight of special inspectors and quality control testing is to be handled by the GEOR. Partner can provide a proposal for special inspection and GEOR services upon request. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 5 3.GEOLOGIC CONDITIONS & HAZARDS This section presents the results of a geologic review performed by Partner, for the proposed new construction on site. The general location of the project is shown on Figure 1. 3.1 Site Location and Project Information The proposed construction consists of several one to two story buildings on an approximately 6.4-acre parcel of undeveloped land within a mixed-commercial and residential area of Parachute, Colorado. The site is currently undeveloped land with light vegetation. The project site is bordered by S Battlement Parkway followed by multi-family residences to the north,a Dollar General Store to the south,Stone Quarry Road followed by a gasoline station to the east,and undeveloped land to the west.Figure 3 presents the project site and the locations of our explorations. Based on our review of available documents, the site has had the following previous uses: Historical Use Information Period/Date Source Description/Use 1960 –Present Aerial Photographs, Topographic Maps, Onsite Observations Undeveloped Land 3.2 Geologic Setting The site is located in the City of Parachute within the Colorado Plateau physiographic province of the state of Colorado. According to the United States Geological Survey (USGS), surficial geology at the site can be described as Terrace and fan-gravel deposits. Terrace deposits generally consist of mud, silt, sand, and gravel.Site grades are relatively flat, gently sloping down towards the west. The site is currently undeveloped land with light vegetation. Based on review of historic aerials and topographic maps, the site has previously been undeveloped.As such,the site may be impacted by buried root balls and light vegetation This portion of the state has a low seismic risk per the USGS 2014 Hazard Risk Map.According to the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) map, the subject property is located within an area of no digital flood data. No other hazards are known or suspected on the site. Based on information obtained from the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS)Web Soil Survey, the subject property is mapped as Potts loam.The Potts series consists of very deep,well drained,moderately high permeable soils that formed from alluvium derived from basalt and/or alluvium derived from sandstone and shale. Slopes range from 6 to 12 percent. A general summary of the geologic data compiled for this project is provided in the below table. Geologic Data Parameter Value Source Geomorphic Region Colorado Plateau USGS Ground Elevation 5,401-5,425 feet above MSL USGS, Google Earth Pro Flood Elevation No Digital Data FEMA Seismic Hazard Zone Low USGS, Geologic Hazards Expansive Soil USGS Surface Cover Topsoil Partner Borings Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 6 Geologic Data Parameter Value Source Site Modifications Residential Development Google Earth Surficial Geology Terrace Deposits USGS Depth to Bedrock Not Encountered Partner Borings Groundwater Depth Not Encountered Partner Borings 3.3 Geologic Hazards Geologic hazards with the potential to affect development in Colorado are earthquakes, expansive soils, landslides, and mine subsidence. Colorado is generally considered to have low to moderate seismic risk per the USGS 2014 Hazard Risk Map. Additionally,this area is comprised of relatively flat terrain and is not at a high risk for landslide activity. This region of Colorado is not known to be susceptible to mine subsidence. Expansive soils are a site risk. 3.4 Seismic Design Parameters Based on the recent edition of the American Society of Civil engineers (ASCE), document 7-16, a site-specific ground motion hazard analysis (GMHA) is required for sites with: •Structures on Site Class E with Ss greater than or equal to 1.0 •Structures on Site Class D and E sites with S1 greater than or equal to 0.2. Because the site does not meet either of the criteria, a GMHA is not required.Based on boring logs and SPT N values, the site is determined to be Site Class D. Using information obtained from the SEAOC (Structural Engineers Association of California) /OSHPD (Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development) Seismic Design Maps for ASCE 7-16, for a Site Class of C and risk category of II, the following values were obtained as shown on the below table. The seismic design parameters based on the USGS Design Maps Detailed Report for ASCE 7-16 Standard Method are presented below. State, County, City, and other jurisdictions in seismically active areas update seismic standards on a regular basis. The design team should carefully evaluate all of the building requirements for the project. Seismic Item Value Seismic Item Value Site Classification C Seismic Design Category B Fa 1.3 Fv 1.5 Ss 0.298g S1 0.072g SMS 0.387g SM1 0.108g SDS 0.258g SD1 0.072g PGA Max (ASCE ‘16 0.214g 2/3 PGA (ASCE 16 0.143g Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 7 4.GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION & LABORATORY RESULTS Our evaluation of soils on the site included field exploration and laboratory testing. The field exploration and laboratory testing programs are briefly described below. Data reports from the field exploration and laboratory testing are provided in Appendix A and Appendix B, respectively. 4.1 Soil Borings Subsurface materials and conditions at the site were investigated on October 7-9, 2024.Fourteen (14) borings designated B-1 through B-14 and three (3) infiltration tests designated I-1 through I-3 were advanced by the use of a truck-mounted CME-55 drill rig using hollow-stem auger drilling techniques. The borings were advanced to depths of 6.5 to 31.5 feet below existing site grades. The approximate locations of the explorations are shown on Figure 3. Logs of subsurface conditions encountered in the borings were prepared in the field by a representative of Partner Engineering. Soil samples consisting of modified Standard Penetration Tests (SPT) samples were collected at approximately 2.5 and 5-foot depth intervals and were returned to the laboratory for testing. The SPTs were performed in general accordance with ASTM D 1586. Typed boring logs were prepared from the field logs and are presented in Appendix A. A summary table description is provided below: Surficial Geology Strata Depth to Bottom of Layer (bgs*)Description Surface Cover Thickness Varies Topsoil Native Stratum 1 Approx.5 to 27 feet +Silty GRAVEL (GM),CLAY (CL), and Sandy GRAVEL with Silt (GP-GM)and Sandy GRAVEL (GP) Groundwater Not Encountered Partner Borings Bedrock Not Encountered Partner Borings *bgs –below ground surface 4.2 Groundwater Groundwater was not encountered at the time of drilling. However, groundwater levels fluctuate over time and may be different at the time of construction and during the life of the project. 4.3 Laboratory Evaluation Selected samples collected during drilling activities were tested in the laboratory to assist in evaluating engineering properties of subsurface materials at the site. The results of laboratory analyses are presented in Appendix B. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 8 4.4 Infiltration Testing Three (3) infiltration tests were performed, as shown on Figure 3. The tests were performed at a depth of 5 feet. The testing was performed using the standard borehole percolation test method. The measured infiltration rates were calculated using the standard Garfield County methods and are reported below and are unfactored. The civil engineer should apply the proper reduction factors or factors of safety based on the type of system used. Data is shown in Appendix A, and is summarized below: Test Number I-1 I-2 I-3 Location See Figure 3 See Figure 3 See Figure 3 Test Depth 5 ft 5 ft 5 ft Final Water Drop 1.5 in.1.0 in.0.5 in. Un-factored Infiltration Rate 0.22 in./hr 0.05 in./hr 0.10 in./hr Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 9 5.GEOTECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS & PARAMETERS The following discussion of findings for the site is based on the assumed construction, geologic review, results of the field exploration, and laboratory testing programs. The recommendations of this report are contingent upon adherence to Appendix C of this report, General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations. For additional details on the below recommendations, please see Appendix C. 5.1 Geotechnical Recommendations The proposed construction is generally feasible from a geotechnical perspective provided the recommendations and assumptions of this report are followed. Geologic/General Site Considerations The site is located in the City of Parachute within the Colorado Plateau physiographic province of the state of Colorado. According to the United States Geological Survey (USGS), surficial geology at the site can be described as Terrace and fan-gravel deposits. Terrace deposits generally consist of mud, silt, sand, and gravel.Site grades are relatively flat, gently sloping down towards the west. The site is currently undeveloped land with light vegetation. Based on review of historic aerials and topographic maps, the site has previously been undeveloped.As such,the site may be impacted by buried root balls and light vegetation This portion of the state has a low seismic risk per the USGS 2014 Hazard Risk Map.According to the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) map, the subject property is located within an area of no digital flood data. No other hazards are known or suspected on the site. Given the presence of the site in the Rocky Mountain region, consideration should be given to weather conditions at the time of grading. Earthwork should be scheduled during seasonally dry periods and propoer preparations should be made to deal with rain events, tropical storms, winter storms, frozen soil, etc. Excavation Considerations We anticipate excavations on the site to depths of up to 4 feet for building foundations and/or slabs on grade, and 5 feet for utility lines. Based on our boring data, heavy conventional construction equipment in good working condition should be able to perform the planned excavations. As previously mentioned, buried tree roots and undocumented fills may be present on the site which could cave or be difficult to remove. Groundwater was not encountered at the time of drilling. However, groundwater levels fluctuate over time and may be different at the time of construction and during the life of the project. Excavations should be sloped and/or shored to protect worker safety and adjacent properties, per OSHA and local guidelines and the presence of existing utilities should be thoroughly and carefully checked prior to digging.Appendix C further discusses excavation recommendations in the following sections, which can be accessed by clicking hyperlinks:Earthwork,Underground Pipeline, Excavation De-Watering. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 10 Shallow Foundation Option We anticipate excavations on the site to depths of up to 4 feet for building foundations and/or slabs on grade, and 5 feet for utility lines. Based on our boring data, conventional heavy construction equipment in good working condition should be able to perform the planned excavations. Very dense gravelly soils were encountered within the upper 5 feet and hard dig conditions may be encountered. As previously mentioned, buried tree roots and undocumented fills may be present on the site which could cave or be difficult to remove. Groundwater was not encountered at the time of drilling. However, groundwater levels fluctuate over time and may be different at the time of construction and during the project life. Section 5.2 of this report provides a table outlining the embedment depth, bearing capacity, settlement and other parameters for foundation design and construction. Post-Tensioned Slab Foundation Option Alternatively, the proposed structure can be supported by a post-tensioned slab on grade bearing on a layer of reworked site soil that is 12-inches in thickness.Post-tensioned design parameters are presented in Section 5.2 for the proposed building based on the Post-Tensioning Institute (PTI) Manual,results of our field study, and planned site grading. Within the footprint of the proposed structure, we recommend stripping of all vegetation and root layer, if any. We anticipate up to 12 inches of stripping may be required however, deeper stripping may be needed in localized areas. We recommend the exposed subgrade be proofrolled or otherwise evaluated and repaired under the direction geotechnical engineer of record (the engineer), and should then be scarified, moisture-conditioned and compacted in-place prior to the placement of fills or foundation elements (post tensioned slab). Soft or otherwise unsuitable material encountered at foundation and slab subgrade level should be removed and backfilled with structural fill. If the over-excavation is to be backfilled with site soil, then the over excavation should extend laterally from the foundation edges a distance equal to the depth of the over-excavation. The base of the excavation should be evaluated by the engineer prior to backfill of the area with compacted engineered/structural fill soil. On-Grade Construction Considerations In new fill, structural, and pavement areas, cleaned subgrade should be proofrolled and evaluated by the engineer with a loaded water truck (4,000 gallon) or equivalent rubber-tired equipment. In locations where proofrolling is not feasible, probing, dynamic cone penetration testing,or other methods may be employed. Soft or unstable areas should be repaired per the direction of the engineer. Once approved, the subgrade soil should be scarified to a depth of 12 inches, moisture conditioned, and compacted as engineered fill. Improvements in these areas should extend laterally beyond the new structure limits 2 feet or a distance equal to or greater than the layer thickness, whichever is greater. This zone should extend vertically from the bearing grade elevation to the base of the fill. The thicknesses of the layer, settlement estimates, and modulus values are provided on the design tables in the next section. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 11 Based on our borings, we anticipate that some over-excavation may result from proofrolling operations. In areas where unsuitable subgrade conditions are encountered, we recommend an engineer be called to perform an evaluation of the issue and to propose a resolution. Such resolutions may include but are not limited to the use of geotextiles, chemical treatments (soil cement, hydrated lime, etc.) thickened slabs or pavements sections, lime-treated aggregate base, or others. Pavement sections provided in Section 5.2 are based on approved, compacted in-place soils being used in the subgrade. If subgrade conditions in the upper 3 feet of pavement areas vary or are improved, the pavement sections may be modified. Appendix C provides additional recommendations for earthwork/on-grade construction in the following sections:Cast-in-place Concrete,Foundations,Earthwork,Paving,Subgrade Preparation which can be accessed by clicking the hyperlinks. Soil Reuse Considerations Based on our borings, some site soils may be suitable for reuse as engineered fill in structural areas, given they have a Plasticity Index of less than 20 and a fines content less than 50%. Existing onsite clayey soils and structural materials such as concrete, asphalt, crushed aggregate, or others could potentially be re-used as site fills if processed to meet fill requirements on the site. We recommend engineered fill for this site should be moisture conditioned and compacted to at least 95% of the maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D698 and Appendix C of this report. Appendix C provides additional recommendations for foundations in the following sections: EARTHWORK,SUBGRADE PREPARATION which can be accessed by clicking the hyperlinks. Geotechnical Concrete and Steel Construction Considerations Soil/rock may be corrosive to concrete. We recommend using corrosion resistant concrete (e.g. Type II/V Portland Cement, a fly ash mixture of 25 percent cement replacement, and a water/cement ratio of 0.45 or less) as directed by the producer, engineer or other qualified party based on their knowledge of the materials and site conditions. Concrete exposed to freezing weather should be air entrained. Mix designs should be well-established and reviewed by the project engineers prior to placement, to verify the design is appropriate to meet the project needs and parameters provided in this report. Quality control testing should be performed to verify appropriate mixes are used and are properly handled and placed. Please refer to Appendix C,Cast In-Place Concrete for more details. USDA maps indicate site soils have a low corrosion potential for concrete. Concrete exposed to freezing weather should be air entrained. Mix designs should be well- established and reviewed by the project engineers prior to placement, to verify the design is appropriate to meet the project needs and parameters provided in this report. Quality control testing should be performed to verify appropriate mixes are used and are properly handled and placed. Please refer to Appendix C,Cast In-Place Concrete for more details. Soil/rock may be corrosive to un-protected metallic elements such as pipes, poles, rebar, etc. We recommend the use of coatings and/or cathodic protection for metals in contact with the ground, as directed by the product manufacturer, engineer or other qualified party based on their Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 12 knowledge of the materials to be used and site soil conditions.USDA maps indicate site soils have a moderate corrosion potential for steel. Site Storm Water Considerations Surface drainage and landscaping design should be carefully planned to protect the new structures from erosion/undermining, and to maintain the site earthwork and structure subgrades in a relatively consistent moisture condition. Water should not flow towards or pond near to new structures, and high water-demand plants should not be planned near to structures. Appendix C provides additional recommendations for foundations in the following sections:SITE GRADING AND DRAINAGE,WATER PROOFING which can be accessed by clicking the hyperlinks. We recommend consulting with the landscape designer and civil engineer regarding management of site storm water and irrigation water, as changes in moisture content below the site after construction will lead to soil movement and potential distress to the building. 5.2 Geotechnical Parameters Based on the findings of our field and laboratory testing, we recommend that design and construction proceed per industry accepted practices and procedures, as described in Appendix C, General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations (Considerations). Prepared Subgrade Parameters –(hyperlink to Construction Considerations) Prepared Subgrade Parameters Structure Design Values Cover Depth Bearing Surface a Static Settlement d Conventional Slab on Grade (Reinforced with #4 bars spaced 18 inches O.C. or equivalent) k=150 pci b qall =100 psfc µ= 0.35 N/A 12 inches of non-expansive structural fill extending to proof rolled, approved, compacted in place site soil <1 inch Conventional Spread Foundations (Max wall Load –2-3 kips/ft) qall =2.0 ksfc µ= 0.35 24 inches (Frost) 24 inches of non-expansive structural fill extending, approved, compacted in place site soil <1 inch Post-Tensioned Slab k=150 pci b qall =2.0 ksfc µ= 0.35 N/A 12 inches of approved, re- compacted native soil –see section 5.1 <1 inch a Repairs in bearing surface areas should be structural fill per the recommendation of the Earthwork section of Appendix C that is moisture conditioned to within 3 percent of optimum moisture content and compacted to 90 percent or more of the soil maximum dry density per ASTM D1557. b Subgrade modulus value “k”, assuming the grade slab is supported by aggregate layer roughly equal to slab thickness (minimum 4 inches), as required for capillary break. c Can be increased by 1/3 for temporary loading such as seismic and wind, allowable parameters, estimated FS of 2.5. d Differential settlement is expected to be half to ¾ of total settlement. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page 13 Post-Tensioned Slab Parameters –(hyperlink to Construction Considerations) Post-Tensioned Slab Parameters Em Center Lift (ft) Em Edge Lift (ft) Ym Edge Lift (in) Ym Center Lift (in) 9.0 4.8 1.6 1.1 Paving Structural Sections –(hyperlink to Construction Considerations) In our experience we recommend that multiple different pavement sections be considered for the project for economic and performance reasons. For example, we recommend that loading docks and trash enclosures (if any) be constructed of reinforced concrete pavement. For near-building parking spaces, ADA parking spaces, etc., we recommend the use of unreinforced concrete pavement. This is to reduce trip hazards, and to allow for more durability against engine heat and fluid drippings. For the main drives of the parking lot, we recommend a heavy-duty asphalt pavement section and the parking field that is remote to the building can consist of a light-duty asphalt pavement. We recommend asphalt and concrete pavements consist of local or otherwise jurisdictionally approved mixes, and that paving cross slopes, curbs, and other features conform to the applicable local standard specifications and details. Depending on the planned changes to site grading different pavement sections would be appropriate. These can also be adjusted by the use of treatment using hydrated chemical lime or soil cement. If the existing pavement and aggregate base section is to be milled and processed, it could be used as an aggregate base course or granular fill below the pavement, provided it is properly process and quality tested. The following sections are provided for native silty soil subgrade conditions. If granular imported or site processed fill is used, the section can be reduced as described in the below footnotes. This information is based on the assumption that construction will proceed per the provided Construction Considerations, presented in Appendix C. Pavement Sections –Assuming Native Sandy Clay Soil Subgrade ab Roadway Type Asphalt or Concrete Pavement Thickness(in) Aggregate Base Course Thickness (in) Light Duty (Parking Area)4 4 Heavy Duty (Drive Aisles)5 6 Drive Through/ Trash Enclosure 8c 4 a Repairs in proof rolled areas should be structural fill per the recommendation of the Earthwork (hyperlink to Construction Considerations)that is moisture conditioned to within 3 percent of optimum moisture content and compacted to 90 percent or more of the soil maximum dry density per ASTM D698. b 1 inch of pavement may be reduced if 6-in. of lime or cement-treated soil is used with a 500 psi 28-day compressive strength. Soils with Plasticity Index of 10 or more are generally candidates for lime treatment, other soils are candidates for cement treatment, if any. c Reinforced concrete should consist of 3,600 psi (or more) concrete with 3/8-inch high yield steel reinforcement placed at 18 inches on center, each way. FIGURES Site Vicinity Plan Approximate Site Limits Boring Location Plan Geologic Map Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Source:U.S. Geological Survey, USGS US Topo 7.5-minute map for Parachute Quadrangle,Colorado. 2022: USGS -National Geospatial Technical Operations Center (NGTOC)FIGURE 1 –SITE VICINITY PLAN KEY Approximate Site Location Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Source:Google Earth Pro FIGURE 2 –APPROXIMATE SITE LIMITS KEY Approximate Project Site Limits Approximate Boring Location Approximate Infiltration Test Location B-2 B-3 B-1B-4 B-6 B-10 B-7 B-5 B-9 B-8 B-14 B-13 B-12B-11 I-1I-2 I-3 Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Source:Site Plan –Aster Place Apartments, dated January 9, 2024 FIGURE 3 –BORING LOCATION PLAN KEY Approximate Boring Location Approximate Infiltration Test Location B-1B-3 B-4 B-5 B-2 B-7 B-8 B-6 B-10 B-9 B-14 B-13 B-12B-11 I-1I-2 I-3 Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Source:Geologic Map of the Southern Part of the Piceance Creek Basin, Northwestern Colorado 1997, W.J. Hail and M.C. Smith, scale 1:100,000.FIGURE 4 –GEOLOGIC MAP KEY Approximate Site Location APPENDIX A Boring Logs Infiltration Logs 2. Moisture Dry - only use for wind-blown silts in the desert Damp - soil with little moisture content Moist - near optimum, has some cohesion and stickiness Wet - beyond the plastic limit for clayey soils, and feels wet to the touch for non clays Saturated - Soil below the groundwater table, sampler is wet on outside 3A. Relative Density for Granular Soils 3B. Consistency of Fine-Grained Cohesive Soils Ring SPT Consistency SPT 0 - 7 0 - 4 Very Soft 0 - 2 8 - 14 5 - 10 Soft 3 - 4 15 - 28 11 - 29 Medium Stiff 5 - 8 29 - 100 30 - 50 Stiff 9 - 15 Over 100 Over 50 Very Stiff 16 - 30 Hard Over 30 4. Classification Determine percent Gravel (Material larger than the No. 4 Sieve) Determine percent fines (Material passing the No. 200 Sieve) Determine percent sand (Passing the No. 4 and retained on the No. 200 Sieve) Determine if clayey (make soil moist, if it easily roll into a snake it is clayey) Coarse Grained Soils (Less than 50% Passing the No. 200 Sieve) GP SP Mostly sand and gravel, with less than 5 % fines GRAVEL SAND GP-GM SP-SM Mostly sand and gravel 5-12% fines, non-clayey Sandy GRAVEL with Silt SAND with Silt GP-GC SP-SC Mostly sand and gravel 5-12% fines, clayey Sandy GRAVEL with Clay SAND with Clay GC SC Mostly sand and gravel >12% fines clayey Clayey GRAVEL Clayey SAND GM SM Mostly sand and gravel >12% fines non-clayey Silty GRAVEL Silty SAND Fine Grained Soils (50% or more passes the No. 200 Sieve) ML Soft, non clayey SILT with sand MH Very rare, holds a lot of water, and is pliable with very low strength Elastic SILT CL If sandy can be hard when dry, will be stiff/plastic when wet CLAY with Sand/Silt CH Hard and resilient when dry, very strong/sticky when wet (may have sand in it)FAT CLAY H = Liquid limit over 50%, L - LL under 50% C = Clay M = Silt Samplers S = Standard split spoon (SPT) R = Modified ring Bulk = Excavation spoils ST = Shelby tube C = Rock core HA = Hand Auger Line Type When USCS classifications changed within a same layer type at the certain depth When USCS classifications changed within a same layer type at the uncertain depth When the layer type changes at the uncertain depths When the layer type changes at the certain depths End of the boring logs Dark Brown (moist to wet soil, organics, clays) Reddish (or other bright colors) Brown (moist, indicates some soil development/or residual soil) Greyish Brown (Marine, sub groundwater - not the same as light brown above) Mottled (brown and gray, indicates groundwater fluctuations) FILL: General description with thickness to the 0.5 feet. Ex. Roots, Debris, Processed Materials (Pea Gravel, etc.) NATIVE GEOLOGIC MATERIAL: Deposit type, 1.Color, 2.moisture, 3.density, 4.SOIL TYPE, other notes - Thickness to 0.5 feet 1. Color - Generalized Light Brown (usually indicates dry soil, rock, caliche) Brown (usually indicates moist soil) BORING LOG KEY - EXPLANATION OF TERMS Over 2.0 Relative Density Very loose Loose Dense Very Dense Medium Dense Undrained Shear Strength, tsf less than 0.125 0.125 - 0.25 0.25 - 0.50 0.50 - 1.0 1.0 - 2.0 SURFACE COVER: General description with thickness to the inch, ex. Topsoil, Concrete, Asphalt, etc., Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 1 Date Started:10/7/2024 Date Completed:10/7/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 GM 2 S 44 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 50/5" 5.5 6 6.5 7 S 50/6" 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 S 50/6" 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 S 50/6" 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 ---Auger Refusal at 17 feet Boring terminated at 17 feet below the ground surface Borings backfilled with soil cuttings Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/7/2024) ---Poor Recovery (Moisture: 4.1%) ---Very dense, trace Pumice fragments NATIVE: Brown, moist, dense, Silty GRAVEL, with Sand Borehole Diameter:4-inch SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) Denver, Colorado 80204 (Moisture: 6.1%, Fines: 44.8%) Project Number:24-463460.1 Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring Boring Number:B-1 Boring Log Page 1 of 1 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Drilling Company: Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 2 Date Started:10/7/2024 Date Completed:10/7/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 CL 2 S 33 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 36 5.5 6 6.5 7 S 50/4"GP 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 S 50/3" 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-2 Boring Log Page 1 of 1 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 NATIVE: Brown, moist, hard, CLAY (Moisture: 7.2%, Fines: 92.6%, PI: 13, PL: 19, LL: 32) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) Brown, moist, very dense, Sandy GRAVEL (Moisture: 6.6%) ---Chalky ---Auger Refusal at 14 feet Boring terminated at 14 feet below the ground surface Borings backfilled with soil cuttings Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/7/2024) ---With Pumice fragments Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 3 Date Started:10/8/2024 Date Completed:10/8/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 CL 2 S 23 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 18-50/4" 5.5 6 6.5 7 S 19-50/4"GP 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 S 50/3" 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 S 50/1" 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 S 50/0.5"(Continued on next page) ---Poor Recovery (Moisture: 2.1%) Brown, damp, very dense, Sandy GRAVEL, chalky ---Trace Gravel (Moisture: 7.1%, Fines: 83.2%, PI: 11, PL: 20, LL: 31) NATIVE: Brown, moist, very stiff, CLAY (Moisture: 8.0%) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-3 Boring Log Page 1 of 2 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 4 Date Started:10/8/2024 Date Completed:10/8/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 20 S 50/0.5"GP 20.5 21 21.5 22 22.5 23 23.5 24 24.5 25 25.5 26 26.5 27 27.5 28 28.5 29 29.5 30 30.5 31 31.5 32 32.5 33 33.5 34 34.5 35 35.5 36 36.5 37 37.5 38 38.5 39 39.5 40 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-3 Boring Log Page 2 of 2 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 Boring terminated at 20.5 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/8/2024) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION Brown, damp, very dense, Sandy GRAVEL Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 5 Date Started:10/8/2024 Date Completed:10/8/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 CL 2 S 16 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 21 5.5 6 6.5 7 S 50/3"GP 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 S 50/6" 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 ---Auger Refusal at 14 feet Boring terminated at 14 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/8/2024) Brown, moist, very dense, Sandy GRAVEL (Moisture: 7.6%, Fines: 90.5%) NATIVE: Brown, moist, very stiff, CLAY (Moisture: 7.6%) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-4 Boring Log Page 1 of 1 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 6 Date Started:10/8/2024 Date Completed:10/8/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 CL 2 S 29 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 25 5.5 6 6.5 7 S 54 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 S 50/1"GP 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 Brown, moist, very dense, Sandy GRAVEL ---Auger Refusal at 11 feet Boring terminated at 11 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/8/2024) ---Hard, with Gravel (Moisture: 8.7%, Fines: 92.2%, PI: 16, PL: 18, LL: 34) NATIVE: Brown, moist, very stiff, CLAY, trace Gravel (Moisture: 10.0%) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-5 Boring Log Page 1 of 1 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 7 Date Started:10/8/2024 Date Completed:10/8/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 CL 2 S 56 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 50/6"GP 5.5 6 6.5 7 S 63 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 S 50/3" 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 ---With Pumice ---Auger Refusal at 11 feet Boring terminated at 11 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/8/2024) ---Trace Clay Brown, moist, very dense, Sandy GRAVEL (Moisture: 9.9%) NATIVE: Brown, moist, hard, CLAY with Gravel (Moisture: 6.9%) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-6 Boring Log Page 1 of 1 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 8 Date Started:10/8/2024 Date Completed:10/8/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 CL 2 S 42 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 55 5.5 6 6.5 7 S 50/4" 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 S 50/3"GP 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-7 Boring Log Page 1 of 1 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 NATIVE: Brown, moist, dense, Sandy CLAY with Gravel (Moisture: 12.2%, Fines: 55.7%) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) (Moisture: 5.4%) ---Very dense Brown, dry, very dense, Sandy GRAVEL ---Auger Refusal at 11 feet Boring terminated at 11 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/8/2024) Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 9 Date Started:10/8/2024 Date Completed:10/8/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 GP-GM 2 S 39 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 50/6" 5.5 6 6.5 7 S 50/0.5" 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-8 Boring Log Page 1 of 1 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 NATIVE: Brown, moist, dense, Sandy GRAVEL with Silt (Moisture: 11.7%) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) ---With Pumice, Auger Refusal at 7.5 feet Boring terminated at 7.5 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/8/2024) Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 10 Date Started:10/8/2024 Date Completed:10/8/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 GP-GM 2 S 57 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 51 5.5 6 6.5 7 S 50/5"GP 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 S 50/3" 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 S 12 CL 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 S 44 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-9 Boring Log Page 1 of 2 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 NATIVE: Brown, damp, very dense, Sandy GRAVEL with Silt (Moisture: 4.4%) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) Brown, moist, very dense, Sandy GRAVEL with Pumice ---Moist (Moisture: 10.5%, Fines: 41.3%) Brown, moist, stiff, CLAY with Sand (Continued on next page) (Moisture: 10.6%, Fines: 77.3%) Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 11 Date Started:10/8/2024 Date Completed:10/8/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 20 S 44 CL 20.5 21 21.5 22 22.5 23 23.5 24 24.5 25 S 50/3"GP-GC 25.5 26 26.5 27 27.5 28 28.5 29 29.5 30 30.5 31 31.5 32 32.5 33 33.5 34 34.5 35 35.5 36 36.5 37 37.5 38 38.5 39 39.5 40 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-9 Boring Log Page 2 of 2 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 (Moisture: 16.6%) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION Brown, moist, hard, CLAY with Sand ---Auger Refusal at 27 feet Boring terminated at 27 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/8/2024) Brown, moist, very dense, Sandy GRAVEL with Clay Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 12 Date Started:10/9/2024 Date Completed:10/9/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 CL 2 S 12 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 40 5.5 6 6.5 7 S 30-50/3" 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 S 14-50/3"GP 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 S 50/0.5"CL 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 S 50/0.5" 20 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-10 Boring Log Page 1 of 1 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 NATIVE: Brown, moist, stiff, CLAY (Moisture: 8.6%) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) ---Trace Pumice fragments ---Hard, with Gravel (Moisture: 8.6%) Dark brown, moist, hard, CLAY with Gravel Brown, moist, very dense, Sandy GRAVEL, with Pumice (Moisture: 9.5%) ---Auger Refusal at 20 feet Boring terminated at 20 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/9/2024) Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 13 Date Started:10/9/2024 Date Completed:10/9/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 CL 2 S 41 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 43 5.5 6 6.5 7 S 38 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 S 50/3" 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 S 40 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 S 13 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-11 Boring Log Page 1 of 2 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 NATIVE: Brown, moist, hard, CLAY (Moisture: 5.6%, PI: 11, PL: 17, LL: 28) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) ---Trace Gravel ---Chalky (Moisture: 8.2%) ---Dark brown (Continued on next page) Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 14 Date Started:10/9/2024 Date Completed:10/9/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 20 S 13 CL 20.5 21 21.5 22 22.5 23 23.5 24 24.5 25 25.5 26 26.5 27 27.5 28 28.5 29 29.5 30 30.5 31 31.5 32 32.5 33 33.5 34 34.5 35 35.5 36 36.5 37 37.5 38 38.5 39 39.5 40 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-11 Boring Log Page 2 of 2 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 Boring terminated at 21.5 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/9/2024) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION Brown, moist, stiff, Sandy CLAY Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 15 Date Started:10/9/2024 Date Completed:10/9/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 CL 2 S 57 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 21 GP-GM 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-12 Boring Log Page 1 of 1 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 NATIVE: Brown, moist, hard, CLAY with Gravel (Moisture: 11.2%) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) Boring terminated at 6.5 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/9/2024) Brown, moist, medium dense, Sandy GRAVEL with Silt Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 16 Date Started:10/9/2024 Date Completed:10/9/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 CL 2 S 24 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 55 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-13 Boring Log Page 1 of 1 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 NATIVE: Brown, moist, very stiff, CLAY with Gravel Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) Boring terminated at 6.5 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/9/2024) ---Hard (Moisture: 12.3%) Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 17 Date Started:10/9/2024 Date Completed:10/9/2024 Depth to Groundwater:N/E Dakota Partner Engineering and Science DEPTH (ft)N-VALUE USCS 0 0.5 1 1.5 GP 2 S 38 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 S 46 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.5 16 16.5 17 17.5 18 18.5 19 19.5 20 Project Number:24-463460.1 Drilling Company: Drill Rig Type:CME-55 Sampling Equipment:Solid-Stem Auger/SPT/Ring 1391 Speer Boulevard, Suite 800 Boring Number:B-14 Boring Log Page 1 of 1 Location:See Figure 3 Site Address:SWC S Battlement Parkway and Stone Quarry Road Parachute, Colorado 81635 NATIVE: Brown, damp, dense, Sandy GRAVEL (Moisture: 4.9%) Borehole Diameter:4-inch Denver, Colorado 80204 SAMPLE DESCRIPTION SURFACE COVER: TOPSOIL (Thickness Varies) Boring terminated at 6.5 feet below the ground surface Boring backfilled with soil cuttings upon completion Groundwater was not encountered at time of drilling (10/9/2024) ---With Pumice fragments Geotechnical Report Project No. 24-463460.1 A - 18 Technician:Page:1 Date: Project and #: Perc Test #I-1 Time 10:50 11:20 12:30 Time:10:50 depth 55 inches Percolation Reading Start Time/ End Time Elapsed Time WL BTP (in) WL ∆ (in)Infiltration Rate* (in/hr) 11:20 12 11:30 13 4 11:30 13 11:40 13 d 1 =43.0 11:40 13 ∆d =2.0 11:50 17 DIA =6 11:50 17 (Rf) =4.00 12:00 18 12:00 18 12:10 19 12:10 19 12:20 21 21.75 12:20 21 2.00 12:30 22.5 ft - feet Notes: btp - below top of pipe d 1 = Depth to Initial Water Depth (in.) *Infiltration Rate percolation rate is the flow volume/ flo change/ change in time WL - water level ∆d = Water Level Drop of the Final Period or Stablixed Rate (in) min - minutes DIA - Diameter of the boring (in. ) Raw Infiltration Rate (in/hr) = 0.22 7 10.00 1.5 0.4 Reduction Factor = 0.44 5 10.00 1.0 0.2 Design Infiltration Rate = Pre-adjusted Infiltration Rate Reduction Factor 6 10.00 2.0 0.5 Pre adjusted Infiltration Rate* = 4 10.00 1.0 0.2 2 10.00 0.0 0.0 3 10.00 4.0 0.9 Percolation Test - Pre Soak Pre Soaking Time - Calculations 1 10.00 1.0 0.2 Total Reduction Factor (Rf) = Joey Masters 10/9/2024 Parachute, Colorado 24-463460.1 PERCOLATION FIELD TEST REPORT Notes & Observations Location:Weather: Sunny Comments Presoak Start Test Test Completed Technician:Page:1 Date: Project and #: Perc Test #I-2 Time 9:25 9:55 11:10 Time:9:25 depth 58 inches Percolation Reading Start Time/ End Time Elapsed Time WL BTP (in) WL ∆ (in)Infiltration Rate* (in/hr) 10:00 7 10:10 8 4 10:10 8 10:20 9 d 1 =51.0 10:20 9 ∆d =0.0 10:30 10 DIA =6 10:30 10 (Rf) =4.00 10:40 10 10:40 10 10:50 11 10:50 11 11:00 11 11.5 11:00 11 2.00 11:10 12 Joey Masters 10/9/2024 PERCOLATION FIELD TEST REPORT Notes & Observations Location:Weather: Sunny Comments Presoak Start Test Test Completed Parachute, Colorado 24-463460.1 Percolation Test - Pre Soak Pre Soaking Time - Calculations 1 10.00 1.0 0.2 Total Reduction Factor (Rf) = 0.0 0.0 2 10.00 1.0 0.2 3 10.00 1.0 0.2 0.09 5 10.00 1.0 0.2 Design Infiltration Rate = Pre-adjusted Infiltration Rate Reduction Factor 6 10.00 0.0 0.0 Pre adjusted Infiltration Rate* = 4 10.00 Raw Infiltration Rate (in/hr) = 0.05 7 10.00 1.0 0.2 Reduction Factor = ft - feet Notes: btp - below top of pipe d 1 = Depth to Initial Water Depth (in.) *Infiltration Rate percolation rate is the flow volume/ flo change/ change in time WL - water level ∆d = Water Level Drop of the Final Period or Stablixed Rate (in) min - minutes DIA - Diameter of the boring (in. ) Technician:Page:1 Date: Project and #: Perc Test #I-3 Time 10:30 11:00 12:10 Time:10:30 depth 57 inches Percolation Reading Start Time/ End Time Elapsed Time WL BTP (in) WL ∆ (in)Infiltration Rate* (in/hr) 11:00 10 11:10 10 4 11:10 10 11:20 10 d 1 =47.0 11:20 10 ∆d =1.5 11:30 11 DIA =6 11:30 11 (Rf) =4.00 11:40 12 11:40 12 11:50 12 11:50 12 12:00 13 1/2 13.75 12:00 13.5 2.00 12:10 14 Joey Masters 10/9/2024 Parachute, Colorado 24-463460.1 PERCOLATION FIELD TEST REPORT Notes & Observations Location:Weather: Sunny Comments Presoak Start Test Test Completed Percolation Test - Pre Soak Pre Soaking Time - Calculations 1 10.00 0.0 0.0 Total Reduction Factor (Rf) = 4 10.00 1.0 0.2 2 10.00 0.0 0.0 3 10.00 1.0 0.2 0.20 5 10.00 0.0 0.0 Design Infiltration Rate = Pre-adjusted Infiltration Rate Reduction Factor 6 10.00 1.5 0.3 Pre adjusted Infiltration Rate* = Raw Infiltration Rate (in/hr) = 0.10 7 10.00 0.5 0.1 Reduction Factor = ft - feet Notes: btp - below top of pipe d 1 = Depth to Initial Water Depth (in.) *Infiltration Rate percolation rate is the flow volume/ flo change/ change in time WL - water level ∆d = Water Level Drop of the Final Period or Stablixed Rate (in) min - minutes DIA - Diameter of the boring (in. ) APPENDIX B Lab Data Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page B-i Plasticity Index Data Symbol Boring Depth, ft Natural Moisture Content (%) Plasticity Index Plastic Limit Liquid Limit B-2 2 7.2 13 19 32 B-3 5 7.1 11 20 31 B-5 5 8.5 16 18 34 B-9 15 10.6 11 17 28 B-11 2 5.6 11 17 28 Group and USCS Symbols Soil Descriptions GROUP 1 –ML, SM, GM, OL*SILTS, SANDS, AND GRAVELS WITH NO TO MEDIUM PLASTICITY GROUP 1.5 –ML-CL, SM-SC, GM-GC, OL*CLAYS, SILTS, SANDS, AND GRAVELS WITH LOW PLASTICITY GROUP 2 –CL, SC, GC, OL*CLAYS, SANDS, AND GRAVELS WITH LOW TO MEDIUM PLASTICITY GROUP 3 –MH, SM, GM, OH*SILTS, SANDS, AND GRAVELS WITH NO TO HIGH PLASTICITY GROUP 4 –CH, SC, GC, OH*CLAYS, SANDS, AND GRAVELS WITH HIGH PLASTICITY *Or combinations of any within the same group (example ML-SM or CL-SC) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Pl a s t i c i t y I n d e x , P I Liquid Limit, % GROUP 3 GROUP 4 GROUP 2 GROUP 1.5 GROUP 1 U-Line A-Line Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page B-ii Index Test Data Boring Depth, ft Plasticity Index Plastic Limit Liquid Limit Moisture Content (%) Percent Passing the No. 200 Sieve B-1 2 ---6.1 44.8 B-1 7 ---4.1 - B-2 2 13 19 32 7.2 92.6 B-2 7 ---6.6 - B-3 2 ---8.0 - B-3 5 11 20 31 7.1 83.2 B-3 10 ---2.1 - B-4 2 ---7.6 - B-4 5 ---7.6 90.5 B-5 2 ---10.0 - B-5 5 11 17 28 8.7 92.2 B-6 2 ---6.9 - B-6 5 ---9.9 - B-7 2 ---12.2 55.7 B-7 7 ---5.4 - B-8 2 ---11.7 - B-9 2 ---4.4 - B-9 5 ---10.5 41.3 B-9 15 11 17 28 10.6 77.3 B-9 20 ---16.6 - B-10 2 ---8.6 - B-10 5 ---8.6 73.2 B-10 10 ---9.5 - B-11 2 11 17 28 5.6 - B-11 5 ---8.2 - B-12 2 ---11.2 - B-13 5 ---12.3 - B-14 2 ---4.9 - APPENDIX C General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations Subgrade Preparation Earthwork –Structural Fill/Excavations Underground Pipeline Installation –Structural Backfill Cast-in-Place Concrete Foundations Laterally Loaded Structures Excavations and Dewatering Waterproofing and Drainage Chemical Treatment of Soils Paving Site Grading and Drainage Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-i SUBGRADE PREPARATION 1.In general, construction should proceed per the project specifications and contract documents, as well as governing jurisdictional guidelines for the project site, including but not limited to the applicable State Department of Transportation, City and/or County, Army Corps of Engineers, Federal Aviation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and any other governing standard details and specifications. In areas where multiple standards are applicable the more stringent should be considered.Work should be performed by qualified, licensed contractors with experience in the specific type of work in the area of the site. 2.Subgrade preparation in this section is considered to apply to the initial modifications to existing site conditions to prepare for new planned construction. 3.Prior to the start of subgrade preparation, a detailed conflict study including as-builts, utility locating, and potholing should be conducted. Existing features that are to be demolished should also be identified and the geotechnical study should be referenced to determine the need for subgrade preparation, such as over-excavation, scarification and compaction, moisture conditioning, and/or other activities below planned new structural fills, slabs on grade, pavements, foundations, and other structures. 4.The site conflicts, planned demolitions, and subgrade preparation requirements should be discussed in a pre-construction meeting with the pertinent parties, including the geotechnical engineer, inspector, contractors, testing laboratory, surveyor, and others. 5.In the event of preparations that will require work near to existing structures to remain in-place, protection of the existing structures should be considered. This also includes a geotechnical review of excavations near to existing structures and utilities and other concerns discussed in General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations,EARTHWORK and UNDERGROUND PIPELINE INSTALLATION. 6.Features to be demolished should be completely removed and disposed of per jurisdictional requirements and/or other conditions set forth as a part of the project. Resulting excavations or voids should be backfilled per the recommendations in the General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations,EARTHWORK section. 7.Vegetation, roots, soils containing organic materials, debris and/or other deleterious materials on the site should be removed from structural areas and should be disposed of as above. Replacement of such materials should be in accordance with the recommendations in the General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations,EARTHWORK section 8.Subgrade preparation required by the geotechnical report may also call for as over-excavation, scarification and compaction, moisture conditioning, and/or other activities below planned structural fills, slabs on grade, pavements, foundations, and other structures. These requirements should be provided within the geotechnical report. The execution of this work should be observed by the geotechnical engineering representative or inspector for the site. Testing of the subgrade preparation should be performed per the recommendations in the General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations,EARTHWORK section. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-ii 9.Subgrade Preparation cannot be completed on frozen ground or on ground that is not at a proper moisture condition. Wet subgrades may be dried under favorable weather if they are disked and/or actively worked during hot, dry, weather, when exposed to wind and sunlight. Frozen ground or wet material can be removed and replaced with suitable material. Dry material can be pre-soaked, or can have water added and worked in with appropriate equipment. The soil conditions should be monitored by the geotechnical engineer prior to compaction. Following this type of work, approved subgrades should be protected by direction of surface water, covering, or other methods, otherwise, re-work may be needed. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-iii EARTHWORK –STRUCTURAL FILL 1.In general, construction should proceed per the governing jurisdictional guidelines for the project site, including but not limited to the applicable State Department of Transportation, City and/or County, Army Corps of Engineers, Federal Aviation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and any other governing standard details and specifications. In areas where multiple standards are applicable the more stringent should be considered. Work should be performed by qualified, licensed contractors with experience in the specific type of work in the area of the site. 2.Earthwork in this section is considered to apply to the re-shaping and grading of soil, rock, and aggregate materials for the purpose of supporting man-made structures. Where earthwork is needed to raise the elevation of the site for the purpose of supporting structures or forming slopes, this is referred to as the placement of structural fill. Where lowering of site elevations is needed prior to the installation of new structures, this is referred to as earthwork excavations. 3.Prior to the start of earthwork operations, the geotechnical study should be referenced to determine the need for subgrade preparation, such as over-excavation or scarification and compaction of unsuitable soils below planned structural fills, slabs on grade, pavements, foundations, and other structures. These required preparations should be discussed in a pre- construction meeting with the pertinent parties, including the geotechnical engineer, inspector, contractors, testing laboratory, surveyor, and others. The preparations should be observed by the inspector or geotechnical engineer representative, and following such subgrade preparation, the geotechnical engineer should observe the prepared subgrade to approve it for the placement of earthwork fills or new structures. 4.Structural fill materials should be relatively free of organic materials, man-made debris, environmentally hazardous materials, and brittle, non-durable aggregate, frozen soil, soil clods or rocks and/or any other materials that can break down and degrade over time. 5.In deeper structural fill zones, expansive soils (greater than 1.5 percent swell at 100 pounds per square foot surcharge) and rock fills (fills containing particles larger than 4 inches and/or containing more than 35 percent gravel larger than ¾-inch diameter or more than 50 percent gravel) may be used with the approval and guidance of the geotechnical report or geotechnical engineer. This may require the placement of geotextiles or other added costs and/or conditions. These conditions may also apply to corrosive soils (less than 2,000 ohm-cm resistivity, more than 50 ppm chloride content, more than 0.1 percent sulfates) 6.For structural fill zones that are closer in depth below planed structures, low expansive materials, and materials with smaller particle size are generally recommended, as directed by the geotechnical report (see criteria above in 5). This may also apply to corrosive soils. 7.For structural fill materials, in general the compaction equipment should be appropriate for the thickness of the loose lift being placed, and the thickness of the loose lift being placed should be at least two times the maximum particle size incorporated in the fill. 8.Fill lift thickness (including bedding) should generally be proportioned to achieve 95 percent or more of a standard proctor (ASTM D689) maximum dry density (MDD) or 90 percent or more of a Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-iv modified proctor (ASTM D1557) MDD, depending on the state practices. For subgrades below roadways, the general requirement for soil compaction is usually increased to 100 percent or more of the standard proctor MDD and 95 percent or more of the modified proctor MDD. 9.Soil compaction should be performed at a moisture content generally near optimum moisture content determined by either standard or modified proctor, and ideally within 3 percent below to 1 percent over the optimum for a standard proctor, and from 2 percent below to 2 percent above optimum for a modified proctor. 10.In some instances fill areas are difficult to access. In such cases a low-strength soil-cement slurry can be used in the place of compacted fill soil. In general such fills should be rated to have a 28- day strength of 75 to 125 psi, which in some areas is referred to as a “1-sack” slurry. It should be noted that these materials are wet during placement, and require a period of 2 days (24 hours) to cure before additional fill can be placed above them. Testing of this material can be done using concrete cylinder compression strength testing equipment, but care is needed in removing the test specimens from the molds. Field testing using the ball method, and spread or flow testing is also acceptable. 11.For fills to be placed on slopes, benching of fill lifts is recommended, which may require cutting into existing slopes to create a bench perpendicular to the slope where soil can be placed in a relatively horizontal orientation. For the construction of slopes, the slopes should be over-built and cut back to grade, as the material in the outer portion of the slope may not be well compacted. 12.For subgrade below roadways, runways, railways or other areas to receive dynamic loading, a proofroll of the finished, compacted subgrade should be performed by the geotechnical engineer or inspector prior to the placement of structural aggregate, asphalt or concrete. Proofrolling consists of observing the performance of the subgrade under heavy-loaded equipment, such as full, 4,000 Gallon water truck, loaded tandem-axel dump truck or similar. Areas that exhibit instability during proofroll should be marked for additional work prior to approval of the subgrade for the next stage of construction. 13.Quality control testing should be provided on earthwork. Proctor testing should be performed on each soil type, and one-point field proctors should be used to verify the soil types during compaction testing. If compaction testing is performed with a nuclear density gauge, it should be periodically correlated with a sand cone test for each soil type. Density testing should be performed per project specifications and or jurisdictional requirements, but not less than once per 12 inches elevation of any fill area, with additional tests per 12-inch fill area for each additional 7,500 square- foot section or portion thereof. 14.For earthwork excavations, OSHA guidelines should be referenced for sloping and shoring. Excavations over a depth of 20 feet require a shoring design. In the event excavations are planned near to existing structures, the geotechnical engineer should be consulted to evaluate whether such excavation will call for shoring or underpinning the adjacent structure. Pre-construction and post- construction condition surveys and vibration monitoring might also be helpful to evaluate any potential damage to surrounding structures. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-v 15.Excavations into rock, partially weathered rock, cemented soils, boulders and cobbles, and other hard soil or “hard-pan” materials, may result in slower excavation rates, larger equipment with specialized digging tools, and even blasting. It is also not unusual in these situations for screening and or crushing of rock to be called for. Blasting, hard excavating, and material processing equipment have special safety concerns and are more costly than the use of soil excavation equipment. Additionally, this type of excavation, especially blasting, is known to cause vibrations that should be monitored at nearby structures. As above, a pre-blast and post-blast conditions assessment might also be warranted. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-vi UNDERGROUND PIPELINE –STRUCTURAL BACKFILL 1.In general, construction should proceed per the governing jurisdictional guidelines for the project site, including but not limited to the applicable State Department of Transportation, the State Department of Environmental Quality, the US Environmental Protection Agency, City and/or County Public Works, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Private Utility Companies, and any other governing standard details and specifications. In areas where multiple standards are applicable the more stringent should be considered, and in some cases work may take place to multiple different standards. Work should be performed by qualified, licensed contractors with experience in the specific type of work in the area of the site. 2.Underground pipeline in this section is considered to apply to the installation of underground conduits for water, storm water, irrigation water, sewage, electricity, telecommunications, gas, etc. Structural backfill refers to the activity of restoring the grade or establishing a new grade in the area where excavations were needed for the underground pipeline installation. 3.Prior to the start of underground pipeline installation, a detailed conflict study including as-builts, utility locating, and potholing should be conducted. The geotechnical study should be referenced to determine subsurface conditions such as caving soils, unsuitable soils, shallow groundwater, shallow rock and others. In addition, the utility company responsible for the line also will have requirements for pipe bedding and support as well as other special requirements. Also, if the underground pipeline traverses other properties, rights-of-way, and/or easements etc. (for roads, waterways, dams, railways, other utility corridors, etc.) those owners may have additional requirements for construction. 4.The required preparations above should be discussed in a pre-construction meeting with the pertinent parties, including the geotechnical engineer, inspector, contractors, testing laboratory, surveyor, and other stake holders. 5.For pipeline excavations, OSHA guidelines should be referenced for sloping and shoring. Excavations over a depth of 20 feet require a shoring design. In the event excavations are planned near to existing structures or pipelines, the geotechnical engineer should be consulted to evaluate whether such excavation will call for shoring or supporting the adjacent structure or pipeline. A pre- construction and post-construction condition survey and vibration monitoring might also be helpful to evaluate any potential damage to surrounding structures. 6.Excavations into rock, partially weathered rock, cemented soils, boulders and cobbles, and other hard soil or “hard-pan” materials, may result in slower excavation rates, larger equipment with specialized digging tools, and even blasting. It is also not unusual in these situations for screening and or crushing of rock to be called for. Blasting, hard excavating and material processing equipment have special safety concerns and are more costly than the use soil excavation equipment. Additionally, this type of excavation, especially blasting, is known to cause vibrations that should be monitored at nearby structures. As above, a pre-blast and post-blast conditions assessment might also be warranted. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-vii 7.Bedding material requirements vary between utility companies and might depend of the type of pipe material and availability of different types of aggregates in different locations. In general, bedding refers to the material that supports the bottom of the pipe, and extends to 1 foot above the top of the pipe. In general the use of aggregate base for larger diameter pipes (6-inch diameter or more) is recommended lacking a jurisdictionally specified bedding material. Gas lines and smaller diameter lines are often backfilled with fine aggregate meeting the ASTM requirements for concrete sand. In all cases bedding with less than 2,000 ohm-cm resistivity, more than 50 ppm chloride content or more than 0.1 percent sulfates should not be used. 8.Structural backfill materials above the bedding should be relatively free of organic materials, man- made debris, environmentally hazardous materials, frozen material, and brittle, non-durable aggregate, soil clods or rocks and/or any other materials that can break down and degrade over time. 9.In general the backfill soil requirements will depend on the future use of the land above the buried line, but in most cases, excessive settlement of the pipe trench is not considered advisable or acceptable. As such, the structural backfill compaction equipment should be appropriate for the thickness of the loose lift being placed. The thickness of the loose lift being placed should be at least two times the maximum particle size incorporated in the fill. Care should be taken not to damage the pipe during compaction or compaction testing. 10.Fill lift thickness (including bedding) should generally be proportioned to achieve 95 percent or more of a standard proctor (ASTM D689) maximum dry density (MDD) or 90 percent or more of a modified proctor (ASTM D1557) MDD, depending on the state practices (in general the modified proctor is required in California and for projects in the jurisdiction of the Army Corps of Engineers). For backfills within the upper poritons of roadway subgrades, the general requirement for soil compaction is usually increased to 100 percent or more of the standard proctor MDD and 95 percent or more of the modified proctor MDD. 11.Soil compaction should be performed at a moisture content generally near optimum moisture content determined by either standard or modified proctor, and ideally within 3 percent below to 1 percent over the optimum for a standard proctor, and from 2 percent below to 2 percent above optimum for a modified proctor. 12.In some instances fill areas are difficult to access. In such cases a low-strength soil-cement slurry can be used in the place of compacted fill soil. In general such fills should be rated to have a 28- day strength of 75 to 125 psi, which in some areas is referred to as a “1-sack” slurry. It should be noted that these materials are wet, and require a period of 2 days (24 hours) to cure before additional fill can be placed above it. Testing of this material can be done using concrete cylinder compression strength testing equipment, but care is needed in removing the test specimens from the molds. Field testing using the ball method, and spread or flow testing is also acceptable. 13.Quality control testing should be provided on structural backfill to assist the contractor in meeting project specifications. Proctor testing should be performed on each soil type, and one-point field proctors should be used to verify the soil types during compaction testing. If compaction testing is Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-viii performed with a nuclear density gauge, it should be periodically correlated with a sand cone test for each soil type. 14.Density testing should be performed on structural backfill per project specifications and or jurisdictional requirements, but not less than once per 12 inches elevation in each area, and additional tests for each additional 500 linear-foot section or portion thereof. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-ix CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE/STRUCTURES/PAVEMENTS 1.In general, construction should proceed per the governing jurisdictional guidelines for the project site, including but not limited to the applicable American Concrete Institute (ACI), International Code Council (ICC), State Department of Transportation, City and/or County, Army Corps of Engineers, Federal Aviation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and any other governing standard details and specifications. In areas where multiple standards are applicable the more stringent should be considered. Work should be performed by qualified, licensed contractors with experience in the specific type of work in the area of the site. 2.Cast-in-place concrete (concrete) in this section is considered to apply to the installation of cast- in-place concrete slabs on grade, including reinforced and non-reinforced slabs, structures, and pavements. 3.In areas where concrete is bearing on prepared subgrade or structural fill soils, testing and approval of this work should be completed prior to the beginning of concrete construction. 4.In locations where a concrete is approved to bear on in-place (native) soil or in locations where approved documented fills have been exposed to weather conditions after approval, a concrete subgrade evaluation should be performed prior to the placement of reinforcing steel and or concrete. This can consist of probing with a “t”-handled rod, borings, penetrometer testing, dynamic cone penetration testing and/or other methods requested by the geotechnical engineer and/or inspector. Where unsuitable, wet, or frozen bearing material is encountered, the geotechnical engineer should be consulted for additional recommendations. 5.Slabs on grade should be placed on a 4-inch thick or more capillary barrier consisting of non- corrosive (more than 2,000 ohm-cm resistivity, less than 50 ppm chloride content and less than 0.1 percent sulfates) aggregate base or open-graded aggregate material. This material should be compacted or consolidated per the recommendations of the structural engineer or otherwise would be covered by the General Considerations for EARTHWORK. 6.Depending on the site conditions and climate, vapor barriers may be required below in-door grade- slabs to receive flooring. This reduces the opportunity for moisture vapor to accumulate in the slab, which could degrade flooring adhesive and result in mold or other problems. Vapor barriers should be specified by the structural engineer and/or architect. The installation of the barrier should be inspected to evaluate the correct product and thickness is used, and that it has not been damaged or degraded. 7.At times when rainfall is predicted during construction, a mud-mat or a thin concrete layer can be placed on prepared and approved subgrades prior to the placement of reinforcing steel or tendons. This serves the purpose of protecting the subgrades from damage once the reinforcement placement has begun. 8.Prior to the placement of concrete, exposed subgrade or base material and forms should be wetted, and form release compounds should be applied. Reinforcement support stands or ties should be Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-x checked. Concrete bases or subgrades should not be so wet that they are softened or have standing water. 9.For a cast-in-place concrete, the form dimensions, reinforcement placement and cover, concrete mix design, and other code requirements should be carefully checked by an inspector before and during placement. The reinforcement should be specified by the structural engineering drawings and calculations. 10.For post-tension concrete, an additional check of the tendons is needed, and a tensioning inspection form should be prepared prior to placement of concrete. 11.For Portland cement pavements, forms an additional check of reinforcing dowels should performed per the design drawings. 12.During placement, concrete should be tested, and should meet the ACI and jurisdictional requirements and mix design targets for slump, air entrainment, unit weight, compressive strength, flexural strength (pavements), and any other specified properties. In general concrete should be placed within 90 minutes of batching at a temperature of less than 90 degrees Fahrenheit. Adding of water to the truck on the jobsite is generally not encouraged. 13.Concrete mix designs should be created by the accredited and jurisdictionally approved supplier to meet the requirements of the structural engineer. In general a water/cement ratio of 0.45 or less is advisable, and aggregates, cement, flyash, and other constituents should be tested to meet ASTM C-33 standards, including Alkali Silica Reaction (ASR). To further mitigate the possibility of concrete degradation from corrosion and ASR, Type II or V Portland Cement should be used, and fly ash replacement of 25 percent is also recommended. Air entrained concrete should be used in areas where concrete will be exposed to frozen ground or ambient temperatures below freezing. 14.Control joints are recommended to improve the aesthetics of the finished concrete by allowing for cracking within partially cut or grooved joints. The control joints are generally made to depths of about 1/4 of the slab thickness and are generally completed within the first day of construction. The spacing should be laid out by the structural engineer, and is often in a square pattern. Joint spacing is generally 5 to 15 feet on-center but this can vary and should be decided by the structural engineer. For pavements, construction joints are generally considered to function as control joints. Post-tensioned slabs generally do not have control joints. 15.Some slabs are expected to meet flatness and levelness requirements. In those cases, testing for flatness and levelness should be completed as soon as possible, usually the same day as concrete placement, and before cutting of control joints if possible. Roadway smoothness can also be measured, and is usually specified by the jurisdictional owner if is required. 16.Prior to tensioning of post-tension structures, placement of soil backfills or continuation of building on newly-placed concrete, a strength requirement is generally required, which should be specified by the structural engineer. The strength progress can be evaluated by the use of concrete compressive strength cylinders or maturity monitoring in some jurisdictions. Advancing with backfill, additional concrete work or post-tensioning without reaching strength benchmarks could result in damage and failure of the concrete, which could result in danger and harm to nearby people and property. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xi 17.In general, concrete should not be exposed to freezing temperatures in the first 7 days after placement, which may require insulation or heating. Additionally, in hot or dry, windy weather, misting, covering with wet burlap or the use of curing compounds may be called for to reduce shrinkage cracking and curling during the first 7 days. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xii FOUNDATIONS 1.In general, construction should proceed per the governing jurisdictional guidelines for the project site, including but not limited to the applicable American Concrete Institute (ACI), International Code Council (ICC), State Department of Transportation, City and/or County, Army Corps of Engineers, Federal Aviation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and any other governing standard details and specifications. In areas where multiple standards are applicable the more stringent should be considered. Work should be performed by qualified, licensed contractors with experience in the specific type of work in the area of the site. 2.Foundations in this section are considered to apply to the construction of structural supports which directly transfer loads from man-made structures into the earth. In general, these include shallow foundations and deep foundations. Shallow foundations are generally constructed for the purpose of distributing the structural loads horizontally over a larger area of earth. Some types of shallow foundations (or footings) are spread footings, continuous footings, mat foundations, and reinforced slabs-on-grade.Deep foundations are generally designed for the purpose of distributing the structural loads vertically deeper into the soil by the use of end bearing and side friction. Some types of deep foundations are driven piles, auger-cast piles, drilled shafts, caissons, helical piers, and micro-piles. 3.For shallow foundations, the minimum bearing depth considered should be greater than the maximum design frost depth for the location of construction. This can be found on frost depth maps (ICC), but the standard of practice in the city and/or county should also be consulted. In general the bearing depth should never be less than 18 inches below planned finished grades. 4.Shallow continuous foundations should be sized with a minimum width of 18 inches and isolated spread footings should be a minimum of 24 inches in each direction. Foundation sizing, spacing, and reinforcing steel design should be performed by a qualified structural engineer. 5.The geotechnical engineer will provide an estimated bearing capacity and settlement values for the project based on soil conditions and estimated loads provided by the structural engineer. It is assumed that appropriate safety factors will be applied by the structural engineer. 6.In areas where shallow foundations are bearing on prepared subgrade or structural fill soils, testing and approval of this work should be completed prior to the beginning of foundation construction. 7.In locations where the shallow foundations are approved to bear on in-place (native) soil or in locations where approved documented fills have been exposed to weather conditions after approval, a foundation subgrade evaluation should be performed prior to the placement of reinforcing steel. This can consist of probing with a “t”-handled rod, borings, penetrometer testing, dynamic cone penetration testing and/or other methods requested by the geotechnical engineer and/or inspector. Where unsuitable foundation bearing material is encountered, the geotechnical engineer should be consulted for additional recommendations. 8.For shallow foundations to bear on rock, partially weathered rock, hard cemented soils, and/or boulders, the entire foundation system should bear directly on such material. In this case, the rock surface should be prepared so that it is clean, competent, and formed into a roughly horizontal, Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xiii stepped base. If that is not possible, then the entire structure should be underlain by a zone of structural fill. This may require the over-excavation in areas of rock removal and/or hard dig. In general this zone can vary in thickness but it should be a minimum of 1 foot thick. The geotechnical engineer should be consulted in this instance. 9.At times when rainfall is predicted during construction, a mud-mat or a thin concrete layer can be placed on prepared and approved subgrades prior to the placement of reinforcing steel. This serves the purpose of protecting the subgrades from damage once the reinforcing steel placement has begun. 10.For cast-in-place concrete foundations, the excavations dimensions, reinforcing steel placement and cover, structural fill compaction, concrete mix design, and other code requirements should be carefully checked by an inspector before and during placement. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.For deep foundations, the geotechnical engineer will generally provide design charts that provide foundations axial capacity and uplift resistance at various depths given certain-sized foundations. These charts may be based on blow count data from drilling and or laboratory testing. In general safety factors are included in these design charts by the geotechnical engineer. 12.In addition, the geotechnical engineer may provide other soil parameters for use in the lateral resistance analysis. These parameters are usually raw data, and safety factors should be provided by the shaft designer. Sometimes, direct shear and or tri-axial testing is performed for this analysis. 13.In general the spacing of deep foundations is expected to be 6 shaft diameters or more. If that spacing is reduced, a group reduction factor should be applied by the structural engineer to the foundation capacities per FHWA guidelines. The spacing should not be less than 2.5 shaft diameters. 14.For deep foundations, a representative of the geotechnical engineer should be on-site to observe the excavations (if any) to evaluate that the soil conditions are consistent with the findings of the geotechnical report. Soil/rock stratigraphy will vary at times, and this may result in a change in the planned construction. This may require the use of fall protection equipment to perform observations close to an open excavation. 15.For driven foundations, a representative of the geotechnical engineer should be on-site to observe the driving process and to evaluate that the resistance of driving is consistent with the design assumptions. Soil/rock stratigraphy will vary at times and may this may result in a change in the planned construction. 16.For deep foundations, the size, depth, and ground conditions should be verified during construction by the geotechnical engineer and/or inspector responsible. Open excavations should be clean, with any areas of caving and groundwater seepage noted. In areas below the groundwater table, or areas where slurry is used to keep the trench open, non-destructive testing techniques should be used as outlined below. 17.Steel members including structural steel piles, reinforcing steel, bolts, threaded steel rods, etc. should be evaluated for design and code compliance prior to pick-up and placement in the foundation. This includes verification of size, weight, layout, cleanliness, lap-splices, etc. In addition, if non-destructive testing such as crosshole sonic logging or gamma-gamma logging is required, Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xiv access tubes should be attached to the steel reinforcement prior to placement, and should be relatively straight, capped at the bottom, and generally kept in-round. These tubes must be filled with water prior to the placement of concrete. 18.In cases where steel welding is required, this should be observed by a certified welding inspector. 19.In many cases, a crane will be used to lower steel members into the deep foundations. Crane picks should be carefully planned, including the ground conditions at placement of outriggers, wind conditions, and other factors. These are not generally provided in the geotechnical report, but can usually be provided upon request. 20.Cast-in-place concrete, grout or other cementations materials should be pumped or distributed to the bottom of the excavation using a tremmie pipe or hollow stem auger pipe. Depending on the construction type, different mix slumps will be used. This should be carefully checked in the field during placement, and consolidation of the material should be considered. Use of a vibrator may be called for. 21.For work in a wet excavation (slurry), the concrete placed at the bottom of the excavation will displace the slurry as it comes up. The upper layer of concrete that has interacted with the slurry should be removed and not be a part of the final product. 22.Bolts or other connections to be set in the top after the placement is complete should be done immediately after final concrete placement, and prior to the on-set of curing. 23.For shafts requiring crosshole sonic logging or gamma-gamma testing, this should be performed within the first week after placement, but not before a 2 day curing period. The testing company and equipment manufacturer should provide more details on the requirements of the testing. 24.Load testing of deep foundations is recommended, and it is often a project requirement. In some cases, if test piles are constructed and tested, it can result in a significant reduction of the amount of needed foundations. The load testing frame and equipment should be sized appropriately for the test to be performed, and should be observed by the geotechnical engineer or inspector as it is performed. The results are provided to the structural engineer for approval. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xv LATERALLY LOADED STRUCTURES -RETAINING WALLS/SLOPES/DEEP FOUNDATIONS/MISCELLANEOUS 1.In general, construction should proceed per the governing jurisdictional guidelines for the project site, including but not limited to the applicable American Concrete Institute (ACI), International Code Council (ICC), State Department of Transportation, City and/or County, Army Corps of Engineers, Federal Aviation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and any other governing standard details and specifications. In areas where multiple standards are applicable the more stringent should be considered. Work should be performed by qualified, licensed contractors with experience in the specific type of work in the area of the site. 2.Laterally loaded structures for this section are generally meant to describe structures that are subjected to loading roughly horizontal to the ground surface. Such structures include retaining walls, slopes, deep foundations, tall buildings, box culverts,and other buried or partially buried structures. 3.The recommendations put forth in General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations for FOUNDATIONS,CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE,EARTHWORK, and SUBGRADE PREPARATION should be reviewed, as they are not all repeated in this section, but many of them will apply to the work. Those recommendations are incorporated by reference herein. 4.Laterally loaded structures are generally affected by overburden pressure, water pressure, surcharges, and other static loads, as well as traffic, seismic, wind, and other dynamic loads. The structural engineer must account for these loads. In addition, eccentric loading of the foundation should be evaluated and accounted for by the structural engineer. The structural engineer is also responsible for applying the appropriate factors of safety to the raw data provided by the geotechnical engineer. 5.The geotechnical report should provide data regarding soil lateral earth pressures, seismic design parameters, and groundwater levels. In the report the pressures are usually reported as raw data in the form of equivalent fluid pressures for three cases. 1. Static is for soil pressure against a structure that is fixed at top and bottom, like a basement wall or box culvert. 2. Active is for soil pressure against a wall that is free to move at the top, like a retaining wall. 3. Passive is for soil that is resisting the movement of the structure, usually at the toe of the wall where the foundation and embedded section are located. The structural engineer is responsible for deciding on safety factors for design parameters and groundwater elevations based on the raw data in the geotechnical report. 6.Generally speaking, direct shear or tri-axial shear testing should be performed for this evaluation in cases of soil slopes or unrestrained soil retaining walls over 6 feet in height or in lower walls in some cases based on the engineer’s judgment. For deep foundations and completely buried structures, this testing will be required per the discretion of the structural engineer. 7.For non-confined retaining walls (walls that are not attached at the top) and slopes, a geotechnical engineer should perform overall stability analysis for sliding, overturning, and global stability. For walls that are structurally restrained at the top, the geotechnical engineer does not generally perform this analysis. Internal wall stability should be designed by the structural engineer. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xvi 8.Cut slopes into rock should be evaluated by an engineering geologist, and rock coring to identify the orientation of fracture plans, faults, bedding planes, and other features should be performed. An analysis of this data will be provided by the engineering geologist to identify modes of failure including sliding, wedge, and overturning, and to provide design and construction recommendations. 9.For laterally loaded deep foundations that support towers, bridges or other structures with high lateral loads, geotechnical reports generally provide parameters for design analysis which is performed by the structural engineer. The structural engineer is responsible for applying appropriate safety factors to the raw data from the geotechnical engineer. 10.Construction recommendations for deep foundations can be found in the General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations-FOUNDATIONS section. 11.Construction of retaining walls often requires temporary slope excavations and shoring, including soil nails, soldier piles and lagging or laid-back slopes. This should be done per OSHA requirements and may require specialty design and contracting. 12.In general, surface water should not be directed over a slope or retaining wall, but should be captured in a drainage feature trending parallel to the slope, with an erosion protected outlet to the base of the wall or slope. 13.Waterproofing for retaining walls is generally required on the backfilled side, and they should be backfilled with an 18-inch zone of open graded aggregate wrapped in filter fabric or a synthetic draining product, which outlets to weep holes or a drain at the base of the wall. The purpose of this zone, which is immediately behind the wall is to relieve water pressures from building behind the wall. 14.Backfill compaction around retaining walls and slopes requires special care. Lighter equipment should be considered, and consideration to curing of cementitious materials used during construction will be called for. Additionally, if mechanically stabilized earth walls are being constructed, or if tie-backs are being utilized, additional care will be necessary to avoid damaging or displacing the materials. Use of heavy or large equipment, and/or beginning of backfill prior to concrete strength verification can create dangers to construction and human safety. Please refer to the General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE section. These concerns will also apply to the curing of cell grouting within reinforced masonry walls. 15.Usually safety features such as handrails are designed to be installed at the top of retaining walls and slopes. Prior to their installation, workers in those areas will need to be equipped with appropriate fall protection equipment. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xvii EXCAVATION AND DEWATERING 1.In general, construction should proceed per the governing jurisdictional guidelines for the project site, including but not limited to the applicable American Concrete Institute (ACI), International Code Council (ICC), State Department of Transportation, City and/or County, Army Corps of Engineers, Federal Aviation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and any other governing standard details and specifications. In areas where multiple standards are applicable the more stringent should be considered. Work should be performed by qualified, licensed contractors with experience in the specific type of work in the area of the site. 2.Excavation and Dewatering for this section are generally meant to describe structures that are intended to create stable, excavations for the construction of infrastructure near to existing development and below the groundwater table. 3.The recommendations put forth in General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations for LATERALLY LOADED STRUCTURES,FOUNDATIONS,CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE,EARTHWORK, and SUBGRADE PREPARATION should be reviewed, as they are not all repeated in this section, but many of them will apply to the work. Those recommendations are incorporated by reference herein. 4.The site excavations will generally be affected by overburden pressure, water pressure, surcharges, and other static loads, as well as traffic, seismic, wind, and other dynamic loads. The structural engineer must account for these loads as described in Section 5.2 of this report. In addition, eccentric loading of the foundation should be evaluated and accounted for by the structural engineer. The structural engineer is also responsible for applying the appropriate factors of safety to the raw data provided by the geotechnical engineer. 5.The geotechnical report should provide data regarding soil lateral earth pressures, seismic design parameters, and groundwater levels. In the report the pressures are usually reported as raw data in the form of equivalent fluid pressures for three cases. 1. Static is for soil pressure against a structure that is fixed at top and bottom, like a basement wall or box culvert. 2. Active is for soil pressure against a wall that is free to move at the top, like a retaining wall. 3. Passive is for soil that is resisting the movement of the structure, usually at the toe of the wall where the foundation and embedded section are located. The structural engineer is responsible for deciding on safety factors for design parameters and groundwater elevations based on the raw data in the geotechnical report. 6.The parameters provided above are based on laboratory testing and engineering judgement. Since numerous soil layers with different properties will be encountered in a large excavation, assumptions and judgement are used to generate the equivalent fluid pressures to be used in design. Factors of safety are not included in those numbers and should be evaluated prior to design. 7.Groundwater, if encountered will dramatically change the stability of the excavation. In addition, pumping of groundwater from the bottom of the excavation can be difficult and costly, and it can result in potential damage to nearby structures if groundwater drawdown occurs. As such, we recommend that groundwater monitoring be performed across the site during design and prior to construction to assist in the excavation design and planning. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xviii 8.Groundwater pumping tests should be performed if groundwater pumping will be needed during construction. The pumping tests can be used to estimate drawdown at nearby properties, and also will be needed to determine the hydraulic conductivity of the soil for the design of the dewatering system. 9.For excavation stabilization in granular and dense soil, the use of soldier piles and lagging is recommended. The soldier pile spacing and size should be determined by the structural engineer based on the lateral loads provided in the report. In general, the spacing should be more than two pile diameters, and less than 8 feet. Soldier piles should be advanced 5 feet or more below the base of the excavation. Passive pressures from Section 5.2 can be used in the design of soldier piles for the portions of the piles below the excavation. 10.If the piles are drilled, they should be grouted in-place. If below the groundwater table, the grouting should be accomplished by tremmie pipe, and the concrete should be a mix intended for placement below the groundwater table. For work in a wet excavation, the concrete placed at the bottom of the excavation will displace the water as it comes up. The upper layer of concrete that has interacted with the water should be removed and not be a part of the final product. Lagging should be specially designed timber or other lagging. The temporary excavation will need to account for seepage pressures at the toe of the wall as well as hydrostatic forces behind the wall. 11.Depending on the loading, tie back anchors and/or soil nails may be needed. These should be installed beyond the failure envelope of the wall. This would be a plane that is rotated upward 55 degrees from horizontal. The strength of the anchors behind this plane should be considered, and bond strength inside the plane should be ignored. If friction anchors are used, they should extend 10 feet or more beyond the failure envelope. Evaluation of the anchor length and encroachment onto other properties, and possible conflicts with underground utilities should be carefully considered. Anchors are typically installed 25 to 40 degrees below horizontal. The capacity of the anchors should be checked on 10% of locations by loading to 200% of the design strength. All should be loaded to 120% of design strength, and should be locked off at 80% 12.The shoring and tie backs should be designed to allow less than ½ inch of deflection at the top of the excavation wall, where the wall is within an imaginary 1:1 line extending downward from the base of surrounding structures. This can be expanded to 1 inch of deflection if there is no nearby structure inside that plane. An analysis of nearby structures to locate their depth and horizontal position should be conducted prior to shored excavation design. 13.Assuming that the excavations will encroach below the groundwater table, allowances for drainage behind and through the lagging should be made. The drainage can be accomplished by using an open-graded gravel material that is wrapped in geotextile fabric. The lagging should allow for the collected water to pass through the wall at select locations into drainage trenches below the excavation base. These trenches should be considered as sump areas where groundwater can be pumped out of the excavation. 14.The pumped groundwater needs to be handled properly per jurisdictional guidelines. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xix 15.In general, surface water should not be directed over a slope or retaining wall, but should be captured in a drainage feature trending parallel to the slope, with an erosion protected outlet to the base of the wall or slope. 16.Safety features such as handrails or barriers are to be designed to be installed at the top of retaining walls and slopes. Prior to their installation, workers in those areas will need to be equipped with appropriate fall protection equipment. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xx Waterproofing and Back Drainage 1.In general, construction should proceed per the governing jurisdictional guidelines for the project site, including but not limited to the applicable American Concrete Institute (ACI), International Code Council (ICC), State Department of Transportation, City and/or County, Army Corps of Engineers, Federal Aviation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and any other governing standard details and specifications. In areas where multiple standards are applicable the more stringent should be considered. Work should be performed by qualified, licensed contractors with experience in the specific type of work in the area of the site. 2.Waterproofing and Back drainage structures for this section are generally meant to describe permanent subgrade structures that are planned to be below the historic high groundwater elevation. 3.The recommendations put forth in General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations for FOUNDATIONS,CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE,EARTHWORK, and SUBGRADE PREPARATION should be reviewed, as they are not all repeated in this section, but many of them will apply to the work. Those recommendations are incorporated by reference herein. 4.In general, surface water should not be directed over a slope or retaining wall, but should be captured in a drainage feature trending parallel to the slope, with an erosion protected outlet to the base of the wall or slope. 5.Waterproofing for retaining walls is generally required on the backfilled side, and they should be backfilled with an 18-inch zone of open graded aggregate wrapped in filter fabric or a synthetic draining product, which outlets to weep holes or a drain at the base of the wall. The purpose of this zone, which is immediately behind the wall is to relieve water pressures from building behind the wall. 6.If basement walls below groundwater table are planned on this site, sump pumps will be needed to reduce the build-up of water in the basement. The design should be the historic high groundwater. The pumping system should be designed to keep the slab and walls relatively dry so that mold, efflorescence, and other detrimental effects to the concrete structure will not result. 7.Backfill compaction around retaining walls and slopes requires special care. Lighter equipment should be considered, and consideration to curing of cementitious materials used during construction will be called for. Additionally, if mechanically stabilized earth walls are being constructed, or if tie-backs are being utilized, additional care will be necessary to avoid damaging or displacing the materials. Use of heavy or large equipment, and/or beginning of backfill prior to concrete strength verification can create dangers to construction and human safety. Please refer to the General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE section. These concerns will also apply to the curing of cell grouting within reinforced masonry walls. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xxi CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF SOIL 1.In general, construction should proceed per the governing jurisdictional guidelines for the project site, including but not limited to the applicable American Concrete Institute (ACI), International Code Council (ICC), State Department of Transportation, State Department of Environmental Quality, the US Environmental Protection Agency, City and/or County, Army Corps of Engineers, Federal Aviation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and any other governing standard details and specifications. In areas where multiple standards are applicable the more stringent should be considered. Work should be performed by qualified, licensed contractors with experience in the specific type of work in the area of the site. 2.Chemical treatment of soil for this section is generally meant to describe the process of improving soil properties for a specific purpose, using cement or chemical lime. 3.A mix design should be performed by the geotechnical engineer to help it meet the specific strength, plasticity index, durability, and/or other desired properties. The mix design should be performed using the proposed chemical lime or cement proposed for use by the contractor, along with samples of the site soil that are taken from the material to be used in the process. 4.For the mix design the geotechnical engineer should perform proctor testing to determine optimum moisture content of the soil, and then mix samples of the soil at 3 percent above optimum moisture content with varying concentrations of lime or cement. The samples will be prepared and cured per ASTM standards, and then after 7-days for curing, they will be tested for compression strength. Durability testing goes on for 28 days. 5.Following this testing, the geotechnical engineer will provide a recommended mix ratio of cement or chemical lime in the geotechnical report for use by the contractor. The geotechnical engineer will generally specify a design ratio of 2 percent more than the minimum to account for some error during construction. 6.Prior to treatment, the in-place soil moisture should be measured so that the correct amount of water can be used during construction. Work should not be performed on frozen ground. 7.During construction, special considerations for construction of treated soils should be followed. The application process should be conducted to prevent the loss of the treatment material to wind which might transport the materials off site, and workers should be provided with personal protective equipment for dust generated in the process. 8.The treatment should be applied evenly over the surface, and this can be monitored by use of a pan placed on the subgrade. This can also be tested by preparing test specimens from the in-place mixture for laboratory testing. 9.Often, after or during the chemical application, additional water may be needed to activate the chemical reaction. In general, it should be maintained at about 3 percent or more above optimum moisture. Following this, mixing of the applied material is generally performed using specialized equipment. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xxii 10.The total amount of chemical provided can be verified by collecting batch tickets from the delivery trucks, and the depth of the treatment can be verified by digging of test pits, and the use of reagents that react with lime and or cement. 11.For the use of lime treatment, compaction should be performed after a specified amount of time has passed following mixing and re-grading. For concrete, compaction should be performed immediately after mixing and re-grading. In both cases, some swelling of the surface should be expected. Final grading should be performed the following day of the initial work for lime treatment, and within 2 to 4 hours for soil cement. 12.Quality control testing of compacted treated subgrades should be performed per the recommendations of the geotechnical report, and generally in accordance with General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations -EARTHWORK Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xxiii PAVING 1.In general, construction should proceed per the governing jurisdictional guidelines for the project site, including but not limited to the applicable American Concrete Institute (ACI), International Code Council (ICC), State Department of Transportation, City and/or County, Army Corps of Engineers, Federal Aviation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and any other governing standard details and specifications. In areas where multiple standards are applicable the more stringent should be considered. Work should be performed by qualified, licensed contractors with experience in the specific type of work in the area of the site. 2.Paving for this section is generally meant to describe the placement of surface treatments on travel- ways to be used by rubber-tired vehicles, such as roadways, runways, parking lots, etc. 3.The geotechnical engineer is generally responsible for providing structural analysis to recommend the thickness of pavement sections, which can include asphalt, concrete pavements, aggregate base, cement or lime treated aggregate base, and cement or lime treated subgrades. 4.The civil engineer is generally responsible for determining which surface finishes and mixes are appropriate, and often the owner, general contractor and/or other party will decide on lift thickness, the use of tack coats and surface treatments, etc. 5.The geotechnical engineer will generally be provided with the planned traffic loading, as well as reliability, design life, and serviceability factors by the jurisdiction, traffic engineer, designer, and/or owner. The geotechnical study will provide data regarding soil resiliency and strength. A pavement modeling software is generally used to perform the analysis for design, however, jurisdictional minimum sections also must be considered, as well as construction considerations and other factors. 6.The geotechnical report report will generally provide pavement section thicknesses if requested. 7.For construction of overlays, where new pavement is being placed on old pavement, an evaluation of the existing pavement is needed, which should include coring the pavement, evaluation of the overall condition and thickness of the pavement, and evaluation of the pavement base and subgrade materials. 8.In general, the existing pavement is milled and treated with a tack coat prior to the placement of new pavement for the purpose of creating a stronger bond between the old and new material. This is also a way of removing aged asphalt and helping to maintain finished grades closer to existing conditions grading and drainage considerations. 9.If milling is performed, a minimum of 2 inches of existing asphalt should be left in-place to reduce the likelihood of equipment breaking through the asphalt layer and destroying its integrity. After milling and before the placement of tack coat, the surface should be evaluated for cracking or degradation. Cracked or degraded asphalt should be removed, spanned with geosynthetic reinforcement, or be otherwise repaired per the direction of the civil and or geotechnical engineer prior to continuing construction. Proofrolling may be requested. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xxiv 10.For pavements to be placed on subgrade or base materials, the subgrade and base materials should be prepared per the General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations –EARTHWORK section. 11.Following the proofrolling as described in the General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations –EARTHWORK section,the application of subgrade treatment, base material, and paving materials can proceed per the recommendations in the geotechnical report and/or project plans. The placement of pavement materials or structural fills cannot take place on frozen ground. 12.The placement of aggregate base material should conform to the jurisdictional guidelines. In general the materials should be provided by an accredited supplier, and the material should meet the standards of ASTM C-33. Material that has been stockpiled and exposed to weather including wind and rain should be retested for compliance since fines could be lost. Frozen material cannot be used. 13.The placement of asphalt material should conform to the jurisdictional guidelines. In general the materials should be provided by an accredited supplier, and the material should meet the standards of ASTM C-33. The material can be placed in a screed by end-dumping, or it can be placed directly on the paving surface. The temperature of the mix at placement should generally be on the order of 300 degrees Fahrenheit at time of placement and screeding. 14.Compaction of the screeded asphalt should begin as soon as practical after placement, and initial rolling should be performed before the asphalt has cooled significantly. Compaction equipment should have vibratory capabilities, and should be of appropriate size and weight given the thickness of the lift being placed and the sloping of the ground surface. 15.In cold and/or windy weather, the cooling of the screeded asphalt is a quality issue, so preparations should be made to perform screeding immediately after placement, and compaction immediately after screeding. 16.Quality control testing of the asphalt should be performed during placement to verify compaction and mix design properties are being met and that delivery temperatures are correct. Results of testing data from asphalt laboratory testing should be provided within 24 hours of the paving. Geotechnical Report Project No.24-463460.1 November 13, 2024 Page C-xxv SITE GRADING AND DRAINAGE 1.In general, construction should proceed per the governing jurisdictional guidelines for the project site, including but not limited to the applicable American Concrete Institute (ACI), International Code Council (ICC), State Department of Transportation, State Department of Environmental Quality, the US Environmental Protection Agency, City and/or County, Army Corps of Engineers, Federal Aviation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and any other governing standard details and specifications. In areas where multiple standards are applicable the more stringent should be considered. Work should be performed by qualified, licensed contractors with experience in the specific type of work in the area of the site. 2.Site grading and drainage for this section is generally meant to describe the effect of new construction on surface hydrology, which impacts the flow of rainfall or other water running across, onto or off-of, a newly constructed or modified development. 3.This section does not apply to the construction of site grading and drainage features. Recommendations for the construction of such features are covered in General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations for Earthwork –Structural Fills section and Underground Pipeline Installation –Backfill section. 4.In general, surface water flows should be directed towards storm drains, natural channels, retention or detention basins, swales, and/or other features specifically designed to capture, store, and or transmit them to specific off-site outfalls. 5.The surface water flow design is generally performed by a site civil engineer, and it can be impacted by hydrology, roof lines, and other site structures that do not allow for water to infiltrate into the soil, and that modify the topography of the site. 6.Soil permeability, density, and strength properties are relevant to the design of storm drain systems, including dry wells, retention basins, swales, and others. These properties are usually only provided in a geotechnical report if specifically requested,and recommendations will be provided in the geotechnical report in those cases. 7.Structures or site features that are not a part of the surface water drainage system should not be exposed to surface water flows, standing water or water infiltration. In general, roof drains and scuppers, exterior slabs, pavements, landscaping, etc. should be constructed to drain water away from structures and foundations. The purpose of this is to reduce the opportunity for water damage, erosion, and/or altering of structural soil properties by wetting. In general, a 5 percent or more slope away from foundations, structural fills, slopes, structures, etc. should be maintained. 8.Special considerations should be used for slopes and retaining walls, as described in the General Geotechnical Design and Construction Considerations -LATERALLY LOADED STRUCTURES section. 9.Additionally, landscaping features including irrigation emitters and plants that require large amounts of water should not be placed near to new structures, as they have the potential to alter soil moisture states. Changing of the moisture state of soil that provides structural support can lead to damage to the supported structures. COLORADO - EPA Map of Radon Zones http://www.epa.gov/radon/zonemap.html The Map of Radon Zones was developed in 1993 to identify areas of the U.S. with the potential for elevat indoor radon levels. The map is intended to help governments and other organizations target risk redu activities and resources. The Map of Radon Zones s not be used to determine if individual homes need to tested. No matter where you live, test your home for —it’s easy and inexpensive Fix your home if your rad level is 4 picocuries per liter (pCi/L) (150 becquerels meter cubed (Bq/m3)) or higher. Consider fixing if yo level is between 2 and 4 pCi/L (75 - 150 Bq/m3). The Map of Radon Zones was developed using data indoor radon measurements, geology, aerial radioac soil parameters, and foundation types. The EPA recommends that this map be supplemented with an available local data to further understand and predic radon potential for a specific area. All homes should be tested, regardless of zone designation. IMPORTANT: Consult the publication entitled "Preliminary Geologic Radon Potential Assessment o Colorado" (USGS Open-file Report 93-292-H) before using this map. See https://doi.org/10.3133/ ofr93292H. This document contains information on radon potential variations within counties. EPA also recommends that this map be supplemented with any available local data in order to further understand and predict the radon potential of a specific area. one 2 Zone 3 ed ction hould be radon on per ur on tivity, y t the f ADAMS ARAPAHOE BACA BENT BOULDER CHEYENNE CROWLEY DOUGLAS ELBERT EL PASO KIOWA KIT CARSON LAS ANIMAS LINCOLN LOGAN MORGAN OTERO PHILLIPS PROWERS WASHINGTON PUEBLO SAGUACHE SEDGWICK TELLER YUMA JEF- FER- SON DENVER ALAMOSA RIO GRANDE ARCHULETA CHAFFEE CONEJOS COSTILLA CUSTER DELTA DOLORES EAGLE FREMONT GARFIELD GRAND GUNNISON HINSDALE HUERFANO MONTEZUMA JACKSON LAKE LA PLATA LARIMER MESA MINERAL MOFFAT MONTROSE OURAY PARK PITKIN RIO BLANCO ROUTT SAN MIGUEL WELD JUAN SAN CREEK CLEAR GILPIN MIT SUM- What the colors mean? Zone 1 ZZone (red zones) (orange zones) (yellow zones) Color Highest potential Moderate potential Low potential Counties have a predicted Counties have a predicted Description average indoor screening level > (Greater) than 4 average screening level ≥ (Greater than and equal to) Counties have a predicted average indoor screening pCi/L (picocuries per liter) 2 pCi/L (75 Bq/m3) and ≤level < (Less than) 2 pCi/L (150 Bq/m3 (becquerels per (less than and equal to) 4 (75 Bq/m3) meter cubed)) pCi/L (150 Bq/m3) An official website of the United States government Here's how you know QuickFacts Garfield County, Colorado QuickFacts provides statistics for all states and counties. Also for cities and towns with a population of 5,000 or more. Table All Topics Population estimates, July 1, 2024, (V2024)63,167 PEOPLE Population Population estimates, July 1, 2024, (V2024)63,167 Population estimates base, April 1, 2020, (V2024)61,689 Population, percent change - April 1, 2020 (estimates base) to July 1, 2024, (V2024)2.4% Population, Census, April 1, 2020 61,685 Population, Census, April 1, 2010 56,389 Age and Sex Persons under 5 years, percent 6.1% Persons under 18 years, percent 24.1% Persons 65 years and over, percent 15.2% Female persons, percent 48.5% Race and Hispanic Origin White alone, percent 93.3% Black alone, percent (a)(a)1.6% American Indian and Alaska Native alone, percent (a)(a)1.9% Asian alone, percent (a)(a)1.0% Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander alone, percent (a)(a)0.2% Two or More Races, percent 2.1% Hispanic or Latino, percent (b)(b)32.8% White alone, not Hispanic or Latino, percent 63.6% Population Characteristics Veterans, 2019-2023 2,663 Foreign-born persons, percent, 2019-2023 14.1% Housing Housing Units, July 1, 2024, (V2024)25,540 Owner-occupied housing unit rate, 2019-2023 69.7% Median value of owner-occupied housing units, 2019-2023 $490,600 Median selected monthly owner costs - with a mortgage, 2019-2023 $2,213 Median selected monthly owner costs -without a mortage, 2019-2023 $611 Median gross rent, 2019-2023 $1,515 Building Permits, 2024 174 Families & Living Arrangements Households, 2019-2023 23,071 Persons per household, 2019-2023 2.64 Living in the same house 1 year ago, percent of persons age 1 year+ , 2019-2023 86.9% Language other than English spoken at home, percent of persons age 5 years+, 2019-2023 26.4% Computer and Internet Use Households with a computer, percent, 2019-2023 96.3% Households with a broadband Internet subscription, percent, 2019-2023 92.2% Education High school graduate or higher, percent of persons age 25 years+, 2019-2023 88.4%  CLEAR 1 TABLE  MAP Garfield County, Colorado                 Is this page helpful? Yes No ✕ -- Select a fact --Enter state, county, city, town, or zip code Bachelor's degree or higher, percent of persons age 25 years+, 2019-2023 33.4% Health With a disability, under age 65 years, percent, 2019-2023 6.6% Persons without health insurance, under age 65 years, percent 14.1% Economy In civilian labor force, total, percent of population age 16 years+, 2019-2023 73.0% In civilian labor force, female, percent of population age 16 years+, 2019-2023 66.8% Total accommodation and food services sales, 2022 ($1,000)(c)405,635 Total health care and social assistance receipts/revenue, 2022 ($1,000)(c)641,372 Total transportation and warehousing receipts/revenue, 2022 ($1,000)(c)112,413 Total retail sales, 2022 ($1,000)(c)1,392,929 Total retail sales per capita, 2022 (c)$22,374 Transportation Mean travel time to work (minutes), workers age 16 years+, 2019-2023 31.6 Income & Poverty Median households income (in 2023 dollars), 2019-2023 $86,172 Per capita income in past 12 months (in 2023 dollars), 2019-2023 $42,253 Persons in poverty, percent 9.1% BUSINESSES Businesses Total employer establishments, 2022 2,666 Total employment, 2022 22,018 Total annual payroll, 2022 ($1,000)1,241,016 Total employment, percent change, 2021-2022 6.6% Total nonemployer establishments, 2023 7,341 All employer firms, Reference year 2022 2,309 Men-owned employer firms, Reference year 2022 1,341 Women-owned employer firms, Reference year 2022 328 Minority-owned employer firms, Reference year 2022 S Nonminority-owned employer firms, Reference year 2022 1,770 Veteran-owned employer firms, Reference year 2022 75 Nonveteran-owned employer firms, Reference year 2022 1,984 GEOGRAPHY Geography Population per square mile, 2020 20.9 Population per square mile, 2010 19.1 Land area in square miles, 2020 2,947.43 Land area in square miles, 2010 2,947.56 FIPS Code 08045 About datasets used in this table Value Notes Methodology differences may exist between data sources, and so estimates from different sources are not comparable. Some estimates presented here come from sample data, and thus have sampling errors that may render some apparent differences between geographies statistically indistinguishable. Click the Quick Info  icon to the left of each learn about sampling error. The vintage year (e.g., V2024) refers to the final year of the series (2020 thru 2024). Different vintage years of estimates are not comparable. Users should exercise caution when comparing 2019-2023 ACS 5-year estimates to other ACS estimates. For more information, please visit the 2023 5-year ACS Comparison Guidance page. Fact Notes (a)Includes persons reporting only one race (b)Hispanics may be of any race, so also are included in applicable race categories (c)Economic Census - Puerto Rico data are not comparable to U.S. Economic Census data Value Flags D Suppressed to avoid disclosure of confidential information F Fewer than 25 firms FN Footnote on this item in place of data NA Not available S Suppressed; does not meet publication standards X Not applicable Z Value greater than zero but less than half unit of measure shown -Either no or too few sample observations were available to compute an estimate, or a ratio of medians cannot be calculated because one or both of the median estimates falls in the lowest or upper interval of an N Data for this geographic area cannot be displayed because the number of sample cases is too small.    Is this page helpful? Yes No ✕ Imagery ©2025 Airbus, Landsat / Copernicus, Maxar Technologies, USDA/FPAC/GEO, Map data ©2025 Google 2000 ft Grand Valley High School No reviews High school ··800 Cardinal Way Open 24 hours ·(970) 285-5705 Website Directions  Grand Valley Center For Family Learning School No reviews Elementary school ··100 E 2nd St (970) 285-5702 Website Directions  Bea Underwood Elementary School No reviews Website Directions  schools near 5 Stone Quarry Rd, Parachute, CO Elementary school ··0741 Tamarisk Trail Opens soon ⋅ 7:30 AM · (970) 285-5703 Centro Colorado Head Sta No reviews Preschool ··101 W Battlement Pkwy Opens soon ⋅ 7:30 AM · (970) 822-8645 Website Directions  Gaield County School District No reviews School district office ··460 Stone Quarry Rd (970) 285-1054 Directions  Grand Valley Middle School No reviews Middle school ··364 Sipprelle Dr (970) 285-5707 Website Directions  Grand River Health Clinic West 3.8 (59) Medical clinic ··201 Sipprelle Dr Closed ⋅ Opens 8 AM · (970) 285-7046 Website Directions "The facility is very clean."  Parachute Branch Library 4.9 (31) Public librar y ··244 Grand Valley Way Closed ⋅ Opens 10 AM · (970) 285-9870 Website Directions "Oh and they have expanded their hours and they are now open on Sunday also."  Colorado River BOCES No reviews School ··460 Stone Quarry Rd Closed ⋅ Opens 8 AM · (970) 285-5265 Website Directions  Gaield County SD 5.0 (1) County government office ··8600 Old US Hwy 6 (970) 285-5700 Directions  Grand Valley Recreation Center 4.3 (236) Recreation center ··398 Arroyo Dr Open ⋅ Closes 9 PM · (970) 285-9480 Website Directions "It's a fantastic family friendly environment with tons of amenities!"  The Canopy No reviews Potter y classes ·259 Cardinal Way (970) 414-1332 Directions  Gaield County School District 16 No reviews School administration office ·· 460 Stone Quarr y Rd (970) 285-5701 Website Directions  Grand Valley Ace Hardware 4.1 (57) Hardware store ··71 Sipprelle Dr Unit 4 Source for tools & supplies Open ⋅ Closes 6 PM · (970) 512-9077 Website Directions In-store shopping ·In-store pickup  Colorado Hemp Institute 5.0 (9) Wellness center ··8714 Co Rd 300 (970) 260-9342 Website Directions Onsite services  Grand Valley Historical Society 5.0 (6) Historical society ··7235 Co Rd 300 (970) 285-9114 Directions  Josh Lyons/Lyons Legacy LLC 4.8 (61) Horse riding school ··Co Rd 300 Closed ⋅ Opens 9 AM · (615) 379-1056 Website Directions Onsite services ·Online classes  In & Out Driving School - Parachute 3.7 (6) Driving school ·73 Sipprelle Dr Unit J10 (970) 319-3525 Website Directions Onsite services ·Online classes  Spiritual Awakenings No reviews Holistic medicine practitioner ·100 Harris Ln (970) 948-8223 Website Directions  Fiy Shadz Salon 4.6 (52) Beauty salon ··101 Cardinal Way Closed ⋅ Opens 9 AM ·(970) 285-6664 Directions "Clean, easy to use beds."  Map data ©2025 , Map data ©2025 Google 2 mi RatingHoursAll filters Results Share Balement Mesa Medical Center No reviews Medical office ··201 Sipprelle Dr (970) 285-9740 Website Directions  Grand River Health Clinic West 3.8 (59) Medical clinic ··201 Sipprelle Dr Website Directions  medical facilities near 5 Stone Quarry Rd, Parachute, CO You've reached the end of the list. Closed ⋅ Opens 8 AM · (970) 285-7046 "The facility is very clean." Grand River Health Rie 3.3 (282) Hospital ··501 Airport Rd Open 24 hours ·(970) 625-1510 Website Directions "Thank you for making routine medical checkups convenient and efficient."  BOOK ONLINE PARACHUTE TOWN OF, PWS ID: CO0123602 2024 CCR Page 1 of 6 PARACHUTE TOWN OF 2024 Drinking Water Quality Report Covering Data For Calendar Year 2023 Public Water System ID: CO0123602 Esta es información importante. Si no la pueden leer, necesitan que alguien se la traduzca. We are pleased to present to you this year’s water quality report. Our constant goal is to provide you with a safe and dependable supply of drinking water. Please contact Harley Walker at 970-285-7630 with any questions or for public participation opportunities that may affect water quality. Please see the water quality data from our wholesale system(s) (either attached or included in this report) for additional information about your drinking water. General Information All drinking water, including bottled water, may reasonably be expected to contain at least small amounts of some contaminants. The presence of contaminants does not necessarily indicate that the water poses a health risk. More information about contaminants and potential health effects can be obtained by calling the Environmental Protection Agency’s Safe Drinking Water Hotline (1-800-426-4791) or by visiting epa.gov/ground-water-and-drinking-water. Some people may be more vulnerable to contaminants in drinking water than the general population. Immunocompromised persons such as persons with cancer undergoing chemotherapy, persons who have undergone organ transplants, people with HIV-AIDS or other immune system disorders, some elderly, and infants can be particularly at risk of infections. These people should seek advice about drinking water from their health care providers. For more information about contaminants and potential health effects, or to receive a copy of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control (CDC) guidelines on appropriate means to lessen the risk of infection by Cryptosporidium and microbiological contaminants call the EPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline at (1-800-426-4791). The sources of drinking water (both tap water and bottled water) include rivers, lakes, streams, ponds, reservoirs, springs, and wells. As water travels over the surface of the land or through the ground, it dissolves naturally occurring minerals and, in some cases, radioactive material, and can pick up substances resulting from the presence of animals or from human activity. Contaminants that may be present in source water include: •Microbial contaminants: viruses and bacteria that may come from sewage treatment plants, septic systems, agricultural livestock operations, and wildlife. •Inorganic contaminants: salts and metals, which can be naturally- occurring or result from urban storm water runoff, industrial or domestic wastewater discharges, oil and gas production, mining, or farming. •Pesticides and herbicides: may come from a variety of sources, such as agriculture, urban storm water runoff, and residential uses. •Radioactive contaminants: can be naturally occurring or be the result of oil and gas production and mining activities. •Organic chemical contaminants: including synthetic and volatile organic chemicals, which are byproducts of industrial processes and petroleum production, and also may come from gas stations, urban storm water runoff, and septic systems. In order to ensure that tap water is safe to drink, the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment prescribes regulations limiting the amount of certain contaminants in water provided by public water systems. The Food and Drug Administration regulations establish limits for contaminants in bottled water that must provide the same protection for public health. Lead in Drinking Water Lead can cause serious health problems, especially for pregnant women and young children. Lead in drinking water is primarily from materials and components associated with service lines and home plumbing. We are responsible for providing high quality drinking water and removing lead pipes, but cannot control the variety of materials used in plumbing components in your home. You share the responsibility for protecting yourself and your family from the lead in your home plumbing. You can take responsibility by identifying and removing lead materials within your home plumbing and taking steps to reduce your family's risk. Before drinking tap water, flush your pipes for several minutes by running your tap, taking a shower, doing laundry or a load of dishes. You can also use a filter certified by an American National Standards Institute accredited certifier to reduce lead in drinking water. If you are concerned about lead in your water and wish to have your water tested, contact MARK KING at 970-285-7630. Information on lead in drinking water, testing methods, and steps you can take to minimize exposure is available at epa.gov/safewater/lead. Source Water Assessment and Protection (SWAP) The Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment may have provided us with a Source Water Assessment Report for our water supply. For general information or to obtain a copy of the report please visit wqcdcompliance.com/ccr. The report is located under “Guidance: Source Water Assessment Reports”. Search the table using our system name or ID, or by contacting MARK KING at 970-285-7630. The Source Water Assessment Report provides a screening-level evaluation of potential contamination that could occur. It does not mean that the contamination has or will occur. We can use this information to evaluate the need to improve our current water treatment capabilities and prepare for future contamination threats. This can help us ensure that quality finished water is delivered to your homes. In addition, the source water assessment results provide a starting point for developing a source water protection plan. Potential sources of contamination in our source water area are listed on the next page. Please contact us to learn more about what you can do to help protect your drinking water sources, any questions about the Drinking Water Quality Report, to learn more about our system, or to attend scheduled public meetings. We want you, our valued customers, to be informed about the services we provide and the quality water we deliver to you every day. PARACHUTE TOWN OF, PWS ID: CO0123602 2024 CCR Page 2 of 6 Our Water Sources Sources (Water Type - Source Type) Potential Source(s) of Contamination SPRING NO 08 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 09 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 10 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 11 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 12 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 13 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 15 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 16 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 17 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 18 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 19 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 20 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 01 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 02 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 03 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 04 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 05 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 06 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) SPRING NO 07 (Groundwater UDI Surface Water-Well) EMERGENCY CONNECT WITH BATTLEMENT MESA (Surface Water-Consecutive Connection) COLORADO RIVER (Surface Water-Intake) EPA Superfund Sites, EPA Abandoned Contaminated Sites, EPA Hazardous Waste Generators, EPA Chemical Inventory/Storage Sites, EPA Toxic Release Inventory Sites, Permitted Wastewater Discharge Sites, Aboveground, Underground and Leaking Storage Tank Sites, Solid Waste Sites, Existing/Abandoned Mine Sites, Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations, Other Facilities, Commercial/Industrial/Transportation, High Intensity Residential, Low Intensity Residential, Urban Recreational Grasses, Quarries / Strip Mines / Gravel Pits, Row Crops, Pasture / Hay, Deciduous Forest, Evergreen Forest, Mixed Forest, Septic Systems, Oil / Gas Wells, Road Miles Terms and Abbreviations • Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) − The highest level of a contaminant allowed in drinking water. • Treatment Technique (TT) − A required process intended to reduce the level of a contaminant in drinking water. • Health-Based − A violation of either a MCL or TT. • Non-Health-Based − A violation that is not a MCL or TT. • Action Level (AL) − The concentration of a contaminant which, if exceeded, triggers treatment and other regulatory requirements. • Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level (MRDL) − The highest level of a disinfectant allowed in drinking water. There is convincing evidence that addition of a disinfectant is necessary for control of microbial contaminants. • Maximum Contaminant Level Goal (MCLG) − The level of a contaminant in drinking water below which there is no known or expected risk to health. MCLGs allow for a margin of safety. • Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Goal (MRDLG) − The level of a drinking water disinfectant, below which there is no known or expected risk to health. MRDLGs do not reflect the benefits of the use of disinfectants to control microbial contaminants. • Violation (No Abbreviation) − Failure to meet a Colorado Primary Drinking Water Regulation. • Formal Enforcement Action (No Abbreviation) − Escalated action taken by the State (due to the risk to public health, or number or severity of violations) to bring a non-compliant water system back into compliance. • Variance and Exemptions (V/E) − Department permission not to meet a MCL or treatment technique under certain conditions. • Gross Alpha (No Abbreviation) − Gross alpha particle activity compliance value. It includes radium-226, but excludes radon 222, and uranium. • Picocuries per liter (pCi/L) − Measure of the radioactivity in water. • Nephelometric Turbidity Unit (NTU) − Measure of the clarity or cloudiness of water. Turbidity in excess of 5 NTU is just noticeable to the typical person. • Compliance Value (No Abbreviation) – Single or calculated value used to determine if regulatory contaminant level (e.g. MCL) is met. Examples of calculated values are the 90th Percentile, Running Annual Average (RAA) and Locational Running Annual Average (LRAA). • Average (x-bar) − Typical value. PARACHUTE TOWN OF, PWS ID: CO0123602 2024 CCR Page 3 of 6 • Range (R) − Lowest value to the highest value. • Sample Size (n) − Number or count of values (i.e. number of water samples collected). • Parts per million = Milligrams per liter (ppm = mg/L) − One part per million corresponds to one minute in two years or a single penny in $10,000. • Parts per billion = Micrograms per liter (ppb = ug/L) − One part per billion corresponds to one minute in 2,000 years, or a single penny in $10,000,000. • Not Applicable (N/A) – Does not apply or not available. • Level 1 Assessment – A study of the water system to identify potential problems and determine (if possible) why total coliform bacteria have been found in our water system. • Level 2 Assessment – A very detailed study of the water system to identify potential problems and determine (if possible) why an E. coli MCL violation has occurred and/or why total coliform bacteria have been found in our water system on multiple occasions. Detected Contaminants PARACHUTE TOWN OF routinely monitors for contaminants in your drinking water according to Federal and State laws. The following table(s) show all detections found in the period of January 1 to December 31, 2023 unless otherwise noted. The State of Colorado requires us to monitor for certain contaminants less than once per year because the concentrations of these contaminants are not expected to vary significantly from year to year, or the system is not considered vulnerable to this type of contamination. Therefore, some of our data, though representative, may be more than one-year-old. Violations and Formal Enforcement Actions, if any, are reported in the next section of this report. Note: Only detected contaminants sampled within the last 5 years appear in this report. If no tables appear in this section, then no contaminants were detected in the last round of monitoring. Disinfectants Sampled in the Distribution System TT Requirement: At least 95% of samples per period (month or quarter) must be at least 0.2 ppm OR If sample size is less than 40 no more than 1 sample is below 0.2 ppm Typical Sources: Water additive used to control microbes Disinfectant Name Time Period Results Number of Samples Below Level Sample Size TT Violation MRDL Chlorine December, 2023 Lowest period percentage of samples meeting TT requirement: 100% 0 2 No 4.0 ppm Lead and Copper Sampled in the Distribution System Contaminant Name Time Period 90th Percentile Sample Size Unit of Measure 90th Percentile AL Sample Sites Above AL 90th Percentile AL Exceedance Typical Sources Copper 07/13/2021 to 07/18/2021 0.07 10 ppm 1.3 0 No Corrosion of household plumbing systems; Erosion of natural deposits Lead 07/13/2021 to 07/18/2021 0.6 10 ppb 15 0 No Corrosion of household plumbing PARACHUTE TOWN OF, PWS ID: CO0123602 2024 CCR Page 4 of 6 Lead and Copper Sampled in the Distribution System Contaminant Name Time Period 90th Percentile Sample Size Unit of Measure 90th Percentile AL Sample Sites Above AL 90th Percentile AL Exceedance Typical Sources systems; Erosion of natural deposits Disinfection Byproducts Sampled in the Distribution System Name Year Average Range Low – High Sample Size Unit of Measure MCL MCLG MCL Violation Typical Sources Total Haloacetic Acids (HAA5) 2023 17.77 6.9 to 34.2 4 ppb 60 N/A No Byproduct of drinking water disinfection Total Trihalome thanes (TTHM) 2023 45.17 19.4 to 65.9 4 ppb 80 N/A No Byproduct of drinking water disinfection Summary of Turbidity Sampled at the Entry Point to the Distribution System Contaminant Name Sample Date Level Found TT Requirement TT Violation Typical Sources Turbidity Date/Month: Sep Highest single measurement: 0.1 NTU Maximum 0.5 NTU for any single measurement No Soil Runoff Turbidity Month: Dec Lowest monthly percentage of samples meeting TT requirement for our technology: 100 % In any month, at least 95% of samples must be less than 0.1 NTU No Soil Runoff Radionuclides Sampled at the Entry Point to the Distribution System Contaminant Name Year Average Range Low – High Sample Size Unit of Measure MCL MCLG MCL Violation Typical Sources Combined Uranium 2021 3.85 3.8 to 3.9 2 ppb 30 0 No Erosion of natural deposits PARACHUTE TOWN OF, PWS ID: CO0123602 2024 CCR Page 5 of 6 Inorganic Contaminants Sampled at the Entry Point to the Distribution System Contaminant Name Year Average Range Low – High Sample Size Unit of Measure MCL MCLG MCL Violation Typical Sources Arsenic 2023 2.4 0 to 4.8 2 ppb 10 0 No Erosion of natural deposits; runoff from orchards; runoff from glass and electronics production wastes Barium 2023 0.11 0.07 to 0.15 2 ppm 2 2 No Discharge of drilling wastes; discharge from metal refineries; erosion of natural deposits Fluoride 2023 0.18 0.17 to 0.19 2 ppm 4 4 No Erosion of natural deposits; water additive which promotes strong teeth; discharge from fertilizer and aluminum factories Nitrate 2023 0.53 0.11 to 0.94 2 ppm 10 10 No Runoff from fertilizer use; leaching from septic tanks, sewage; erosion of natural deposits Selenium 2023 0.85 0 to 1.7 2 ppb 50 50 No Discharge from petroleum and metal refineries; erosion of natural deposits; discharge from mines Synthetic Organic Contaminants Sampled at the Entry Point to the Distribution System Contaminant Name Year Average Range Low – High Sample Size Unit of Measure MCL MCLG MCL Violation Typical Sources Di(2- ethylhexyl) phthalate 2023 0.23 0 to 0.46 2 ppb 6 0 No Discharge from rubber and chemical factories PARACHUTE TOWN OF, PWS ID: CO0123602 2024 CCR Page 6 of 6 Secondary Contaminants** **Secondary standards are non-enforceable guidelines for contaminants that may cause cosmetic effects (such as skin, or tooth discoloration) or aesthetic effects (such as taste, odor, or color) in drinking water. Contaminant Name Year Average Range Low – High Sample Size Unit of Measure Secondary Standard Sodium 2023 93.9 40.8 to 147 2 ppm N/A Violations, Significant Deficiencies, and Formal Enforcement Actions Non-Health-Based Violations These violations do not usually mean that there was a problem with the water quality. If there had been, we would have notified you immediately. We missed collecting a sample (water quality is unknown), we reported the sample result after the due date, or we did not complete a report/notice by the required date. Name Description Time Period TURBIDITY FAILURE TO MONITOR AND/OR REPORT - R529 06/01/2023 - 06/30/2023 Additional Violation Information Please share this information with all the other people who drink this water, especially those who may not have received this notice directly (for example, people in apartments, nursing homes, schools, and businesses). You can do this by posting this notice in a public place or distributing copies by hand or mail. Describe the steps taken to resolve the violation(s), and the anticipated resolution date: On May 15, 2023, the Colorado Department of Health and Environment (CDPHE) conducted a D.O.V.E inspection (Disinfection Outreach and Verification Effort) were it was discovered that the continuous turbidity and chlorine analyzers were collecting their samples at the wrong point in the treatment process. On June 23, 2023, the sample points were moved to CDPHE approved sample points. Imagery ©2025 Airbus, Landsat / Copernicus, Maxar Technologies, USDA/FPAC/GEO, Map data ©2025 Google 2000 ft RatingHoursAll filters Results Share Grand Valley Fire Protection District 4.3 (7) Fire station ··124 Stone Quarry Rd #9566 Open 24 hours ·(970) 285-9119 Website Directions  Grand Valley Fire Protection District 5.0 (1) Fire station ··200 Grand Valley Way Website Directions  fire departments near 5 Stone Quarry Rd, Parachute, CO Map data ©2025 , Map data ©2025 Google 2 mi RatingHoursAll filters Results Share Rie Police Depament No reviews Police department ··201 18th St Closed ⋅ Opens 8 AM · (970) 665-6500 Website Directions  Love's Travel Stop 4.0 (97) Truck stop ··100 Cardinal Way Open 24 hours ·(970) 285-9200 Website Directions Onsite services  police department near 5 Stone Quarry Rd, Parachute, CO Parachute Town Oce No reviews City Hall ··120 Co Rd 301 (970) 285-5687 Directions  Parachute Town Hall 3.0 (9) City Hall ··222 Grand Valley Way Opens soon ⋅ 7:30 AM · (970) 285-7630 Website Directions "To each their own karma though."  Town of Parachute 5.0 (5) Visitor center ··222 Grand Valley Way (970) 285-7630 Website Directions "Friendly people."  De Beque Marshals Depament No reviews Civil police ··380 Curtis Ave Open 24 hours ·(970) 242-6707 Website Directions  Grand Valley Fire Protection District 4.3 (7) Fire station ··124 Stone Quarry Rd #9566 Open 24 hours ·(970) 285-9119 Website Directions  Grand Valley Fire Protection District 5.0 (1) Fire station ··200 Grand Valley Way Open 24 hours ·(970) 285-1466 Website Directions  Me 2 Firearms 4.2 (5) Gun shop ··314 E 1st St Website Directions  You've reached the end of the list. Open ⋅ Closes 6 PM · (970) 285-9170 "Always very helpful" Collbran Town Marshal No reviews Police department ··1010 High St (970) 487-3089 Website Directions  Imagery ©2025 Airbus, Landsat / Copernicus, Maxar Technologies, USDA/FPAC/GEO, Map data ©2025 Google 1 mi RatingHoursAll filters Results Share Parachute Ponds State Wildlife Area 4.7 (48) Hiking area ··100 La Plata Cir Open ⋅ Closes 11 PM "This park is open from dawn to dusk." Beasley Park 4.6 (8) Park ··100 E 1st St Open ⋅ Closes 11 PM parks near 5 Stone Quarry Rd, Parachute, CO "It is quiet and well kept." Bill Paerson Wildlife Area No reviews Park ·704-100 Stone Quarry Rd Open ⋅ Closes 10 PM Parachute/Balement Mesa Parks and Recreation 4.1 (28) Park ··398 Arroyo Dr Open ⋅ Closes 9 PM "Beautiful mountainous setting!" Community Park 4.6 (57) Park ··273, Sipprelle Dr Open 24 hours "Great park for kids to play!" Dog Park 5.0 (1) Park Coonwood Park 5.0 (1) Park ·Cottonwood Park, 100 La Plata Cir "Beautiful park large trees lots of thick grass and most importantly Shade." Community Park 4.6 (30) Park ··23-25 Sipprelle Dr Open ⋅ Closes 10 PM "The park has a couple of picnic areas with a bench and grills to cookout." Saddleback Trail 5.0 (2) Park ·221 W Carson Cir Turkey Trail Park 4.0 (7) Park · Open ⋅ Closes 11 PM "Shade, green grass and a few picnic tables." Parachute Dog Park 4.1 (21) Dog park ··200 Co Rd 215 Open 24 hours "There are bathrooms and a small playground." Grand Valley Recreation Center 4.3 (236) Recreation center ··398 Arroyo Dr Open ⋅ Closes 9 PM "Big weight room(s), pool, hot tub, basketball court, pickle ball." Parachute Rest Area 4.5 (509) Rest stop · Open 24 hours "Clean restrooms, plenty of parking, fenced doggie area." Splash Pad No reviews Playground ·280 Yampa Ave Closed ⋅ Opens 8 AM Blackhawk Trail 5.0 (1) Hiking area Imagery ©2025 Airbus, Landsat / Copernicus, Maxar Technologies, USDA/FPAC/GEO, Map data ©2025 Google 1000 ft Dollar General Bus stop Directions  Kum & Go Bus stop Directions  Clark's Market Bus stop Directions  bus stops near 5 Stone Quarry Rd, Parachute, CO You've reached the end of the list. GRDH Clinic Bus stop Directions  Grand Valley Recreation Center (GVRC) Bus stop Directions  Coonwood View Apaments Bus stop Directions  Parachute Bus stop · Directions  Rainbow Trail Path Bus stop Directions  Columbine Ct. Shommy's Bus stop Directions  Gaield County Family Resource Center Bus stop Directions  Presidential Documents 8237 Federal Register /Vol. 90, No. 17/Tuesday, January 28, 2025/Presidential Documents Executive Order 14148 of January 20, 2025 Initial Rescissions of Harmful Executive Orders and Actions By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows: Section 1. Purpose and Policy. The previous administration has embedded deeply unpopular, inflationary, illegal, and radical practices within every agency and office of the Federal Government. The injection of ‘‘diversity, equity, and inclusion’’ (DEI) into our institutions has corrupted them by replacing hard work, merit, and equality with a divisive and dangerous preferential hierarchy. Orders to open the borders have endangered the American people and dissolved Federal, State, and local resources that should be used to benefit the American people. Climate extremism has exploded inflation and overburdened businesses with regulation. To commence the policies that will make our Nation united, fair, safe, and prosperous again, it is the policy of the United States to restore common sense to the Federal Government and unleash the potential of the American citizen. The revocations within this order will be the first of many steps the United States Federal Government will take to repair our institutions and our economy. Sec. 2. Revocation of Orders and Actions. The following executive actions are hereby revoked: (a) Executive Order 13985 of January 20, 2021 (Advancing Racial Equity and Support for Underserved Communities Through the Federal Govern- ment). (b) Executive Order 13986 of January 20, 2021 (Ensuring a Lawful and Accurate Enumeration and Apportionment Pursuant to the Decennial Cen- sus). (c) Executive Order 13987 of January 20, 2021 (Organizing and Mobilizing the United States Government To Provide a Unified and Effective Response To Combat COVID–19 and To Provide United States Leadership on Global Health and Security). (d) Executive Order 13988 of January 20, 2021 (Preventing and Combating Discrimination on the Basis of Gender Identity or Sexual Orientation). (e) Executive Order 13989 of January 20, 2021 (Ethics Commitments by Executive Branch Personnel). (f) Executive Order 13990 of January 20, 2021 (Protecting Public Health and the Environment and Restoring Science To Tackle the Climate Crisis). (g) Executive Order 13992 of January 20, 2021 (Revocation of Certain Executive Orders Concerning Federal Regulation). (h) Executive Order 13993 of January 20, 2021 (Revision of Civil Immigra- tion Enforcement Policies and Priorities). (i) Executive Order 13995 of January 21, 2021 (Ensuring an Equitable Pandemic Response and Recovery). (j) Executive Order 13996 of January 21, 2021 (Establishing the COVID– 19 Pandemic Testing Board and Ensuring a Sustainable Public Health Work- force for COVID–19 and Other Biological Threats). (k) Executive Order 13997 of January 21, 2021 (Improving and Expanding Access to Care and Treatments for COVID–19). VerDate Sep<11>2014 15:57 Jan 27, 2025 Jkt 265001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4790 Sfmt 4790 E:\FR\FM\28JAE1.SGM 28JAE1dd r u m h e l l e r o n D S K 1 2 0 R N 2 3 P R O D w i t h P R E S D O C - E 1 8238 Federal Register /Vol. 90, No. 17/Tuesday, January 28, 2025/Presidential Documents (l) Executive Order 13999 of January 21, 2021 (Protecting Worker Health and Safety). (m) Executive Order 14000 of January 21, 2021 (Supporting the Reopening and Continuing Operation of Schools and Early Childhood Education Pro- viders). (n) Executive Order 14002 of January 22, 2021 (Economic Relief Related to the COVID–19 Pandemic). (o) Executive Order 14003 of January 22, 2021 (Protecting the Federal Workforce). (p) Executive Order 14004 of January 25, 2021 (Enabling All Qualified Americans To Serve Their Country in Uniform). (q) Executive Order 14006 of January 26, 2021 (Reforming Our Incarceration System To Eliminate the Use of Privately Operated Criminal Detention Facili- ties). (r) Executive Order 14007 of January 27, 2021 (President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology). (s) Executive Order 14008 of January 27, 2021 (Tackling the Climate Crisis at Home and Abroad). (t) Executive Order 14009 of January 28, 2021 (Strengthening Medicaid and the Affordable Care Act). (u) Executive Order 14010 of February 2, 2021 (Creating a Comprehensive Regional Framework To Address the Causes of Migration, To Manage Migra- tion Throughout North and Central America, and To Provide Safe and Orderly Processing of Asylum Seekers at the United States Border). (v) Executive Order 14011 of February 2, 2021 (Establishment of Inter- agency Task Force on the Reunification of Families). (w) Executive Order 14012 of February 2, 2021 (Restoring Faith in Our Legal Immigration Systems and Strengthening Integration and Inclusion Ef- forts for New Americans). (x) Executive Order 14013 of February 4, 2021 (Rebuilding and Enhancing Programs To Resettle Refugees and Planning for the Impact of Climate Change on Migration). (y) Executive Order 14015 of February 14, 2021 (Establishment of the White House Office of Faith-Based and Neighborhood Partnerships). (z) Executive Order 14018 of February 24, 2021 (Revocation of Certain Presidential Actions). (aa) Executive Order 14019 of March 7, 2021 (Promoting Access to Voting). (bb) Executive Order 14020 of March 8, 2021 (Establishment of the White House Gender Policy Council). (cc) Executive Order 14021 of March 8, 2021 (Guaranteeing an Educational Environment Free From Discrimination on the Basis of Sex, Including Sexual Orientation or Gender Identity). (dd) Executive Order 14022 of April 1, 2021 (Termination of Emergency With Respect to the International Criminal Court). (ee) Executive Order 14023 of April 9, 2021 (Establishment of the Presi- dential Commission on the Supreme Court of the United States). (ff) Executive Order 14027 of May 7, 2021 (Establishment of the Climate Change Support Office). (gg) Executive Order 14029 of May 14, 2021 (Revocation of Certain Presi- dential Actions and Technical Amendment). (hh) Executive Order 14030 of May 20, 2021 (Climate-Related Financial Risk). VerDate Sep<11>2014 15:57 Jan 27, 2025 Jkt 265001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4790 Sfmt 4790 E:\FR\FM\28JAE1.SGM 28JAE1dd r u m h e l l e r o n D S K 1 2 0 R N 2 3 P R O D w i t h P R E S D O C - E 1 8239 Federal Register /Vol. 90, No. 17/Tuesday, January 28, 2025/Presidential Documents (ii) Executive Order 14031 of May 28, 2021 (Advancing Equity, Justice, and Opportunity for Asian Americans, Native Hawaiians, and Pacific Island- ers). (jj) Executive Order 14035 of June 25, 2021 (Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Accessibility in the Federal Workforce). (kk) Executive Order 14037 of August 5, 2021 (Strengthening American Leadership in Clean Cars and Trucks). (ll) Executive Order 14044 of September 13, 2021 (Amending Executive Order 14007). (mm) Executive Order 14045 of September 13, 2021 (White House Initiative on Advancing Educational Equity, Excellence, and Economic Opportunity for Hispanics). (nn) Executive Order 14049 of October 11, 2021 (White House Initiative on Advancing Educational Equity, Excellence, and Economic Opportunity for Native Americans and Strengthening Tribal Colleges and Universities). (oo) Executive Order 14050 of October 19, 2021 (White House Initiative on Advancing Educational Equity, Excellence, and Economic Opportunity for Black Americans). (pp) Executive Order 14052 of November 15, 2021 (Implementation of the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act). (qq) Executive Order 14055 of November 18, 2021 (Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers Under Service Contracts). (rr) Executive Order 14057 of December 8, 2021 (Catalyzing Clean Energy Industries and Jobs Through Federal Sustainability). (ss) Executive Order 14060 of December 15, 2021 (Establishing the United States Council on Transnational Organized Crime). (tt) Executive Order 14069 of March 15, 2022 (Advancing Economy, Effi- ciency, and Effectiveness in Federal Contracting by Promoting Pay Equity and Transparency). (uu) Executive Order 14070 of April 5, 2022 (Continuing To Strengthen Americans’ Access to Affordable, Quality Health Coverage). (vv) Executive Order 14074 of May 25, 2022 (Advancing Effective, Account- able Policing and Criminal Justice Practices To Enhance Public Trust and Public Safety). (ww) Executive Order 14075 of June 15, 2022 (Advancing Equality for Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer, and Intersex Individuals). (xx) Executive Order 14082 of September 12, 2022 (Implementation of the Energy and Infrastructure Provisions of the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022). (yy) Executive Order 14084 of September 30, 2022 (Promoting the Arts, the Humanities, and Museum and Library Services). (zz) Executive Order 14087 of October 14, 2022 (Lowering Prescription Drug Costs for Americans). (aaa) Executive Order 14089 of December 13, 2022 (Establishing the Presi- dent’s Advisory Council on African Diaspora Engagement in the United States). (bbb) Executive Order 14091 of February 16, 2023 (Further Advancing Racial Equity and Support for Underserved Communities Through the Federal Government). (ccc) The Presidential Memorandum of March 13, 2023 (Withdrawal of Certain Areas off the United States Arctic Coast of the Outer Continental Shelf from Oil or Gas Leasing). (ddd) Executive Order 14094 of April 6, 2023 (Modernizing Regulatory Review). VerDate Sep<11>2014 15:57 Jan 27, 2025 Jkt 265001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4790 Sfmt 4790 E:\FR\FM\28JAE1.SGM 28JAE1dd r u m h e l l e r o n D S K 1 2 0 R N 2 3 P R O D w i t h P R E S D O C - E 1 8240 Federal Register /Vol. 90, No. 17/Tuesday, January 28, 2025/Presidential Documents (eee) Executive Order 14096 of April 21, 2023 (Revitalizing Our Nation’s Commitment to Environmental Justice for All). (fff) Executive Order 14099 of May 9, 2023 (Moving Beyond COVID– 19 Vaccination Requirements for Federal Workers). (ggg) Executive Order 14110 of October 30, 2023 (Safe, Secure, and Trust- worthy Development and Use of Artificial Intelligence). (hhh) Executive Order 14115 of February 1, 2024 (Imposing Certain Sanc- tions on Persons Undermining Peace, Security, and Stability in the West Bank). (iii) Executive Order 14124 of July 17, 2024 (White House Initiative on Advancing Educational Equity, Excellence, and Economic Opportunity Through Hispanic-Serving Institutions). (jjj) Executive Order 14134 of January 3, 2025 (Providing an Order of Succession Within the Department of Agriculture). (kkk) Executive Order 14135 of January 3, 2025 (Providing an Order of Succession Within the Department of Homeland Security). (lll) Executive Order 14136 of January 3, 2025 (Providing an Order of Succession Within the Department of Justice). (mmm) Executive Order 14137 of January 3, 2025 (Providing an Order of Succession Within the Department of the Treasury). (nnn) Executive Order 14138 of January 3, 2025 (Providing an Order of Succession Within the Office of Management and Budget). (ooo) Executive Order 14139 of January 3, 2025 (Providing an Order of Succession Within the Office of the National Cyber Director). (ppp) The Presidential Memorandum of January 3, 2025 (Designation of Officials of the Council on Environmental Quality to Act as Chairman). (qqq) The Presidential Memorandum of January 3, 2025 (Designation of Officials of the Office of Personnel Management to Act as Director). (rrr) The Presidential Memorandum of January 3, 2025 (Designation of Officials of the Office of Science and Technology Policy to Act as Director). (sss) The Presidential Memorandum of January 3, 2025 (Designation of Officials of the United States Agency for Global Media to Act as Chief Executive Officer). (ttt) The Presidential Memorandum of January 3, 2025 (Designation of Officials of the United States Agency for International Development to Act as Administrator). (uuu) The Presidential Memorandum of January 3, 2025 (Designation of Officials of the United States International Development Finance Corporation to Act as Chief Executive Officer). (vvv) The Presidential Memorandum of January 6, 2025 (Withdrawal of Certain Areas of the United States Outer Continental Shelf from Oil or Natural Gas Leasing). (www) The Presidential Memorandum of January 6, 2025 (Withdrawal of Certain Areas of the United States Outer Continental Shelf from Oil or Natural Gas Leasing). (xxx) The Presidential Memorandum of January 14, 2025 (Certification of Rescission of Cuba’s Designation as a State Sponsor of Terrorism). (yyy) The Presidential Memorandum of January 14, 2025 (Revocation of National Security Presidential Memorandum 5). (zzz) Executive Order 14143 of January 16, 2025 (Providing for the Appoint- ment of Alumni of AmeriCorps to the Competitive Service). Sec. 3. Implementation. (a) To effectuate the revocations described in section 2 of this order, the heads of each agency shall take immediate steps to end Federal implementation of unlawful and radical DEI ideology. VerDate Sep<11>2014 15:57 Jan 27, 2025 Jkt 265001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4790 Sfmt 4790 E:\FR\FM\28JAE1.SGM 28JAE1dd r u m h e l l e r o n D S K 1 2 0 R N 2 3 P R O D w i t h P R E S D O C - E 1 8241 Federal Register /Vol. 90, No. 17/Tuesday, January 28, 2025/Presidential Documents (b) The Director of the Domestic Policy Council (DPC) and the Director of the National Economic Council (NEC) shall review all Federal Government actions taken pursuant to the orders, memoranda, and proclamations listed in section 2 of this order and take necessary steps to rescind, replace, or amend such actions as appropriate. Within 45 days of the date of this order, the Director of the DPC and the Director of the NEC shall submit to the President an additional list of orders, memoranda, and proclamations issued by the prior administration that should be rescinded, as well as a list of replacement orders, memoranda, or proclamations, to increase Amer- ican prosperity. (c) The National Security Advisor (NSA) shall immediately begin a com- plete and thorough review of all National Security Memoranda (NSMs) issued from January 20, 2021, through January 20, 2025, for harm to national security, domestic resilience, and American values. No later than 45 days from the date of this order, the NSA shall recommend to the President NSMs for rescission. Sec. 4. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect: (i) the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency, or the head thereof; or (ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals. (b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations. (c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person. THE WHITE HOUSE, January 20, 2025. [FR Doc. 2025–01901 Filed 1–27–25; 8:45 am] Billing code 3395–F4–P VerDate Sep<11>2014 15:57 Jan 27, 2025 Jkt 265001 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4790 Sfmt 4790 E:\FR\FM\28JAE1.SGM 28JAE1 Tr u m p . E P S < / G P H > dd r u m h e l l e r o n D S K 1 2 0 R N 2 3 P R O D w i t h P R E S D O C - E 1